WO2020235042A1 - Absorbent article - Google Patents
Absorbent article Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2020235042A1 WO2020235042A1 PCT/JP2019/020259 JP2019020259W WO2020235042A1 WO 2020235042 A1 WO2020235042 A1 WO 2020235042A1 JP 2019020259 W JP2019020259 W JP 2019020259W WO 2020235042 A1 WO2020235042 A1 WO 2020235042A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- region
- absorber
- lateral
- absorbent article
- vertical direction
- Prior art date
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
- A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
- A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
- A61F13/45—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the shape
- A61F13/47—Sanitary towels, incontinence pads or napkins
- A61F13/475—Sanitary towels, incontinence pads or napkins characterised by edge leakage prevention means
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
- A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
- A61F13/53—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the absorbing medium
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
- A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
- A61F13/53—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the absorbing medium
- A61F13/531—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the absorbing medium having a homogeneous composition through the thickness of the pad
- A61F13/532—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the absorbing medium having a homogeneous composition through the thickness of the pad inhomogeneous in the plane of the pad
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
- A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
- A61F13/53—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the absorbing medium
- A61F13/531—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the absorbing medium having a homogeneous composition through the thickness of the pad
- A61F13/532—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the absorbing medium having a homogeneous composition through the thickness of the pad inhomogeneous in the plane of the pad
- A61F13/533—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the absorbing medium having a homogeneous composition through the thickness of the pad inhomogeneous in the plane of the pad having discontinuous areas of compression
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
- A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
- A61F13/56—Supporting or fastening means
Definitions
- the present invention relates to an absorbent article such as a sanitary napkin.
- the napkin described in Patent Document 1 has a configuration in which an absorber is arranged between the top sheet and the back sheet.
- the back sheet is provided with a slip stopper for fixing the absorbent article to the wearer's shorts.
- a squeezed portion is provided on the entire surface of the absorber.
- the absorbent article includes a front surface sheet, a back surface sheet, an absorber, and a slip stopper.
- the absorbent article has a vertical direction corresponding to the front-back direction of the wearer and a horizontal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction.
- the absorber is arranged between the front surface sheet and the back surface sheet.
- the slip stopper is arranged on the back surface sheet and is positioned so as to overlap the absorber in a plan view.
- the absorber has a squeezed region extending in the lateral direction formed by compressing the absorber in the thickness direction at at least one of the front end portion and the rear end portion in the vertical direction, and the slip stopper material. In plan view, at least a part of the compressed region overlaps with the lateral direction.
- FIG. 5 is a partially enlarged cross-sectional view of a front region of an absorbent article provided with a modified absorber. It is a top view of the absorbent article of another modification seen from the non-skin side surface side, and is the figure for demonstrating the positional relationship between the slip stopper and the squeezing area. It is a partial schematic plan view of the absorber for demonstrating the positional relationship between the squeezed region and the leakage-proof groove in the absorber of another modified example. It is a top view of the absorbent article of still another modification.
- the absorbent article is likely to be turned over or twisted near the front and rear ends where the absorbent core does not exist, and the usability may be impaired.
- the front and rear ends of the absorbent article there is often no slip stopper for fixing the absorbent article to the wearer's shorts, and in the case of such a structure, at the front and rear ends of the absorbent article. Turns and twists are more likely to occur.
- the front and rear ends are turned over and twisted to peel off the anti-slip material from the shorts, and the anti-slip material once separated from the shorts adheres to the shorts again.
- the absorber may be deformed unfavorably in the intermediate region facing the excretory part of the wearer, which not only impairs the wearing feeling but also lowers the body fluid absorption performance than the design value. There is a possibility of becoming.
- An object of the present invention relates to an absorbent article capable of sufficiently exhibiting absorption performance in a region facing the excretory part.
- the absorbent article 1 of the present embodiment includes a main body M and a pair of wing portions W.
- the absorbent article 1 is configured as a sanitary napkin and is hereinafter referred to as a napkin 1.
- the napkin 1 is configured to be able to be fixed to an outerwear (hereinafter, simply referred to as shorts) such as shorts of the wearer by an adhesive portion described later.
- the napkin 1 has a vertical direction X corresponding to the front-rear direction of the wearer and a horizontal direction Y corresponding to the left-right direction of the wearer and orthogonal to the vertical direction X. Further, the napkin 1 has a thickness direction Z orthogonal to both the vertical direction X and the horizontal direction Y.
- the napkin 1 has a front region F, an intermediate region C, and a rear region R, which are sequentially located in the vertical direction.
- the intermediate region C is a region in the vertical direction X including a region facing the excretion portion mainly facing the excretion portion of the wearer when worn.
- the excretory part is the vaginal opening.
- the anterior region F is an region in front of the intermediate region C and located ventral to the excretory portion of the wearer when worn.
- the posterior region R is an region behind the intermediate region C and located on the dorsal side of the wearer's excretory portion when worn.
- the main body M extends along the vertical direction X and is fixed to the inner surface of the wearer's shorts when worn.
- the main body M has an absorber 11 described later, and has a function of absorbing liquid excrement such as menstrual blood of the wearer (hereinafter, may be referred to as a body fluid).
- the pair of wing portions W are configured to face each other in the width direction with the main body M interposed therebetween in the intermediate region C so as to greatly project outward in the width direction.
- the wing portion W is bent so as to face the main body M with the shorts sandwiched at the time of wearing, and is fixed to the outer surface of the wearer's shorts.
- the wing portion W prevents the napkin 1 from being displaced during wearing, and prevents the body fluid from leaking to the outside of the napkin 1.
- a sanitary napkin provided with a wing portion W it is desirable that the region in the vertical direction X sandwiched between the front and rear base portions of the wing portion W is the intermediate region C.
- the napkin 1 includes an absorber 11, which has a leak-proof groove 19, a front squeezing region 2 and a rear squeezing region 4.
- the leak-proof groove 19 is a pressing groove formed on the surface sheet 12 side of the main body M, which will be described later.
- the front squeezing region 2 and the rear squeezing region 4 are arranged at the lateral Y center portions of the front end portion 11a and the rear end portion 11b in the longitudinal direction X of the absorber 11, respectively, and the lateral ends of the absorber 11 in the lateral direction Y. It is arranged inside Y in the lateral direction from the edge.
- the configuration of the leak-proof groove 19, the front compression region 2 and the rear compression region 4 will be described later.
- the napkin 1 includes an absorber 11, a front surface sheet 12, a back surface sheet 13, a pair of side sheets 14, a main body slip stopper 151, and a wing slip stopper 18.
- the napkin 1 has a structure in which the back surface sheet 13, the absorber 11, and the front surface sheet 12 are laminated in the thickness direction Z. These configurations are appropriately joined and integrated by, for example, joining with an adhesive, heat seal, or the like, pressing with a leak-proof groove 19. Further, the napkin 1 is provided with a fragrance arrangement region described later.
- the absorber 11 extends along the vertical direction X and is arranged between the front surface sheet 12 and the back surface sheet 13.
- the absorber 11 absorbs the body fluid from the surface on the surface sheet 12 side and diffuses it inside to hold the body fluid.
- the absorber 11 has a skin side surface 11c located on the skin side of the wearer when worn, and a non-skin side surface 11d facing the skin side surface 11c and located on the shorts side. The configuration of the absorber 11 will be described later.
- the surface sheet 12 is configured as a liquid-permeable sheet material, and is arranged above the thickness direction Z of the absorber 11.
- the surface sheet 12 has, for example, a plurality of convex portions 12a projecting upward.
- the convex portion 12a may have a solid structure in which fibers are also distributed inside, or a hollow structure in which fibers are hardly present inside.
- the convex portion 12a can reduce the contact area between the wearer's skin and the surface sheet 12 when worn, enhance breathability, and reduce discomfort.
- the back sheet 13 is arranged below the thickness direction Z of the absorber 11.
- the back surface sheet 13 is joined to the front surface sheet 12 and the side sheet 14 by, for example, an adhesive, a heat seal, or the like at the peripheral edge portion.
- the plane outer shape of the back sheet 13 constitutes the plane outer shape of the napkin 1.
- the peripheral edge portion of the back surface sheet 13, that is, the region joined along the peripheral edge portion of the entire napkin 1 is referred to as a peripheral edge sealing portion 17, and is indicated by dots.
- the peripheral edge sealing portion 17 is formed so as to extend in the lateral direction Y at each of the front end portion 1a and the rear end portion 1b of the napkin 1.
- the back sheet 13 may be bonded to the absorber 11 with an adhesive or the like.
- the back surface sheet 13 is formed of, for example, a sheet material having functions such as poor liquid permeability, water vapor permeability, and water repellency.
- a sheet material for example, a film made of a thermoplastic resin, a laminate of the film and a non-woven fabric, or the like can be used.
- the pair of side sheets 14 are arranged on the peripheral surface of the napkin 1 in the lateral direction Y, and face each other in the lateral direction Y with the surface sheet 12 interposed therebetween.
- the side sheet 14 is joined to the surface sheet 12 in the lateral direction Y by an adhesive or the like.
- the material of the side sheet 14 is preferably a sheet material having a lower hydrophilicity than the surface sheet 12, specifically, a non-woven fabric having a lower hydrophilicity than the surface sheet, a film material, and a sheet having a laminated structure of the non-woven fabric and the film material. Can be mentioned.
- the slip stopper 151 for the main body and the slip stopper 18 for the wing are provided on the outer surface of the back sheet 13, and have a function of fixing the napkin 1 to the shorts.
- Each slip stopper is formed, for example, by applying an adhesive to the back surface sheet 13 in a predetermined pattern.
- a rubber-based, olefin-based, ethylene-vinyl acetate (EVA) -based hot melt pressure-sensitive adhesive is preferably used.
- the two slip stoppers 151 and 151 for the main body are provided on the back sheet 13 of the main body M.
- the main body slip stopper group 15 is composed of the two main body slip stoppers 151 and 151.
- the two main body slip stoppers 151 and 151 extend in the vertical direction X, respectively, and are arranged apart from each other in the horizontal direction Y.
- Neither of the two main body slip stoppers 151 and 151 is located on the center line 33 extending in the vertical direction X that bisects the absorber 11 in the horizontal direction Y, and sandwiches the center line 33 in between. They are arranged so as to face each other in the lateral direction Y.
- the main body M is fixed to the skin side surface of the shorts by the slip stoppers 151 and 151 for the main body.
- a slip stopper non-arrangement region 152 is located between the pair of slip stoppers 15 for the main body.
- the wing slip stopper 18 is provided on the back sheet 13 of the wing portion W.
- the wing portion W located in the intermediate region C is bent and fixed to the outer surface of the shorts by the wing slip stopper 18.
- the absorber 11 and the surface sheet 12 are provided with a leak-proof groove 19 formed by pressing from the surface sheet 12 side in the thickness direction Z.
- the leak-proof groove 19 has a configuration in which the front surface sheet 12 and the absorbent core 20 are integrally recessed toward the back surface sheet 13.
- the leak-proof groove 19 is formed on the central side of the absorber 11 with respect to both side edges in the lateral direction Y.
- the leak-proof groove 19 is a squeeze groove formed on the peripheral edge of the main body M, and is arranged so as to surround the lateral Y central portion 31 of the absorber 11.
- the leak-proof groove 19 exists from the front region F to the rear region R, and as shown in FIG. 2, at least a part thereof overlaps with the slip stopper 151 for the main body in a plan view.
- the leak-proof groove 19 is a pair of leak-proof vertical portions extending in the vertical direction X extending to the front region F and the rear region R through a linear portion located in the intermediate region C in the vertical direction. It has grooves 19a, 19a and a pair of leak-proof lateral grooves 19b, 19b extending in the lateral direction Y.
- the leak-proof vertical groove 19a and the leak-proof horizontal groove 19b are connected to form one substantially oval shape.
- the leak-proof groove 19 is located along the peripheral edge of the absorber 11 so as to surround the high basis weight portion 24 described later.
- the leak-proof flute 19a linearly extending in the vertical direction X is located over a part of the front region F, an intermediate region C which is a region facing the excretion portion, and a part of the rear region R.
- "linearly extending in the vertical direction X" is not limited to a mode parallel to the vertical direction X.
- a portion extending in the vertical direction X as a whole can be expressed as "linearly extending in the vertical direction X" toward the center line 33 in the horizontal direction Y.
- the leak-proof flute 19a may be linear, curved, or meandering. Further, the leak-proof flute 19a may be continuous or interrupted, and may extend from the front to the rear as a whole. As shown in FIG. 2, the leak-proof flute 19a overlaps with the slip stopper 151 for the main body in a plan view.
- the leak-proof lateral groove 19b "extending in the lateral direction Y" is not limited to the aspect parallel to the lateral direction Y, but broadly includes the aspect extending from one side to the other side in the lateral direction Y. Therefore, the leak-proof lateral groove 19b may be linear, curved, or meandering in the absorber 11.
- the leak-proof lateral groove 19b is located on the central side of the lateral Y side edges of the front region F and the rear region R, respectively. As shown in FIG. 2, a part of the leak-proof lateral groove 19b overlaps with the slip stopper 151 for the main body in a plan view.
- the leak-proof groove 19 can be formed according to a conventional method by pressing with or without heat, or by embossing such as ultrasonic embossing.
- the surface sheet 12 and the absorber 11 are integrated by heat fusion or the like. That is, the leak-proof groove 19 is consolidated as compared with the surrounding area.
- the leak-proof groove 19 draws the body fluid between the fibers compacted by the capillary phenomenon and diffuses the liquid in the longitudinal direction X, which is the extending direction, thereby preventing the liquid in the lateral direction Y from leaking. Has an action.
- the leak-proof groove 19 By providing the leak-proof vertical groove 19 in this way, it is possible to secure a dry feeling in the vicinity of the excretory portion of the wearer while ensuring leak-proof property. Further, by providing the pair of leak-proof vertical grooves 19a and 19a, the absorber is provided with the pair of leak-proof vertical grooves 19a and 19a as the base points when an external force is applied from both legs of the wearer toward the inside in the lateral direction. 11 is easily deformed. As a result, it is easy to secure the region sandwiched by the pair of leakage-proof flutes 19a, 19a as an absorption surface for absorbing body fluid.
- the napkin 1 has a fragrance arrangement region K.
- the fragrance arrangement region K is arranged on the skin side surface 11c or the non-skin side surface 11d of the absorber 11, or between the surface sheet 12 and the absorber 11.
- the fragrance arrangement region K extends from the front end portion 11a of the absorber 11 to the rear end portion 11b along the vertical direction X and is arranged at the central portion in the horizontal direction Y, for example.
- the fragrance arrangement region K is formed in a linear shape extending in the vertical direction X on the center line 33.
- the fragrance arrangement area K extends along the vertical direction X" is not limited to the mode in which the fragrance is continuously arranged along the vertical direction X, and the fragrance is arranged intermittently along the vertical direction X. Also includes aspects that have been used.
- the central portion of the absorber 11 in the lateral direction Y is defined as three regions in the center of the lateral direction Y when the absorber 11 is divided into five equal parts in the lateral direction Y.
- the odor derived from the liquid excreted is masked by the fragrance and released to the outside, making it difficult to recognize the odor derived from the liquid and reducing discomfort.
- the positional relationship between the fragrance arrangement area and the squeezing area will be described later.
- the absorber 11 has a front end portion 11a and a rear end portion 11b, and extends in the longitudinal direction X from the front end portion 11a toward the rear end portion 11b.
- the front end portion 11a is located in the front region F
- the rear end portion 11b is located in the rear region R.
- the absorber 11 is arranged between the front surface sheet 12 and the back surface sheet 13.
- the absorber 11 is adhered to the surface sheet 12 on the skin side surface 11c with an adhesive (not shown) such as a hot melt adhesive.
- the absorber 11 has an absorbent core 20 and a core wrap sheet 7.
- the absorbent core 20 is a fiber aggregate obtained by stacking fiber materials such as pulp, and can be manufactured by using a fiber stacking device.
- Hydrophilic fibers are mainly used as the fiber material constituting the absorbent core 20.
- the hydrophilic fiber include those obtained by hydrophilizing an essentially hydrophobic fiber represented by a chemical fiber and an essentially hydrophilic fiber represented by wood pulp.
- the seeds can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the absorbent core 20 may further contain a water-absorbing polymer in addition to the fiber material. Thereby, the liquid holding power of the absorbent core 20 can be enhanced.
- the water-absorbent polymer may be generally spherical, lumpy, bale-shaped or amorphous.
- a polymer or copolymer of acrylic acid or an alkali metal acrylate metal salt can be used.
- the absorbent core 20 has a skin side surface 29a located on the skin surface side of the wearer and a non-skin side surface 29b located on the shorts side of the wearer.
- the absorbent core 20 has a front edge 20a and a trailing edge 20b in the longitudinal direction X, and extends in the longitudinal direction X from the front edge 20a toward the trailing edge 20b.
- the front edge 20a is located in the front region F and the rear edge 20b is located in the rear region R.
- the front end edge 20a of the absorbent core 20 refers to an edge extending from one lateral Y-side edge toward the other lateral Y-side edge at the front end of the absorbent core 20 in the longitudinal direction X.
- the trailing edge 20b of the absorbent core 20 has an edge extending from one lateral Y-side edge to the other lateral Y-side edge at the trailing edge of the vertical X of the absorbent core 20.
- These edges are curved so as to bulge outward in the vertical direction X, for example, in the central portion of the horizontal direction Y.
- the absorbent core 20 has a front core portion 21, an intermediate core portion 22, and a rear core portion 23.
- the front core portion 21, the intermediate core portion 22, and the rear core portion 23 are arranged along the vertical direction X.
- the intermediate core portion 22 is a region mainly facing the excretion portion of the wearer, and the front core portion 21 and the rear core portion 23 are located in front of and behind the intermediate core portion 22, respectively.
- the intermediate core portion 22 substantially corresponds to the intermediate region C.
- the absorbent core 20 has a planar shape that is symmetrical in the lateral direction Y.
- the absorbent core 20 has a plurality of flutes 25 extending along the longitudinal direction X and a plurality of lateral grooves 26 extending along the lateral direction Y.
- the absorbent core 20 is divided into a plurality of block portions 27 by a plurality of vertical groove portions 25 and a plurality of horizontal groove portions 26.
- the vertical groove portion 25 and the horizontal groove portion 26 have a basis weight lower than that of the block portion 27, and are composed of grooves formed from the upper surface of the block portion 27 toward the lower side in the thickness direction Z. That is, the vertical groove portion 25 and the horizontal groove portion 26 are regions having lower rigidity than the block portion 27.
- the block portion 27 has a high basis weight block portion 27A and a low basis weight block portion 27B.
- the high basis weight block portion 27A is a block portion having a higher basis weight than the low basis weight block portion 27B.
- the high basis weight block portion 27A is thicker in the thickness direction Z than the low basis weight block portion 27B.
- the high basis weight block portion 27A is indicated by dots, and the low basis weight block portion 27B is indicated by a solid color.
- the high basis weight portion 24 is located at the lateral Y central portion 31 of the intermediate core portion 22.
- the high basis weight portion 24 extends in the vertical direction X, and for example, the front and rear end edges are formed in a curved shape that is convex toward the vertical direction X.
- the region where the plurality of low basis weight block portions 27B and the vertical groove portion 25 and the horizontal groove portion 26 located around each low basis weight block portion 27B are formed is referred to as a low basis weight portion 28.
- the low basis weight portion 28 is located on both side portions 32, the front core portion 21, and the rear core portion 23 in the lateral direction Y of the intermediate core portion 22.
- the high basis weight portion 24 projects toward the surface sheet 12 side from the low basis weight portion 28.
- the high basis weight portion 24 may be configured to protrude toward the back surface sheet 13.
- the pair of wing portions W are arranged so as to face each other in the lateral direction Y with the intermediate core portion 22 interposed therebetween.
- the high basis weight portion 24 is worn by the wearer due to the difference in rigidity between the high basis weight portion 24 and the low basis weight portion 28. It becomes easier to stand up to the excretion part side of.
- the intermediate core portion 22 can be easily fitted to the vicinity of the excretion portion of the wearer, the gap between the napkin 1 and the skin can be reduced, and liquid leakage can be suppressed.
- the core wrap sheet 7 and the absorbent core 20 are squeezed and integrated in the front squeezing region 2, the rear squeezing region 4, and the leak-proof groove 19, but are squeezed in other regions.
- the core wrap sheet 7 has a shape that does not follow the vertical groove portion 25 and the horizontal groove portion 26.
- the body fluid that is absorbed by the absorbent core 20 via the surface sheet 12 and the core wrap sheet 7 and spreads in the vertical and horizontal directions along the vertical groove 25 and the horizontal groove 26 is a surface located on the skin side of the wearer. It becomes difficult to return to the sheet 12, and discomfort can be reduced.
- the core wrap sheet 7 covers the absorbent core 20.
- the core wrap sheet 7 may be positioned so as to cover at least the skin side surface 29a of the absorbent core 20.
- one core wrap sheet 7 covers the entire absorbent core 20, and the core wrap sheet 7 covers both the skin side surface 29a and the non-skin side surface 29b.
- the core wrap sheet 7 has a substantially rectangular shape before coating, and as shown in FIGS. 3 and 4, the skin side surface 29a, the non-skin side surface 29b, and both side edges in the lateral direction Y of the absorbent core 20 are formed.
- the pair of opposing ends overlap each other and are arranged so as to be located on the non-skin side surface 29b side.
- the multilayer core wrap sheet region 37 on which two core wrap sheets 7 overlap on the non-skin side surface 29b side extends in the vertical direction X and is located at the central portion 31 of the absorber 11 in the horizontal direction Y.
- the portion where the two core wrap sheets 7 are overlapped is located on the skin side surface 29a side, it may be located on the non-skin side surface 29b side.
- the skin side surface 29a of the absorbent core 20 and the core wrap sheet 7 are not adhered to each other. However, both may be adhered by a plurality of adhesives extending in the vertical direction X and intermittently arranged in the horizontal direction Y between the two.
- This adhesive allows the water-absorbent polymer to be located on the skin side surface 29a side of the absorbent core 20. That is, during the production of the napkin 1, the water-absorbent polymer dispersed in the absorbent core 20 that is located on the skin side surface 29a side can be prevented from falling off to the back surface sheet 13 side by the adhesive. it can.
- the napkin 1 when used, even if the absorbent core 20 repeatedly absorbs the body fluid, the body fluid is efficiently absorbed by the water-absorbent polymer held so as to be located on the skin side surface 29a side by the adhesive, and the skin side surface 29a The liquid is less likely to stay on the side, and a dry feeling can be maintained for a long time.
- the core wrap sheet 7 has a front edge 7a and a trailing edge 7b in the longitudinal direction X, and extends in the longitudinal direction X from the front edge 7a toward the trailing edge 7b. ..
- the front edge 7a is located in the front region F and the rear edge 7b is located in the rear region R.
- the core wrap sheet 7 is formed in a curved shape in which the front end edge 7a and the rear end edge 7b are convex in the vertical direction X.
- the region where the absorbent core 20 is located is indicated by dots.
- the front edge 7a and the trailing edge 7b of the core wrap sheet 7 are the front edge 20a and the trailing edge 20b of the absorbent core 20, respectively. It extends from each.
- the outer shape of the absorber 11 in a plan view matches the outer shape of the core wrap sheet 7.
- the front end portion 11a of the absorber 11 there is a region in which only the core wrap sheet 7 exists in a plan view and a region in which the core wrap sheet 7 and the absorbent core 20 are laminated.
- the core wrap sheet 7 protrudes in the vertical direction X from the absorbent core 20 and extends, and the portion where only the core wrap sheet 7 exists is the front extending portion. It is referred to as 71 (rear extending portion 72).
- the plain area not filled with dots corresponds to the front extending portion 71 and the rear extending portion 72.
- the front extending portion 71 and the rear extending portion 72 have a shape in which the length in the vertical direction X is long in the lateral Y central portion 31 and decreases from the lateral Y central portion 31 toward the lateral Y outward. have.
- three core wrap sheets 7 are present in the multilayer core wrap sheet region 37.
- Two core wrap sheets 7 are present on the side portions located on both sides in the lateral direction Y with the multilayer core wrap sheet region 37 in between.
- the front surface sheet 12 and the back surface sheet 13 extend in the vertical direction X from the absorber 11. Further, at the front end portion of the absorber 11, the core wrap sheet 7 extends beyond the absorbent core 20. The same applies to the rear end of the napkin 1.
- the absorber 11 has a front squeezing region 2 and a rear squeezing region 4 formed at the front end portion 11a and the rear end portion 11b, respectively.
- the front squeezing region 2 and the rear squeezing region 4 are arranged in the lateral Y central portion 31 of the absorber 11, and are arranged inside the lateral Y side edge of the absorber 11 in the lateral direction Y.
- the anterior compression region 2 and the posterior compression region 4 exist only in the anterior region F and the posterior region R, respectively.
- the absorber 11 Since the squeezed region of the absorber 11 is partially provided in a plan view, the absorber 11 has a highly rigid region at the lateral Y central portion 31 of the front end portion 11a and the rear end portion 11b, and the absorber 11 has a high rigidity region. The entire 11 has flexibility, and the absorber 11 is easily deformed along the wearer's skin. Further, since the anterior compression region 2 and the posterior compression region 4 are formed in the lateral Y central portion 31 of the absorber 11 and not in the bilateral portions 32, the front end portion 11a and the rear end portion of the absorber 11 are formed. Both side portions 32 of 11b have flexibility, and the absorber 11 is easily deformed along the wearer's skin.
- the anterior compression region 2 is formed up to the edge of the front end 11a of the absorber 11.
- the front squeezing region 2 is formed at the front end portion 11a so as to straddle both the front extending portion 71, which is a region of only the core wrap sheet 7, and the region where the core wrap sheet 7 and the absorbent core 20 overlap.
- the posterior squeezed region 4 is formed up to the edge of the posterior end 11b of the absorber 11.
- the rear squeezing region 4 is formed at the rear end portion 11b so as to straddle both the rear extending portion 72 which is the region of only the core wrap sheet 7 and the region where the core wrap sheet 7 and the absorbent core 20 overlap.
- the anterior compression region 2 overlaps with the multilayer core wrap sheet region 37 in which three core wrap sheets are present in a plan view.
- the rear squeezing region 4 overlaps with the multilayer core wrap sheet region 37 in which three core wrap sheets are present in a plan view.
- Both the front squeezing region 2 and the rear squeezing region 4 are formed by squeezing the entire absorber 11 in which the absorbent core 20 is covered with the core wrap sheet 7 in the thickness direction Z.
- the absorbent core 20 and the core wrap sheet 7 are integrated by the pressing process.
- the front extending portion 71 and the rear extending portion 72 which are regions of only the core wrap sheet 7, a plurality of core wrap sheets 7 are integrated by squeezing in the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4. .
- a part of the anterior squeezing region 2 and a part of the posterior squeezing region 4 are formed in the lateral Y central portion 31 of the anterior extending portion 71 and the posterior extending portion 72, respectively, and are formed in both side portions 32. Absent.
- three core wrap sheets 7 are squeezed in the multilayer core wrap sheet region 37, and two core wrap sheets 7 are squeezed in the other regions.
- the squeezed area is more rigid than the unsqueezed area.
- the front squeezing region 2 is composed of a plurality of squeezing grooves 3 extending linearly in the vertical direction X and arranged apart from each other in the horizontal direction Y.
- the rear squeezing region 4 is composed of a plurality of squeezing grooves 5 extending linearly in the vertical direction X and arranged apart from each other in the horizontal direction Y.
- In the squeezing grooves 3 and 5 only the absorbent core 20 and the core wrap sheet 7 of the absorber 11 are integrally recessed, and the surface sheet 12 is not compressed. As shown in FIG.
- the squeezing grooves 3 and 5 are compressed from the side surface of the skin downward in the Z-axis direction, and also from the non-skin side surface and upward in the Z-axis direction.
- the squeezing grooves 3 and 5 are linear grooves extending in the vertical direction X, respectively, extending from the side edge of the absorber 11 in the vertical direction X toward the intermediate region C.
- the "linear" in the squeezing grooves 3 and 5 is not limited to a linear aspect in a plan view, and includes a curved aspect.
- Each line in the squeezing grooves 3 and 5 may be a continuous line or a broken line.
- the squeezing grooves 3 and 5 may be formed by forming a large number of discontinuous recesses (for example, point embossing) in a row.
- the pressing groove is a linear groove extending in the vertical direction X, but the shape of the pressing groove is not limited to this. It may be a linear groove extending in the lateral direction Y. Further, the point-shaped pressing grooves may be arranged in a matrix to form a pressing region.
- the length b of the front compression region 2 in the longitudinal direction X is preferably longer than the length d of the rear compression region 4 in the longitudinal direction X.
- the rear region R of the napkin 1 is required to follow the wearer's skin more than the front region F because the buttocks are deformed when the wearer takes a sitting posture, for example.
- the length of the rear region 4 in the longitudinal direction X is made shorter than the length of the front region 2, so that the area of the highly rigid compression region in the rear region R is reduced, and the flexibility of the rear region R is reduced. Can be secured and easily deformed along the wearer's skin.
- the absorbent core 20 does not exist in the region of only the core wrap sheet 7, the pulp density of the absorbent core 20 in the region of only the core wrap sheet 7 is 0. Therefore, in the absorber 11, the region of only the core wrap sheet 7 has a lower pulp density than the region in which the core wrap sheet 7 and the absorbent core 20 are laminated. In the present embodiment, the pulp density is gradually lowered in the order of the leak-proof flute 19a, the region where the core wrap sheet 7 and the absorbent core 20 are laminated, and the region where only the core wrap sheet 7 is laminated.
- the absorber 11 is configured such that the pulp density gradually decreases from the inside of the napkin 1 toward the front-rear-outside in the lateral Y-side portions 32 of the front region F and the rear region R, respectively. ing. It is preferable that the material constituting the absorbent core 20 does not exist at all in the region of only the core wrap sheet 7, but it is inevitably present because the end portion of the absorbent core 20 in the vertical direction X is damaged. It does not preclude doing. In that case, for example, the material having the above composition may be present in an amount of 1% by mass or less, preferably 0.5% by mass or less, based on the total basis weight of the absorbent core 20.
- a front squeezing region 2 (rear squeezing region 4) is provided in the lateral Y central portion 31 of the anterior extending portion 71 (rear extending portion 72), and the lateral Y No squeezing area is provided on both sides 32.
- the length of the front extending portion 71 and the rear extending portion 72 in the vertical direction X is long in the lateral Y central portion 31 and from the lateral Y central portion 31 toward the lateral Y outward. It has a shortened shape.
- the absorber 11 has a non-overlapping portion 40 that does not overlap with the slip stopper group 15 for the main body in the vertical direction X in a plan view.
- the anterior compression region 2 and the posterior compression region 4 are located at the non-overlapping portion 40.
- the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4 do not overlap with the slip stopper group 15 for the main body, and are located apart from each other in the vertical direction X.
- the slip stopper 151 for the main body partially overlaps the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4 in the lateral direction Y in a plan view.
- the outermost portion of the main body slip stopper group 15 in the lateral direction Y is located outside the lateral Y of the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4 in the lateral direction Y. That is, when a pair of virtual lines 41, 41 extending parallel to the vertical direction X passing through each of the end portions in the horizontal direction Y of the main body slip prevention material group 15 is drawn, between the pair of virtual lines 41, 41.
- the anterior compression area 2 and the posterior compression area 4 are located inside. In the absorber 11, the front pressing region 2, the main body slip stopper group 15, and the rear pressing region 4 are sequentially located along the vertical direction X.
- the slip stopper 151 for the main body extends along the vertical direction X to a part of the front region F, an intermediate region C which is a region facing the excretion portion, and a part of the rear region R. It is present and is not located at the ends of the anterior-posterior regions F and R of the absorber 11.
- the area where the main body slip stopper 151 is arranged is fixed to the shorts by the main body slip stopper 151 when worn, and the shape of the napkin 1 is not easily deformed.
- the anti-slip material is not arranged on the front portion and the rear portion of the napkin 1 including the non-overlapping portion 40 to which the anti-slip material 151 for the main body is not arranged, it is easy to perform the alignment operation when the napkin 1 is attached. Therefore, it is easy to peel off with a weak force during the attachment / detachment operation.
- the non-overlapping portion 40 due to the presence of the non-overlapping portion 40, twisting or curling at the front and rear ends of the napkin 1 is likely to occur due to the movement of the wearer, and when this becomes severe, the main body slip prevention material 151 is peeled off or peeled off from the shorts. When the body slip stopper 151 is reattached to the shorts, the intermediate region C of the napkin 1 may be twisted.
- the non-overlapping portion 40 is provided with the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4, and further, the pair of slip stoppers 151 and 151 for the main body are provided with the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4 in the lateral direction Y. At least part of it overlaps.
- the front end portion 11a and the rear end portion 11b become highly rigid due to the presence of the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4, and their shapes are easily maintained.
- the pair of slip stoppers 151 and 151 for the main body partially overlap the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4 in the lateral direction, even if an external force is applied to the front and rear ends of the napkin 1, the front The movement of the squeezed region 2 and the posterior squeezed region 4 is suppressed. Therefore, in the napkin 1, it is easy to maintain the shapes of the front and rear end portions 11a and 11b, the occurrence of twisting and curling at the front and rear end portions 11a and 11b of the absorber 11 is suppressed, and by extension, in the intermediate region C of the napkin 1. The occurrence of undesired deformation such as twisting is suppressed.
- the slip stopper 151 for the main body is temporarily separated from the shorts, and then adheres to an unintended part of the shorts. It is unlikely to occur, a stable feeling of use is maintained from immediately after wearing the napkin to disposal, and the napkin 1 fixed to the shorts is easily peeled off, which is excellent in usability.
- the front and rear end portions 1a and 1b of the napkin 1 are rolled up and absorbed by the napkin 1 by the front and rear end portions 1a and 1b. It is unlikely that excrement such as menstrual blood adheres and the front and rear ends 1a and 1b become dirty. As a result, when the wearer picks the end of the napkin 1 fixed to the shorts, peels it off, and disposes of it after use, the dirt on the end of the napkin 1 that serves as the picking part may stain the hand. Hateful. As described above, the napkin 1 of the present embodiment can maintain the cleanliness of the front end portion 1a and the rear end portion 1b of the napkin 1 which is a picking portion at the time of disposal, and is easy to dispose of.
- the absorber 11 is squeezed in the front squeezing region 2 and the rear squeezing region 4, and more specifically, the absorber 11 and the surface sheet 12 are not integrated by the squeezing step. It has become.
- the force applied to the napkin 1 during wearing is buffered by the surface sheet 12 interposed between the wearer's skin and the front compression region 2 and the rear compression region 4, and the front end portion 11a and the rear end portion of the absorber 11 are buffered. It becomes difficult to transmit to 11b, and deformation of the front end portion 11a and the rear end portion 11b of the absorber 11 is further suppressed.
- the deformation generated at the front end portion 11a (rear end portion 11b) of the absorber 11 propagates to the intermediate region C, and the deformation of the excretion portion facing region that absorbs a large amount of body fluid is suppressed. Therefore, the liquid absorbing area in the region facing the excretory portion can be maintained, and the napkin 1 having stable liquid absorbing property can be obtained. Further, in the front squeezing region 2 and the rear squeezing region 4, since the surface sheet 12 is not squeezed, the front end portion 1a and the rear end portion 1b of the napkin 1 are more flexible than when the surface sheet is also squeezed. It can be made to have sex, the napkin 1 can be easily attached to the shorts, and the fit to the body is excellent.
- the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4 are a pair parallel to the vertical direction X passing through the end end portion in the lateral direction Y of the main body slip prevention material group 15. It is located within the virtual lines 41 and 41 of. That is, in the front end portion 11a and the rear end portion 11b of the absorber 11, the lateral Y side side portions 32 are regions in which the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4 are not provided, and are regions having low rigidity. ..
- the external force applied to the napkin 1 in the vertical direction X at the time of wearing is buffered by the lateral Y side portions 32 of the front end portion 11a and the rear end portion 11b of the absorber 11.
- This buffered external force extends from the lateral Y side portions 32 of each of the front end portion 11a and the rear end portion 11b to the excretion portion facing region due to the presence of the slip stopper 151 for the main body located inward in the vertical direction X. It's getting harder. Therefore, deformation of the region facing the excretory portion is suppressed, and a napkin 1 having more stable liquid absorption can be obtained.
- the slip stopper 151 for the main body is not located on the center line 33, it is possible to further suppress the deformation of the lateral Y central portion 31 of the intermediate region C which is the region facing the excretion portion. it can. That is, in the area facing the excretion part of the absorber 11, the external force from both legs of the wearer toward the inside of the lateral Y is buffered in the area 152 where the anti-slip material is not arranged, and the occurrence of twisting in the area facing the excretion part is suppressed.
- the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4 each overlap with the multilayer core wrap sheet region 37 in which three core wrap sheets are present in a plan view.
- the multilayer core wrap sheet region 37 located at the lateral Y central portion 31 is larger in the thickness direction than the lateral Y both sides of the multilayer core wrap sheet region 37. Since the core wrap sheet 7 is present, the rigidity is high.
- the multi-layer core wrap sheet region 37 is further increased in rigidity by the pressing process in the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4.
- the occurrence of breakage of the core wrap sheet 7 at the front end portion 11a and the rear end portion 11b of the absorber 11 is suppressed, and the occurrence of leakage of body fluid along the break line caused by the breakage of the core wrap sheet 7 is suppressed. ..
- the both side portions bend inward in the lateral direction Y, while the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 2 and the rear pressing. Since the region 4 suppresses deformation due to an external force, the shape tends to be such that both side portions are upright with the lateral central portion 31 as the bottom.
- the shape makes it difficult for body fluids to leak from both sides of the front core portion 21 and the rear core portion 23. Further, as described above, when the anterior extending portion 71 is in the lateral Y center 31 and has a longer longitudinal length than both side portions as shown in FIG. 5, a relatively large amount of body fluid is temporarily held. The body fluid easily returns from the core wrap sheet 7 to the absorbent core 20 along the anteriorly compressed region 2, and the leakage of the body fluid can be further suppressed. This effect is the same at the rear end portion 11b.
- the leak-proof groove 19 is located so as to surround the high basis weight portion 24, and the two do not overlap in a plan view.
- the front squeezed region 2, the rear squeezed region 4, and the leak-proof groove 19 are portions having higher rigidity and less deformation than other unsqueezed regions.
- a part of the leak-proof groove 19 overlaps with the slip stopper 151 for the main body in a plan view, and the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4 are separated from the leak-proof groove 19. To position.
- the region where the leak-proof groove 19 and the slip stopper 151 for the main body overlap has high rigidity, and by further providing the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4, the napkin 1 extends from the front to the rear.
- a region of high rigidity is located in the vertical direction X.
- the shape of the napkin 1 can be easily maintained because the region having high rigidity is located in the vertical direction X from the front to the rear. Therefore, the absorption surface of the excretion facing region that absorbs the body fluid can be secured more stably.
- the napkin 1 since the shape of the excretion facing region is easily maintained, the unfavorable deformation of the napkin 1 is unlikely to occur, the generation of a gap between the napkin 1 and the wearer's skin due to the unfavorable deformation is suppressed, and the napkin 1 having excellent fit. Can be. Further, even if the slip stopper may come off from the shorts due to the extremely violent movement of the wearer while wearing the napkin 1, the napkin 1 is caused by the high-rigidity region located in the vertical direction X described above. Since it is hard to be deformed and can be reattached to the shorts in a state where the deformation is suppressed, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of leakage of body fluid due to the reattachment in the deformed state.
- the front squeezing region 2 and the rear squeezing region 4 are respectively located apart from the leakage proof groove 19 in the vertical direction X, and in the absorber 11, the highly rigid front squeezing region, the leakage proof groove 19, and the leakage proof groove 19, respectively.
- the posterior squeezed region is not continuous in the longitudinal direction X and is located discontinuously.
- the external force applied to the front end portion 11a (rear end portion 11b) of the absorber 11 is buffered in the low-rigidity non-squeezed region between the front compression region 2 (rear compression region 4) and the leak-proof groove 19. Therefore, it becomes difficult to transmit to the area surrounded by the leak-proof groove 19.
- the region surrounded by the leak-proof groove 19 substantially corresponds to the excretion portion facing region, undesired deformation of the excretion portion facing region is suppressed, and liquid leakage is suppressed. Further, since the leak-proof lateral groove 19b located in the front (the leak-proof lateral groove 19b located in the rear) and the front compression region 2 (rear compression region 4) are separated from each other and are not continuously located, the absorber 11 The liquid excrement that is absorbed in the central portion 31 of the intermediate region C and spreads forward (rearly) through the leak-proof groove 19 is unlikely to spread to the front compression region 2 (rear compression region 4).
- front squeezing region 2 (rear squeezing region 4) is a region that is not integrated with the surface sheet 12, the liquid that is squeezed and spreads along the leak-proof lateral groove 19b in which the surface sheet 12 is integrated is surfaced. It is difficult to spread to the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4 through the sheet 12, and liquid leakage in the front (rear) is suppressed.
- the lateral Y central portion rather than the distance D3 in the lateral Y lateral portion in the longitudinal direction X between the leak-proof lateral groove 19b and the front squeezing region 2. It is configured so that the interval D2 at is shorter. The same applies to the rear end portion 11b.
- the rigidity of the lateral Y central portion is higher than that of the lateral Y lateral portion, so that the occurrence of twisting at the lateral Y central portion 31 is further suppressed.
- the distance D3 between the squeezing region 2 and the leak-proof lateral groove 19b is wider in the lateral Y lateral portion 32 than in the central portion 31, so that the lateral Y lateral portion The generated twist is less likely to propagate to the area facing the excretion part, and the occurrence of undesired deformation in the area facing the excretion part is suppressed.
- the high basis weight portion 24 and the low basis weight portion 28 are provided in the intermediate region C, the external force from both legs of the wearer toward the inside in the lateral direction Y is further reduced, and the area facing the excretion portion is further reduced. Deformation of the high basis weight portion 24, which occupies the main part of the above, is suppressed. That is, in the intermediate region C, when the wearer's legs receive an external force toward the inside in the lateral direction Y, the low basis weight portion 28 having a lower rigidity than the high basis weight portion 24 is deformed first, and the central portion 31 The lateral external force received by the high basis weight portion 24 located in is reduced, and the deformation of the region facing the excretion portion is suppressed.
- the high basis weight portion 24 moves so as to be in close contact with the excretion portion side.
- the high basis weight portion 24 can easily maintain a shape protruding to the excretion portion, its deformation is suppressed, and a region that absorbs a large amount of body fluid can be secured.
- the length of the widest portion where the distance between the pair of side edge portions 24a in the lateral direction Y of the high basis weight portion 24 is the widest is defined as D1.
- a pair of virtual lines 66, 66 extending in parallel with the vertical direction X through the pair of side edge portions 24a defining the widest portion are drawn.
- the front squeezing region 2 (rear squeezing region 4) is located at the lateral Y central portion 31 of the front end portion 11a (rear end portion 11b) and is located between the pair of virtual lines 66, 66. doing.
- the napkin 11 By configuring the napkin 11 so that the anterior compression region 2, the posterior compression region 4 and the pair of side edge portions 24a are in a positional relationship as described above, the region where the wearer's excretory portion mainly faces when worn.
- the central portion 31 of the intermediate region C that absorbs a large amount of body fluid in the lateral direction Y is less likely to be deformed such as twisted even if an external force is applied to the napkin 11.
- the pair of side edge portions 24a extending in the linear vertical direction X of the high basis weight portion 24 are located in the intermediate region C which is the region facing the excretion portion.
- the intermediate region C when the intermediate region C is worn, when an external force is applied from both legs of the wearer toward the inside in the lateral direction Y, the low basis weight portion 28 having a lower rigidity than the high basis weight portion 24 is deformed first. The lateral external force received by the high basis weight portion 24 located in the central portion 31 is reduced. Further, due to the deformation of the low basis weight portion 28, the high basis weight portion 24 moves so as to be in close contact with the excretion portion side.
- the high basis weight portion 24 can easily maintain a shape protruding to the excretion portion, and its deformation is suppressed.
- the pair of side edge portions 24a of the high basis weight portion 24 have a function of suppressing deformation of the central portion 31 of the absorber 11 in the lateral direction Y in the intermediate region C and securing a region that absorbs a large amount of body fluid.
- the front region F and the rear region R of the absorber 11 are also deformed so as to protrude toward the skin side of the wearer.
- both end portions 11a and 11b thereof are provided. Since the deformation of the absorber 11 is suppressed, the protruding shape in the central portion 31 of the intermediate region C of the absorber 11 can be easily maintained. Further, due to the presence of the anterior compression region 2 (rear compression region 4), even if an external force is applied to the front end 11a (rear end 11b) of the absorber 11 by the wearer's movement, the anterior compression region 2 (rear compression region 4) ) Is highly rigid and difficult to deform.
- the deformation generated at the front end portion 11a (rear end portion 11b) of the absorber 11 is transmitted to the intermediate region C, and the deformation of the lateral Y central portion 31 of the intermediate region C is suppressed. Therefore, by providing the pair of side edge portions 24a, the front squeezing region 2 and the rear squeezing region 4, they are sandwiched between the pair of side edge portions 24a in a plan view and are sandwiched between the front squeezing region 2 and the rear squeezing region 4. Deformation of the lateral Y central portion 31 of the intermediate region C in which a large amount of body fluid is retained is suppressed. As a result, a region for absorbing the body fluid of the absorber 11 can be secured in a wide area, and liquid leakage is suppressed.
- the high basis weight portion 24 when the wing portion W is fixed to the outer surface of the bent shorts, the high basis weight portion 24 can easily stand up toward the excretion portion side of the wearer.
- the front compression region 2 and the rear compression region 4 the front portion and the rear portion of the absorber 11 are less likely to be deformed due to the high rigidity of these compression regions. Therefore, the napkin 11 is attached to the shorts. At this time, it is suppressed that the wing portion W is bent more than necessary and attached to the shorts. As a result, it is possible to secure a large area facing the excretion part that absorbs the body fluid.
- a pair of leak-proof vertical grooves 19a and 19a are provided outside the high basis weight portion 24 in the lateral direction Y with the high basis weight portion 24 in between, whereby the high basis weight portion is further increased. Deformation of the portion 24 is further suppressed. That is, in the intermediate core portion 22 of the absorber 11, a region having a lower rigidity than the leak-proof vertical groove 19a exists between the side edge portion in the lateral direction Y and the leak-proof vertical groove 19a. In addition, between the leak-proof vertical groove 19a and the high basis weight portion 24, there is a region having a lower rigidity than the leak-proof vertical groove 19a and the high basis weight portion 24. Therefore, the external force toward the inside in the lateral direction Y is gradually reduced in these low-rigidity regions, and the deformation of the high basis weight portion 24 is further suppressed.
- a leak-proof lateral groove 19b is located between the front compression region 2 (rear compression region 4) and the high basis weight portion 24, and the front compression region 2 (rear compression region 4) is located. ) And the leak-proof lateral groove 19b do not overlap in a plan view. As a result, there is a region between the front compression region 2 (rear compression region 4) and the leak-proof lateral groove 19b, which is less rigid than the front compression region 2 (rear compression region 4) and the leakage-proof lateral groove 19b. ..
- the length a in the lateral direction Y of the front pressing region 2 and the length c in the lateral direction Y of the rear pressing region 4 are the lengths of the widest portion of the high basis weight portion 24 in the lateral direction Y. It is preferably D1 or more.
- the squeezed region is formed in the front end portion 11a and the rear end portion 11b of the absorber 11 over the entire lateral direction Y between the pair of virtual lines 66 and 66. It exists, and the deformation of the lateral Y central portion 31 of the intermediate region C of the absorber 11 located between the pair of virtual lines 66 and 66 is more reliably suppressed.
- the wing portion W is bent more than necessary and attached to the shorts. It is more suppressed, and the deformation of the central portion 31 of the intermediate region C of the absorber 11 is further suppressed.
- the lengths a and c of the front compression region 2 and the rear compression region 4 in the lateral direction Y be equal to or less than the length of the widest portion of the pair of leak-proof vertical grooves 19a and 19a in the lateral direction Y. ..
- the absorber 11 is easily deformed with the pair of leak-proof vertical grooves 19a and 19a as base points, and is located at the central portion 31. The lateral external force received by the high basis weight portion 24 is reduced more efficiently.
- the absorber 11 is provided.
- the front end portion 11a and the rear end portion 11b there are low-rigidity regions in which the squeezed region is not formed on both sides in the lateral direction Y, and the region is easily deformed along the shape of the wearer's body when worn. , Liquid leakage is suppressed.
- the front squeezing region 2 is the anterior extending portion 71 (the region of only the core wrap sheet 7) in the front end portion 11a (rear end portion 11b). It is formed so as to straddle both the rear extending portion 72) and the region where the core wrap sheet 7 and the absorbent core 20 overlap.
- a plurality of laminated core wrap sheets 7 are squeezed by the anterior squeezing region 2 and the posterior squeezing region 4. Since it is lightly integrated by processing, curling and twisting of the core wrap sheet 7 are suppressed. Further, since the front compression region 2 and the rear compression region 4 are also provided in the region where the core wrap sheet 7 and the absorbent core 20 overlap, the front end portion 11a and the rear end portion 11b of the absorber 11 are partially covered. It can be made highly rigid by the squeezed area. As a result, the occurrence of curling and twisting of the front and rear ends of the absorber 11 is suppressed.
- the front extending portion 71 and the rear extending portion 72 which are regions of only the core wrap sheet 7, are present over the entire width of the absorber 11 in the lateral direction Y.
- the front extending portion 71 and the rear extending portion 72 are provided with the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4 in the lateral Y central portion, so that twisting is less likely to occur even when an external force is applied. ing.
- the pulp density of the absorber 11 gradually decreases from the inside of the napkin 1 toward the front-rear-outside in the lateral Y side portions 32 of the front region F and the rear region R, respectively. It is configured to go.
- the body fluid absorbed in the intermediate region C which is the facing region of the wearer's excretion portion, is diffused in the front-rear direction, which is the extending direction of the leak-proof flute 19a.
- the body fluid diffused from the intermediate region C which is the opposite region of the excretory portion, is diffused as it is in the vertical direction X. It's easier. In that case, there is an increased risk that the body fluid diffused in the plane direction leaks from the edge of the absorber.
- the present embodiment further, by providing a region of only the core wrap sheet 7 having a lower pulp density in the lateral Y side portions 32 of the front and rear end portions 11a and 11b of the absorber 11.
- the pulp density of the absorber 11 decreases from the inside of the napkin 1 toward the front, rear, and outside in the lateral Y side portions 32 of the front region F and the rear region R of the absorber 11. Since it is configured to move, the movement of body fluid from low density to high density is suppressed.
- the body fluid diffused forward and backward by the leak-proof groove 19 is less likely to be diffused to the front-rear end portions 1a and 1b of the napkin 1, and the liquid leakage from the front-rear end portions 1a and 1b of the napkin 1 is suppressed.
- the peripheral edge seal portion 17 and the front pressing region 2 are separated from each other in a plan view.
- the peripheral edge seal portion 17 is a region having high rigidity, and the presence of the peripheral edge seal portion 17 suppresses twisting of the front and rear end portions 1a and 1b of the napkin 1. Further, in the front end portion 1a (rear end portion 1b) of the napkin 1, when an excessive external force is applied to the napkin 1 and the entire peripheral edge seal portion 17 moves inward in the vertical direction X, the front pressing region 2 (rear pressing).
- the region between the front compression region 2 (rear compression region 4) and the peripheral seal portion 17 serves as a buffer region to reduce the external force and excrete portion. It becomes difficult to propagate to the opposite region. As a result, undesired deformation of the region facing the excretory portion can be suppressed.
- the fragrance arrangement region K, the front pressing region 2, and the rear pressing region 4 are arranged so that at least a part thereof overlaps in a plan view seen from the thickness direction Z.
- the front end portion of the fragrance arrangement region K overlaps with the front pressing region 2 in a plan view
- the rear end portion of the fragrance arrangement region K overlaps with the rear pressing region 4 in a plan view.
- the fragrance is applied to, for example, the core wrap sheet 7. As a result, the fragrance is easily released to the outside through the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4.
- the fragrance may be applied to the skin side surface 11c of the core wrap sheet 7 or may be applied to the non-skin side surface 11d.
- the fragrance arrangement region K may overlap a part of at least one squeezing groove 3 or 5 in each of the front squeezing region 2 and the rear squeezing region 4. That is, the fragrance arrangement region K may extend so as to overlap with at least a part of the pressing grooves 3 and 5 in the vertical direction X, and may extend at least a part of the groove width of at least one pressing groove in the horizontal direction Y. It suffices if they overlap.
- the absorber 11 evaporates and emits vapor when the liquid excrement held by the absorber 11 is warmed by the wearer's body temperature or the like during wearing.
- this vapor is diffused forward or backward through the concave front squeezing region 2 and the rear squeezing region 4 without being completely blocked by the front surface sheet 12 and the back surface sheet 13.
- the anterior compression region 2 and the posterior compression region 4 extend to at least one of the front end edge 20a and the rear end edge 20b of the absorbent core 20 having a relatively large basis weight.
- the steam passage is opened to the outside at at least one of the front end edge 20a and the rear end edge 20b, and the steam diffused in the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4 is easily released to the outside. Therefore, the air permeability is improved and the stuffiness caused by the body fluid is reduced.
- the absorber 11 is formed by compressing the absorber 11 in the thickness direction Z, the front compression region 2 and the rear compression region 4 are not easily crushed by an external force from the thickness direction Z. As a result, even when worn, which is easily affected by an external force from the thickness direction Z due to sitting pressure or the like, the air permeability of the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4 can be easily ensured. Further, it is preferable that there is a gap in which no adhesive is present between the fragrance arrangement region K arranged in the absorber 11 and the surface sheet 12. As a result, the fragrance is easily diffused through the gap between the surface sheet 12 and the absorber 10, reaches the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4 formed in the absorber 11, and is easily released to the outside. Become.
- the above-mentioned absorbent core 20 which is divided into blocks by a plurality of grooves and has an uneven structure can be manufactured, for example, by using a fiber stacking device provided with a fiber stacking drum having a recess for accumulation on the outer peripheral surface.
- the core material is deposited in the accumulation recess by supplying the core material such as pulp fiber to the outer peripheral surface of the fiber stacking drum.
- An absorbent core can be obtained by releasing the deposited fiber from the accumulation recess.
- a plurality of absorbent cores 20 manufactured by using a fiber stacking device are separated from each other to form an absorber continuum 35 covered with one core wrap sheet 7.
- the absorber 11 is manufactured by cutting and removing the core wrap sheet 7 located between the adjacent absorbent cores 20 of the absorber continuum 35 into a predetermined shape with a cutter (not shown).
- the absorber continuum 35 is cut by inserting a cutter along the thickness direction Z thereof.
- the front end edge 7a (rear end edge 7b) of the core wrap sheet 7 is absorbent. It has a shape that protrudes forward (rear) from the front end edge 20a (rear end edge 20b) of the core 20 and extends. Further, since only the core wrap sheet 7 of the absorber continuous body 35 is cut to manufacture the absorber 11, no force in the thickness direction due to the insertion of the cutter is applied to the absorbent core 20 at the time of cutting. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 7, in the absorber 11, the front end edge 20a of the absorbent core 20 is not consolidated and the front end edge is not hardened. The same applies to the trailing edge 20b of the absorbent core 20.
- the napkin 1 having the form shown in FIG. 14 is a napkin in which the absorbent core and the core wrap sheet have the same shape in a plan view.
- the absorbent core 20 is configured so that the front-rear edge of the absorber is not compacted and the front-rear edge is not hardened by the cutting step of the absorber continuum.
- the edge portion has the same thickness and the same pulp density as the low basis weight block portion 27B located inside the absorbent core 20, and has the same pulp voids. Therefore, the front and rear edge edges of the absorbent core 20 of the present embodiment have more pulp voids as compared with the compacted configuration, can hold more body fluid, and suppress liquid leakage.
- the same thickness includes an error range of ⁇ 1.5 mm.
- the same pulp density includes an error range of ⁇ 0.03 g / cm 3 .
- FIG. 11 shows a package 10 in which the napkin 1 is stretched on an XY plane before folding and after opening.
- the napkin 1 is in a folded state, and the front end portion and the rear end portion in the vertical direction X overlap each other.
- the squeezed region arranged at the end of the napkin 1 located below is referred to as a first squeezed region and is located above.
- the squeezed area arranged at the end of the napkin 1 is referred to as a second squeezed area.
- the end of the napkin 1 on the side where the front squeezing region 2 is arranged is located above, so that the front squeezing region 2 is referred to as the second squeezing region 2 in the description of the package 10.
- the rear squeezing region 4 may be referred to as the first squeezing region 4.
- the package 10 is configured so that the end on the side where the front pressing region 2 of the napkin 1 is arranged is located below and the end on the side where the rear pressing region 4 is arranged is located above. Good.
- the exterior material 16 is a sheet material that forms the outer surface of the package 10. In the example shown in FIG. 11, a rectangular shape that is larger than the area of the napkin 1 and long in the vertical direction X in a plan view seen from the thickness direction Z. It is composed of.
- various materials conventionally used as the exterior material of the absorbent article can be used without particular limitation, and for example, a resin film, a non-woven fabric, paper, or the like can be used.
- Such an exterior material 16 is generally less rigid than the absorber 11, and can be easily bent into a shape along the napkin 1.
- FIGS. 12 and 13 will be described.
- the napkin 1 is removably arranged in the substantially center of the exterior material 16 via a slip stopper. As a result, a laminated body of the napkin 1 and the exterior material 16 is obtained.
- the pair of wing portions W of the napkin 1 are bent toward the surface sheet 12 side (skin side surface side) along both side portions along the vertical direction X of the main body M. Further, when the anti-slip material is formed on the wing portion W, it is preferable that the anti-slip material of the bent wing portion W is covered with the release sheet.
- the first fold line L1 arranged on the rear side of the napkin 1 and the second fold line L2 arranged on the front side of the napkin 1 And are placed. More specifically, the first folding line L1 is arranged behind the wing portion W (on the back side of the wearer). The second fold line L2 is arranged in front of the wing portion W (ventral side of the wearer). The first fold line L1 and the second fold line L2 are virtual lines that serve as folding axes when the package 10 is folded.
- the package 10 is divided by a first fold line L1 and includes a first fold region R1 including the rear end portion 11b of the absorber 11, and a second fold region R1 is partitioned by a second fold line L2 and includes a front end portion 11a of the absorber 11. It includes a region R2 and a third fold region R3 located between the first fold region R1 and the second fold region R2.
- the rear end portion 11b is also the "vertical direction X one end portion”
- the front end portion 11a is also the "vertical direction X other end portion”.
- the first folding region R1 is an region of the napkin 1 including a rear region located on the dorsal side of the wearer's excretory portion when worn.
- the second folded region R2 is an region of the napkin 1 including an anterior region located ventral to the wearer's excretory portion when worn.
- the third folding region R3 is an region of the napkin 1 including an excretion portion facing region facing the wearer's excretion portion when worn.
- the outermost end of the first folding region R1 in the vertical direction X is referred to as the first vertical end E11.
- the first vertical end portion E11 is composed of the exterior material 16 in the example of FIG. 11, but when the napkin 1 protrudes from the exterior material 16, it may be composed of the rear end portion of the napkin 1.
- the outermost end of the second folding region R2 in the vertical direction X is referred to as the second vertical end E21.
- the second longitudinal end E21 is typically composed of an exterior material 16.
- the first folding area R1 is folded on the third folding area R3 with the first folding line L1 as the folding axis. Specifically, the surface sheet 12 of the first folding region R1 is superposed on the surface sheet 12 of the third folding region R3.
- the second folding area R2 is folded so as to be further folded on the first folding area R1 folded on the third folding area R3 with the second folding line L2 as the folding axis.
- the surface sheet 12 of the second folding region R2 is superposed on the exterior material 16 of the first folding region R1.
- the napkin 1 is folded in three in the vertical direction X to form the package 10 shown in FIGS. 12 and 13.
- the package 10 has a configuration in which the third folding region R3, the first folding region R1 and the second folding region R2 are laminated in this order.
- the outer surface of the package 10 is covered with the exterior material 16.
- the upper surface of the package 10 is composed of an exterior material 16 of the second folding region R2 and an exterior material 16 of the first folding region R1 exposed from the second folding region R2.
- the lower surface of the package 10 is composed of the exterior material 16 of the third folding region R3.
- the end portion of the package 10 bent by the first folding line L1 between the first folding region R1 and the third folding region R3 in the vertical direction X is the first folding end portion. It is called RE1.
- the end portion of the package 10 folded by the second folding line L2 between the second folding region R2 and the third folding region R3 in the vertical direction X is referred to as a second folding end portion RE2.
- the "upper” in the package 10 means the side on which the second folding region R2 is arranged in the thickness direction Z
- the "lower” in the packaging 10 means the side in which the third folding region R3 is arranged in the thickness direction Z. Refers to the side to be done.
- the package 10 has a tab tape T and a side sealing portion S as a configuration for maintaining the folded shape.
- the side sealing portion S is formed on the side edge of the exterior material 16 extending outward from the napkin 1 in the lateral direction Y, and is joined by a known joining method such as heat embossing. Will be done.
- the tab tape T seals the second vertical end portion E21 of the second folding region R2 and the exterior material 16 of the first folding region R1.
- the tab tape T has a fixing portion T1 and a protruding portion T2.
- the fixing portion T1 is fixed to the exterior material 16 of the second folding region R2.
- the fixing portion T1 is fixed to the second longitudinal end portion E21 with, for example, a hot melt adhesive.
- the protruding portion T2 projects outward from the fixed portion T1 to the second folding region R2, and is detachably adhered to the exterior material 16 of the first folding region R1.
- the protruding portion T2 includes an adhesive region T3 including an adhesive surface and a non-adhesive region T4 having no adhesiveness. An adhesive is applied to the adhesive surface of the adhesive region T3.
- the non-adhesive region T4 constitutes a free end portion of the protruding portion T2, and for example, the adhesive surfaces are folded over and have no adhesive surface on the outer surface.
- the non-adhesive region T4 stays inside the first folding region R1 in the vertical direction X with respect to the boundary side end with the third folding region R3, and the tab tape T is rolled up during storage. Problems such as opening the package without permission are suppressed.
- the tab tape T is lifted upward by the user of the napkin 1 having the protruding portion T2 picked.
- the second vertical end portion E21 to which the tab tape T is fixed is also rolled up.
- the side sealing portion S on the second vertical end portion E21 side is opened.
- the side sealing portion S sequentially moves from the second vertical end portion E21 side toward the second folding end portion RE2. It is opened and the second folding area R2 side is opened.
- the first vertical end portion E11 is lifted upward by the user, and the first folding region R1 is opened in the vertical direction X with the first folding line L1 as the axis, whereby the entire package 10 is opened. It becomes the aspect shown in 11.
- the positional relationship between the tab tape T and the first squeezing area 4 and the second squeezing area 2 is defined as follows, so that the user can more easily pick the tab tape T at the time of opening, which is convenient at the time of opening.
- the sex can be improved.
- the opening auxiliary squeezed region P is the fixed portion T1 is viewed from the thickness direction Z of the package 10. It overlaps with or is located near.
- the first squeezing region 4 is located in the vicinity of the fixing portion T1 as the opening auxiliary squeezing region P in a plan view seen from the thickness direction Z of the package 10.
- the opening auxiliary pressing region P may be both the first pressing region 4 and the second pressing region 2.
- the opening auxiliary pressing region P overlaps with the fixed portion T1 in the plan view from the thickness direction Z of the package 10 means that the opening auxiliary pressing region P and the fixed portion T1 overlap at least a part in the plan view. To say that you are. Further, “the opening auxiliary pressing area P is located in the vicinity of the fixed portion T1 in the plan view” means that the distance between the fixed portion T1 and the opening auxiliary pressing area P in the plan view is 25 mm. It means to be located within. As a result, when the user presses the fixed portion T1 with the thumb, the thumb can be arranged at a position overlapping the opening auxiliary pressing region P in the plan view, so that the effect described below can be exhibited. .. In the embodiment in which the opening auxiliary pressing region P overlaps with or is located in the vicinity of the fixed portion T1 in the plan view, the opening auxiliary pressing region P overlaps with the absorber 11 sandwiched in the thickness direction Z. Is not included.
- the first squeezed region 4 and the second squeezed region 2 have a compressed and recessed structure, a step is formed at the boundary portion with the surroundings.
- the protruding portion T2 when the protruding portion T2 is picked up, the user presses the vicinity of the fixed portion T1 with a finger or the like, and the pressed exterior material 16 sinks downward due to the step formed by the opening auxiliary pressing region P. Include.
- the protruding portion T2 of the tab tape T floats upward, the user can easily pick the protruding portion T2, and the package 10 can be easily opened.
- the opening auxiliary squeezing region P has a higher rigidity than the surroundings, the user can easily push in the vicinity thereof due to the difference in feel from the surroundings, and the protrusion T2 is promoted to float. Therefore, with the above configuration, the protruding portion T2 of the tab tape T can be easily grasped, and the package 10 of the napkin 1 can be easily opened.
- the package 10 folds the absorber 11 having some elasticity, a force in the direction of opening upward in the thickness direction Z always acts on the second folding region R2 and the first folding region R1. That is, in the package 10, each folded region is sealed by the side sealing portion S and the tab tape T against this force to maintain the tri-fold shape. For this reason, the package 10 does not have a dense laminated structure, but leaves a gap inside due to a step in each configuration. As a result, in the inside of the package 10, a gap in the thickness direction Z due to the step is formed in the upper and lower sides of the first squeezing region 4 and the lower region of the second squeezing region 2. This gap contributes to the sinking when the vicinity of the fixed portion T1 is pressed, and the protruding portion T2 of the tab tape T is easily lifted upward.
- both the opening auxiliary pressing region P and the tab tape T are located at the central portion 64 in the lateral direction Y of the package 10.
- the "central portion 64 in the lateral direction Y of the package 10" is a central region when the package 10 is divided into three equal parts in the lateral direction Y.
- the opening auxiliary squeezing region P which is at least one of the first squeezing region 4 and the second squeezing region 2, extends in the vertical direction X, and a plurality of linear lines arranged apart from each other. Includes the squeeze groove 3 of.
- both the first squeezing region 4 and the second squeezing region 2 include a plurality of squeezing grooves 5 and squeezing grooves 3 having the above configurations, respectively.
- the squeezing groove 3 is a highly rigid portion in which the absorbent core 20 and the core wrap sheet 7 of the absorber 11 are compressed and compacted in the thickness direction Z.
- the region between the adjacent squeezing grooves 3 is somewhat compacted due to the influence of the squeezing grooves 3, but the rigidity is smaller than that of the squeezing grooves 3. Therefore, when the fixing portion T1 is pressed, the region between the pressing grooves 3 of the opening auxiliary pressing region P is easily compressed in the thickness direction Z, and the fixing portion T1 is easily pushed downward. Therefore, the protruding portion T2 of the tab tape T tends to float upward, and the package 10 can be opened more easily.
- the napkin 1 of the present embodiment at least a part of the fragrance arrangement region K, the first squeezing region 4, and the second squeezing region 2 are arranged so as to overlap in a plan view seen from the thickness direction Z.
- the wearer pushes the fixed portion T1 downward to push the first squeezed region 4 or a region in the vicinity thereof, and the fragrance in the fragrance arrangement region K is released to the outside by the pump effect. It becomes easier to recognize the odor derived from excrement, and the discomfort during wearing can be reduced.
- the protruding portion T2 of the tab tape T includes an adhesive region T3 and a non-adhesive region T4.
- the first squeezed region 4 is configured so as not to overlap the non-adhesive region T4 in a plan view of the package 10 when viewed from the thickness direction Z. That is, the first squeezed region 4 is not located below the non-adhesive region T4.
- the non-adhesive region T4 is configured so as not to sink downward due to the step caused by the first squeezed region 4. Therefore, the non-adhesive region T4 is arranged on a substantially flat surface, and when the fixed portion T1 is pressed, the non-adhesive region T4 is easily lifted, and the package 10 is more easily opened.
- the first folding region R1 includes the first longitudinal peripheral edge portion E1 in which the absorber 11 is absent.
- the second folding region R2 includes a second longitudinal peripheral edge E2 in which the absorber 11 is absent.
- the first longitudinal peripheral portion E1 is a region of the first folding region R1 located further behind the rear end portion 11b of the absorber 11.
- the first longitudinal peripheral edge E1 includes a region in which the napkin 1 is present and a region in which the napkin 1 is not present.
- the region where the napkin 1 exists is composed of, for example, a laminated body of the rear end portion of the napkin 1 composed of the front surface sheet 12 and the back surface sheet 13 and the exterior material 16.
- the area where the napkin 1 does not exist consists of only the exterior material 16.
- the second longitudinal peripheral portion E2 is also a region of the second folding region R2 that is located further in front of the front end portion 11a of the absorber 11.
- the second longitudinal peripheral edge E2 includes a region in which the napkin 1 is present and a region in which the napkin 1 is not present.
- the region where the napkin 1 exists is composed of, for example, a laminated body of the front end portion of the napkin 1 composed of the front surface sheet 12 and the back surface sheet 13 and the exterior material 16.
- the area where the napkin 1 does not exist consists of only the exterior material 16.
- the first longitudinal peripheral edge E1 and the second longitudinal peripheral edge E2 are located in the first folding region R1 and the second folding region R2 from the regions where the first squeezing region 4 and the second squeezing region 2 exist. Is an even thinner area.
- the first longitudinal peripheral edge portion E1 extends toward the second folded end portion RE2.
- the end portion of the first vertical peripheral portion E1 is the above-mentioned first vertical end portion E11, and is located in the vicinity of the second folded end portion RE2.
- the second longitudinal peripheral edge portion E2 extends toward the first folded end portion RE1.
- the end of the second vertical peripheral edge E2 is the above-mentioned second vertical end E21 on which the tab tape T is arranged.
- the second squeezed region 2 is an end portion (first) of the first longitudinal peripheral portion E1 than the first squeezed region 4 in a plan view seen from the thickness direction Z of the package 10.
- Vertical end Located on the E11 side.
- At least a part of the first longitudinal peripheral edge E1 and the second longitudinal peripheral edge E2 is located in a plan view of the package 10 when viewed from the thickness direction Z.
- a portion thinner than the region is arranged.
- the package 10 does not have a dense laminated structure, but has a gap inside due to a step in each configuration. Therefore, there are gaps in the upper and lower sides of the first longitudinal peripheral edge E1 inside the package 10 and the lower regions of the second longitudinal peripheral edge E2 due to the thin thickness of these peripheral edges. Is formed.
- This gap is located between the first squeezing region 4 and the second squeezing region 2 in the plan view, that is, in the vicinity of the opening auxiliary squeezing region P. Therefore, a part of the finger pressing the fixed portion T1 is located above this gap, and the finger enters this gap due to the pressing and tends to sink further downward. Therefore, the protruding portion T2 of the tab tape T becomes easier to float, and the package 10 can be opened more easily.
- the high basis weight portion 24 is located in the third folding region R3.
- the low basis weight portions 28 are located on both sides of the high basis weight portion 24 in the lateral direction Y.
- the high basis weight portion 24 is the thickest region in the thickness direction Z.
- the length of the first squeezed region 4 and the second squeezed region 2 in the lateral direction Y is equal to or more than the maximum length D1 in the lateral direction Y of the high basis weight portion 24, and is the same length as the maximum length D1 in the present embodiment. ing.
- the first squeezed region 4 and the second squeezed region 2 and the high basis weight portion 24 overlap in a plan view.
- the presence of the high basis weight portion 24 having a large thickness and cushioning property makes the first squeezing region 4 or a region in the vicinity thereof having cushioning property.
- the pushing depth when the fixing portion T1 of the tab tape T is pressed becomes large, and the fixing portion T1 easily sinks downward. Therefore, the protruding portion T2 of the tab tape T becomes easier to float, and the package 10 can be opened more easily.
- the length of the napkin 1 in the vertical direction X is 250 mm
- the length of the main body M in the horizontal direction Y is 73 mm.
- the length a of the forward pressing region 2 in the lateral direction Y is 35 mm
- the length b in the vertical direction X is 12.5 mm.
- the length c of the rear compression region 4 in the lateral direction Y is 35 mm
- the length d in the longitudinal direction X is 5 mm.
- the maximum length D1 of the high basis weight portion 24 in the lateral direction Y is 35 mm.
- the length a of the front compression region 2 in the lateral direction Y and the length c of the rear compression region 4 in the lateral direction Y are the same as the length D1. It is preferable that the length a of the anterior compression region 2 in the lateral direction Y and the length c of the posterior compression region 4 in the lateral direction Y are D1 or more.
- the maximum length D1 of the high basis weight portion 24 in the lateral direction Y is preferably 25 mm or more, more preferably 30 mm or more, and preferably 50 mm or less from the viewpoint of ensuring a surface that efficiently absorbs excrement from the excretion part. , More preferably 45 mm or less.
- the maximum length in the lateral direction Y between the pair of leak-proof flutes 19a, 19a is preferably 30 mm or more, more preferably 35 mm or more, and preferably 70 mm or less, more preferably 65 mm or less.
- each of the front squeezing region (second squeezing region) 2 and the rear squeezing region (first squeezing region) 4 in the lateral direction Y is appropriately set according to the length D1 of the high basis weight portion 24 in the lateral direction Y.
- the length a of the anterior compression region 2 in the lateral direction Y is preferably 15 mm or more, more preferably 20 mm or more, and preferably 55 mm or less, more preferably 50 mm or less.
- the length c of the rear compression region 4 in the lateral direction Y is preferably 15 mm or more, more preferably 20 mm or more, and preferably 55 mm or less, more preferably 50 mm or less.
- the length a (length c) in the lateral direction Y of the anterior compression region 2 (rear compression region 4) is a pair of compression grooves 3 located most laterally in the lateral direction Y of the anterior compression region 2 (rear compression region 4).
- the pair of leak-proof flutes 19a and 19a and the pair of side edge portions 24a of the high basis weight portion 24 are elastically likely to be deformed favorably when the napkin 1 receives an external force from the lateral direction Y. It functions as the base point of deformation.
- the pair of side edge portions 24a of the high basis weight portion 24 is a portion that is located closest to the center line 33 and is the starting point of elastic deformation.
- the region sandwiched by the pair of side edge portions 24a, that is, the high basis weight portion 24 is a region in which a large amount of excrement from the wearer is absorbed.
- the length a in the lateral direction Y of the front compression region 2 and the length c in the lateral direction Y of the rear compression region 4 are the pair closest to the center line 33 which is the starting point of the elastic deformation.
- the length of the widest portion of the side edge portion 24a in the lateral direction Y is preferably D1 or more. Further, it is more preferable that the length of the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4 in the lateral direction Y is equal to or less than the length of the widest portion of the pair of leak-proof vertical grooves 19a and 19a in the lateral direction Y.
- each of the front squeezing area (second squeezing area) 2 and the rear squeezing area (first squeezing area) 4 in the vertical direction X is appropriately determined according to the length of the napkin in the vertical direction X, the position of the leak-proof groove, and the like.
- the length b of the anterior compression region (second compression region) 2 in the longitudinal direction X is preferably 5 mm or more, more preferably 7 mm or more, and preferably 25 mm or less, more preferably 20 mm or less.
- the length X in the vertical direction of each of the squeezing grooves 3 in the front squeezing region 2 may be different, and the length b in this case is the length of the longest squeezing groove 3 in the front squeezing region 2.
- the length d of the posterior squeezing region (first squeezing region) 4 in the longitudinal direction X is preferably 2 mm or more, more preferably 5 mm or more, and preferably 20 mm or less, more preferably 15 mm or less.
- each squeezing groove 5 in the rear squeezing region (first squeezing region) 4 may be different, and the length d in this case is the rear squeezing region (first squeezing region) 4.
- the length of the longest pressing groove 5 is assumed.
- the depth of the squeezing groove 3 and the squeezing groove 5 in the thickness direction Z is sufficiently stepped and rigid at the boundary between the front squeezing region (second squeezing region) 2 and the rear squeezing region (first squeezing region) 4. From the viewpoint of forming a difference, it is preferably 0.3 mm or more, more preferably 0.5 mm or more, and preferably 3.0 mm or less, more preferably 2.0 mm or less.
- the groove widths of the squeezing groove 3 and the squeezing groove 5 are preferably 0.5 mm or more, more preferably 1.0 mm or more, and preferably 3.0 mm or less, more preferably 2.0 mm or less.
- the distance between the adjacent pressing grooves 3 and the pressing grooves 5 along the lateral direction Y is preferably 0.5 mm or more, more preferably 1.0 mm or more, from the viewpoint of sufficiently securing a region having a lower rigidity than the pressing groove 3. And preferably 3.0 mm or less, more preferably 2.0 mm or less.
- the number of the squeezing grooves 3 and the squeezing grooves 5 in each of the front squeezing region (second squeezing region) 2 and the rear squeezing region (first squeezing region) 4 is not limited to the illustrated example. It is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 5 or more, and preferably 25 or less, more preferably 20 or less.
- the width m of the tab tape T in the lateral direction Y is preferably 5 mm or more, more preferably 8 mm or more, preferably 35 mm or less, and more preferably 20 mm or less.
- the length e of the fixing portion T1 of the tab tape T in the vertical direction X is from the viewpoint of securely fixing the tab tape T to the exterior material 16 and clearly indicating the position of pressing with a finger to the user. It is preferably 5 mm or more, more preferably 10 mm or more, and preferably 25 mm or less, more preferably 20 mm or less.
- the length f of the protruding portion T2 of the tab tape T in the vertical direction X is preferably 5 mm or more, more preferably 10 mm or more, and preferably 10 mm or more, from the viewpoint of making it easy to grasp the tab tape T and opening the package 10. Is 25 mm or less, more preferably 20 mm or less.
- the length g of the adhesive region T3 of the tab tape T in the vertical direction X is preferably 5 mm or more, more preferably 5 mm or more, from the viewpoint of reliably adhering the tab tape T to the first folding region R1 and facilitating the opening of the package 10. It is 8 mm or more, and preferably 18 mm or less, more preferably 16 mm or less.
- the length h of the non-adhesive region T4 of the tab tape T in the vertical direction is preferably 2 mm or more, more preferably 4 mm or more, from the viewpoint of making it easy to grip the non-adhesive region T4 and appropriately securing the adhesive region T3. , And preferably 9 mm or less, more preferably 7 mm or less.
- the distance j in the vertical direction X from the end of the non-adhesive region T4 of the tab tape T to the end of the package 10 formed by the first folding line L1 in the plan view from the thickness direction Z of the package 10 is It is preferably 4 mm or more, more preferably 6 mm or more, and preferably 30 mm or less, more preferably 25 mm or less.
- the distance k between the fixing portion T1 and the first squeezing region 4 in the vertical direction X is preferably 3 mm or less.
- the first squeezed region 4 is arranged near or overlapped with the fixed portion T1, and the protruding portion T2 can be satisfactorily raised when the fixed portion T1 is pressed by the action of the step of the first squeezed region 4. ..
- the distance k between the fixed portion T1 and the first squeezed region 4 in the vertical direction X is the vertical direction X on the second folded end portion RE2 side of the fixed portion T1 in the plan view seen from the thickness direction Z of the package 10. It is the distance in the vertical direction X from the end portion to the portion of the first squeezed region 4 closest to the first folded end portion RE1.
- the core wrap sheet 7 is typically a sheet-like material such as a non-woven fabric or paper mainly composed of hydrophilic fibers.
- the hydrophilic fibers contained in the core wrap sheet 7 include wood pulps such as coniferous pulp and broadleaf pulp, natural fibers such as non-wood pulp such as cotton pulp and hemp pulp; and modified pulp such as cationized pulp and marcelled pulp; Regenerated fibers such as cupra and rayon; Semi-synthetic fibers such as acetate; Hydrophilic synthetic fibers such as polyvinyl alcohol fiber and polyacrylonitrile fiber; Hydrophilization treatment of synthetic fibers such as polyethylene terephthalate fiber, polyethylene fiber, polypropylene fiber and polyester fiber Examples thereof include applied fibers, and one of these can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the core wrap sheet 7 may further contain synthetic fibers (hydrophobic fibers), for example, thermoplastic fibers, in addition to the hydrophilic fibers.
- thermoplastic fiber for example, a single fiber formed by using a single synthetic resin such as polyethylene, polypropylene, polyester, polyurethane, or a synthetic resin such as a composite of two or more kinds thereof was formed.
- Composite fibers such as core-sheath type and side-by-side type formed by using two or more kinds of synthetic resins can also be used.
- the absorber 11 may contain a functional agent.
- the functional agent is contained in at least one of the absorbent core 20 and the core wrap sheet 7.
- the functional agent may be arranged on the entire surface of the core wrap sheet 7, or may be contained in a part of the core wrap sheet 7. Further, the functional agent may be contained only in the core wrap sheet 7, may be contained only in the absorbent core 20, or may be contained in both the core wrap sheet 7 and the absorbent core 20. Is also good.
- the core wrap sheet 7 contains a functional agent will be given.
- Functional agents include fragrances, antibacterial agents, deodorants, cooling agents and the like. One or more functional agents selected from these various functional agents can be contained in the core wrap sheet 7.
- Highly volatile fragrance components used as fragrances include, for example, anisole, benzaldehyde, benzyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl formate, isobornyl acetate, citronellal, citronellol, citronellyl acetate, paracimen, decanal, dihydrolinalool, dihydromilsenol, dimethylphenyl.
- fragrances include, for example, amycinnamaldehyde, methyl dihydrojasmonate, isoamyl salicylate, ⁇ -cariophyllene, sedrene, sedrill methyl ether, cinnamon alcohol, coumarin, dimethylbenzyl carvinyl acetate, isooigenol, etc.
- examples thereof include ⁇ -methylyonone, heliotropin, hexyl salicylate, cis-3-hexenyl salicylate, phenylhexanol, pentalide and the like, and one of these can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- a fragrance composition containing, in addition to the above-mentioned highly volatile and medium volatile fragrance components, or in addition to these fragrance components, fragrances having rose fragrance, lavender fragrance, jasmine fragrance, and Iran-Iran fragrance. You can also use things. Examples of such a fragrance composition include nerol, lavandulol, jasmar, cyclopidene and the like, and one of these can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the fragrance includes the above-mentioned fragrance material alone, and a combination of fragrance materials composed of a plurality of fragrances (fragrance composition), such as natural essential oils and compounding bases, diluted and adjusted with a solvent. "Is included. For example, as the fragrance, a fragrance composition containing a fragrance having a rose, lavender, jasminum, or Iran-Iran-like fragrance can be used.
- the antibacterial agent is preferably contained in the absorber 11 in the central portion of the lateral direction Y in at least the intermediate region C of the napkin 1, and is effective in the growth of bacteria inside the absorbent core 20 which is the main cause of the foul odor. Can be prevented.
- Known antibacterial agents can be used.
- the antibacterial agent it is preferable to use an organic antibacterial agent. When the odor-generating substance in the excrement is organic, the organic antibacterial agent can have high antibacterial and deodorant properties due to its good affinity with the odor-generating substance.
- organic cationic antibacterial agents are particularly preferable.
- Cationic antibacterial agents can suppress the generation of strong putrid odors as a control of malodor production.
- Cationic antibacterial agents are organic compound-based antibacterial agents that elute more into excrement such as urine than metal ion-based agents such as silver, zinc, and copper, and have a wide range of antibacterial effects.
- quaternary ammonium salts such as didecyldimethylammonium salt, alkylpyridinium salt, benzethonium salt, benzalconium salt, monoalkyltrimethylammonium salt and dialkyldimethylammonium salt are mentioned, and at least one selected from the group consisting of these. It preferably contains seeds.
- quaternary ammonium salts such as didecyldimethylammonium salt, alkylpyridinium salt, benzethonium salt, benzalconium salt, monoalkyltrimethylammonium salt and dialkyldimethylammonium salt are mentioned, and at least one selected from the group consisting of these. It preferably contains seeds.
- One of these cationic antibacterial agents may be used alone, or two or more thereof may be combined.
- the antibacterial agent can be contained in the core wrap sheet 7 in a substantially uniform content in the plane.
- the multi-layer core wrap sheet region 37 in which three core wrap sheets 7 are present in the thickness direction has a unit area of the antibacterial agent more than the region in which two other core wrap sheets 7 are present. It is a region with a high hit content and a high antibacterial effect. Since the lateral Y central portion 31 of the absorber 11 is a region where a large amount of body fluid from the wearer is absorbed, a multilayer core wrap sheet region 37 having a high content of antibacterial agent is located in the central portion 31 of the absorber 11. Therefore, the antibacterial action can be effectively exhibited. When a core wrap sheet having a region having a locally high content of antibacterial agent is used as a napkin, the region having a locally high content of antibacterial agent is located in the lateral Y central portion 31. May form an absorber.
- the deodorant is a substance that can directly act on the odor, that is, adsorb, neutralize, decompose, etc., to exert a deodorizing effect, and is also widely used in the technical field for deodorizing applications.
- porous deodorant granules are preferable because they have a wide deodorizing spectrum for odors. Examples of the porous deodorant granules include inorganic deodorant granules and organic deodorant granules.
- the inorganic deodorant granules are deodorant granules mainly composed of an inorganic compound, that is, deodorant granules in which the compound serving as the skeleton of the deodorant granules is an inorganic compound.
- the organic deodorant granules are deodorant granules mainly composed of organic compounds, that is, deodorant granules in which the compound forming the skeleton of the deodorant granules is an organic compound.
- Preferred inorganic deodorant granules include kanclinite-like minerals, zeolites, montmorillonite, activated carbon and the like.
- porous deodorant granules having polarity are preferable because they are suitable for deodorizing water-soluble odor-causing substances, and further, kanclinite-like minerals and zeolites have a wide deodorizing spectrum.
- activated carbon belongs to non-polarity, it is effective in deodorizing organic odorous components, and examples thereof include coconut shell coal, charcoal, bituminous coal, peat, and lignite. However, it is preferable that activated carbon is not contained from the viewpoint of preventing the organic fragrance component from being adsorbed and deteriorating the odor.
- Preferred organic deodorant particles include particles obtained by copolymerizing a monomer component containing a crosslinkable vinyl monomer and a vinyl monomer having a heteroaromatic ring.
- a cooling sensation agent is an agent that stimulates the temperature receptors on the surface of the skin or mucous membrane of the wearer to make the wearer feel cold and refreshing without changing the temperature on the surface of the skin or mucous membrane.
- Mentil lactate, menthol, or the like can be used as a cooling sensation agent.
- both the front compression region 2 and the rear compression region 4 are provided, but either one may be provided, and the front end portion of the napkin or the front end portion of the napkin may be provided by providing the compression region.
- the occurrence of twisting and curling at the rear end is suppressed.
- the napkin provided with the wing portion has been described as an example, but the napkin may be applied to the napkin having no wing portion.
- the napkin having an absorbent core having a high basis weight portion is given as an example, but it may be applied to a napkin having an absorbent core having no high basis weight portion.
- the anterior-compressed region 2 and the posterior-compressed region 4 are formed so as to extend to the front-rear edge of the core wrap sheet 7, but the front-rear edge 7a of the core wrap sheet 7 It does not have to extend to 7b, as long as it extends to the front edge 20a and the trailing edge 20b of the absorbent core 20, respectively.
- the configuration in which the slip stopper 15 for the main body and the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4 do not overlap in a plan view has been described as an example, but is shown in FIG. 15 (A).
- the front squeezing region 2 and the rear squeezing region 4 and the main body slip stopper 551 may be formed so that at least a part thereof overlaps in a plan view.
- the back sheet 13 of the napkin 51 is provided with a main body slip stopper group 55 composed of two main body slip stoppers 551 and 551.
- the two main body slip stoppers 551 and 551 extend in the vertical direction X and are arranged apart from each other along the horizontal direction Y.
- the slip stopper 551 for the main body is not located on the center line 33.
- a part of each of the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4 is located in the non-overlapping portion 40 which does not overlap with the slip stopper 551 for the main body in the front portion and the rear portion of the absorber 11, and the other portion is the main body. It is located so as to overlap with the slip stopper 551.
- the outermost portion of the main body slip stopper group 55 in the lateral direction Y is located outside the laterally Y of the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4 in the lateral direction Y. That is, when a pair of virtual lines 41, 41 extending parallel to the vertical direction X passing through the innermost end in the lateral direction Y of the main body slip stopper group 55 composed of the pair of main body slip stoppers 551 is drawn. , The front compression region 2 and the rear compression region 4 are located between the pair of virtual lines 41, 41.
- the main body slip stopper group 56 formed on the napkin 52 shown in FIG. 15B has a plurality of main body slip stoppers 561 extending in the lateral direction Y and arranged apart from each other in the vertical direction X.
- a pair of virtual lines 41, 41 extending parallel to the vertical direction X passing through the outermost end in the lateral direction Y of the slip stopper group 56 for the main body is drawn, forward pressing is performed between the pair of virtual lines 41, 41.
- Region 2 and posterior compression region 4 are located.
- a slip stopper for the main body having such a shape may be used, and similarly to the other examples described above, the absorber 11 is produced by the synergistic effect of the front compression region 2 and the rear compression region 4 and the plurality of slip stoppers 561 for the main body. The occurrence of twisting and curling of the front end portion 11a and the rear end portion 11b is suppressed. Further, the intermittent portion 562 between the adjacent slip stoppers 561 for the main body has lower rigidity than the region where the slip stoppers are arranged. The plurality of intermittent portions 562 extending in the lateral direction cushion the influence of external force from the front and rear ends of the napkin 52, and suppress the occurrence of twisting in the region facing the excretory portion.
- the planar shapes of the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4 are substantially rectangular, but the shape is not limited to this.
- a modification will be described with reference to FIG.
- the absorber 53 shown in FIG. 16 has a leak-proof groove 58, a front squeezing region 62, and a rear squeezing region (not shown).
- the leak-proof groove 58 has a leak-proof vertical groove 58a extending in the vertical direction X and a leak-proof horizontal groove 58b extending in the horizontal direction Y. As shown in FIG.
- the leak-proof lateral groove 58b and the front squeezing region 62 are arranged so as to be separated from each other, and the distance between the two in the longitudinal direction X is lateral to the lateral direction Y.
- the distance D2 at the center of the lateral Y is shorter than the distance D3 at the portion.
- the anterior compression region 62 comprises a plurality of compression grooves 63 extending in the longitudinal direction X.
- Each squeezing groove 63 is formed so that the length in the vertical direction X gradually increases from both sides in the horizontal direction Y toward the center, and the entire squeezing region becomes convex inward in the vertical direction X. There is.
- the squeezed area and the leak-proof groove can take various shapes. Further, as shown in FIG. 16, in the vertical X distance between the squeezed region and the leak-proof groove, the distance in the horizontal Y central portion is relatively shorter than the distance in the horizontal Y lateral portion. It is preferable that the structure is as follows. As a result, the occurrence of twist in the lateral Y center portion at the end portion in the front-rear direction of the absorber 53 is suppressed, and the twist in the lateral Y lateral portion is less likely to propagate to the excretion portion facing region.
- the leak-proof vertical groove 19a and the leak-proof horizontal groove 19b are connected to form one substantially oval shape, but as in the napkin 54 shown in FIG.
- the leakage groove 59 may be composed of a pair of leakage-proof vertical grooves 59a and 59a and a pair of leakage-proof horizontal grooves 59b and 59b that are not continuous with each other.
- FIGS. 11 to 13 have described an example in which the packaging body 10 is folded in the vertical direction X by two folding lines and the first squeezing region 4 functions as the opening auxiliary squeezing region P. Not limited.
- the package may be folded in the vertical direction X by three folding lines extending in the horizontal direction Y.
- first fold line, the third fold line, and the second fold line are arranged on the package from the side closer to the first squeeze area.
- the area including the first squeezed area defined by the first fold line is referred to as the first fold area.
- the area including the second squeezed area, which is partitioned by the second fold line, is referred to as the second fold area.
- the area partitioned by the third fold line and the second fold line, which is located between the first fold area and the second fold area is referred to as a third fold area.
- the area partitioned by the third fold line and the first fold line is referred to as the fourth fold area.
- first fold area and the fourth fold area are areas of the napkin including a posterior area located on the dorsal side of the wearer's excretory part when worn.
- the second folded region is an region of the napkin that includes an anterior region located ventral to the wearer's excretory portion when worn.
- the third fold area is an area of the napkin including an area facing the excretion part of the wearer when worn.
- the laminate of the napkin and the exterior material is folded with the first fold line as the fold axis and the first fold area on the fourth fold area.
- the folded first fold area and the fourth fold area are further folded on the third fold area with the third fold line as the fold axis.
- the second folding area is folded over the folded first, third, and fourth folding areas with the second folding line as the folding axis.
- the tab tape fixed to the second folding region is detachably adhered to the exterior material of the fourth folding region.
- an absorber of the fourth folding region exists between the first pressing region located in the first folding region and the tab tape. Therefore, the first squeezed region is not included in the above-mentioned "opening auxiliary squeezed region overlaps with or is located near the fixed portion in a plan view from the thickness direction of the package".
- the second squeezed region when the second squeezed region is located in the vicinity of the fixed portion in the plan view, the second squeezed region functions as an opening auxiliary squeezed region. Therefore, even in such a four-fold package, if the second squeezed region is located near the fixed portion in the plan view, the protruding portion floats upward when the fixed portion is pressed, and the package 10 is opened. Can be easily performed.
- the planar shapes of the first squeezed region 4 and the second squeezed region 2 are substantially rectangular, but the shape is not limited to this, and at least one of the tab tapes T is used in the package. It suffices if it overlaps with or is located in the vicinity of the fixed portion T1 in the plan view.
- the package body 10 is not limited to the above-mentioned configuration, and may include, for example, a release sheet between the exterior material 16 and the napkin 1.
- the absorption performance of the absorbent article in the region facing the excretion portion can be sufficiently exhibited.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Vascular Medicine (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Absorbent Articles And Supports Therefor (AREA)
Abstract
An absorbent article according to one aspect of the present invention is provided with a front surface sheet, a back surface sheet, an absorbent body, and a displacement preventing material. The absorbent article has a longitudinal direction corresponding to the front-back direction of a wearer and a transverse direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction. The absorbent body is disposed between the front surface sheet and the back surface sheet. The displacement preventing material is disposed on the back surface sheet and is positioned to overlap the absorbent body in a plan view. The absorbent body has a compressed region in at least one of a front end section or a back end section in the longitudinal direction which is formed by compressing the absorbent body in the thickness direction and which extends in the transverse direction. The displacement preventing material at least partially overlaps the compressed region in the transverse direction in a plan view.
Description
本発明は、生理用ナプキン等の吸収性物品に関する。
The present invention relates to an absorbent article such as a sanitary napkin.
特許文献1に記載されるナプキンは、トップシートとバックシートとの間に吸収体が配置された構成を有する。裏面シートには、着用者のショーツに吸収性物品を固定するためのずれ止め材が設けられている。吸収体の全面には圧搾部が設けられている。
The napkin described in Patent Document 1 has a configuration in which an absorber is arranged between the top sheet and the back sheet. The back sheet is provided with a slip stopper for fixing the absorbent article to the wearer's shorts. A squeezed portion is provided on the entire surface of the absorber.
本発明の一形態に係る吸収性物品は、表面シートと、裏面シートと、吸収体と、ずれ止め材とを具備する。
上記吸収性物品は、着用者の前後方向に対応する縦方向及び前記縦方向に直交する横方向を有する。
上記吸収体は、上記表面シートと上記裏面シートの間に配置される。
上記ずれ止め材は、上記裏面シートに配置され、平面視で上記吸収体と重なって位置する。
上記吸収体は、上記縦方向における前端部又は後端部の少なくとも一方に、上記吸収体を厚み方向に圧縮して形成された上記横方向に延在する圧搾領域を有し、上記ずれ止め材は、平面視で、上記圧搾領域と上記横方向で少なくとも一部が重なっている。 The absorbent article according to one embodiment of the present invention includes a front surface sheet, a back surface sheet, an absorber, and a slip stopper.
The absorbent article has a vertical direction corresponding to the front-back direction of the wearer and a horizontal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction.
The absorber is arranged between the front surface sheet and the back surface sheet.
The slip stopper is arranged on the back surface sheet and is positioned so as to overlap the absorber in a plan view.
The absorber has a squeezed region extending in the lateral direction formed by compressing the absorber in the thickness direction at at least one of the front end portion and the rear end portion in the vertical direction, and the slip stopper material. In plan view, at least a part of the compressed region overlaps with the lateral direction.
上記吸収性物品は、着用者の前後方向に対応する縦方向及び前記縦方向に直交する横方向を有する。
上記吸収体は、上記表面シートと上記裏面シートの間に配置される。
上記ずれ止め材は、上記裏面シートに配置され、平面視で上記吸収体と重なって位置する。
上記吸収体は、上記縦方向における前端部又は後端部の少なくとも一方に、上記吸収体を厚み方向に圧縮して形成された上記横方向に延在する圧搾領域を有し、上記ずれ止め材は、平面視で、上記圧搾領域と上記横方向で少なくとも一部が重なっている。 The absorbent article according to one embodiment of the present invention includes a front surface sheet, a back surface sheet, an absorber, and a slip stopper.
The absorbent article has a vertical direction corresponding to the front-back direction of the wearer and a horizontal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction.
The absorber is arranged between the front surface sheet and the back surface sheet.
The slip stopper is arranged on the back surface sheet and is positioned so as to overlap the absorber in a plan view.
The absorber has a squeezed region extending in the lateral direction formed by compressing the absorber in the thickness direction at at least one of the front end portion and the rear end portion in the vertical direction, and the slip stopper material. In plan view, at least a part of the compressed region overlaps with the lateral direction.
吸収性物品において、吸収性コアが存在しない前後端部付近では吸収性物品のめくれやヨレが発生しやすく、使用感が損なわれることがある。特に、吸収性物品の前後端部では、吸収性物品を着用者のショーツに固定するためのずれ止め材が存在しないことが多く、そのような構造の場合、吸収性物品の前後端部でのめくれやヨレがより生じやすい。吸収性物品に外部から加わる力が長時間にわたって加わると、前後端部でのめくれやヨレがずれ止め材をショーツから引き剥がす様に作用し、一端ショーツから離れたずれ止め材が再びショーツに接着するときに、吸収性物品における、着用者の排泄部と対向する中間領域で吸収体に好ましくない変形が生じることがあり、装着感を損ねるだけではなく、体液の吸収性能が設計値よりも低くなる可能性がある。
In the absorbent article, the absorbent article is likely to be turned over or twisted near the front and rear ends where the absorbent core does not exist, and the usability may be impaired. In particular, at the front and rear ends of the absorbent article, there is often no slip stopper for fixing the absorbent article to the wearer's shorts, and in the case of such a structure, at the front and rear ends of the absorbent article. Turns and twists are more likely to occur. When an external force is applied to the absorbent article for a long time, the front and rear ends are turned over and twisted to peel off the anti-slip material from the shorts, and the anti-slip material once separated from the shorts adheres to the shorts again. In the case of the absorbent article, the absorber may be deformed unfavorably in the intermediate region facing the excretory part of the wearer, which not only impairs the wearing feeling but also lowers the body fluid absorption performance than the design value. There is a possibility of becoming.
本発明の課題は、排泄部対向領域での吸収性能を十分に発揮することができる吸収性物品に関する。
An object of the present invention relates to an absorbent article capable of sufficiently exhibiting absorption performance in a region facing the excretory part.
以下、図面を参照しながら、本発明の実施形態を説明する。
<ナプキンの構成>
[ナプキンの全体構成]
本実施形態の吸収性物品1は、図1に示すように、本体Mと、一対のウイング部Wと、を備える。吸収性物品1は、生理用ナプキンとして構成され、以下、ナプキン1と称する。ナプキン1は、後述する粘着部によって、着用者のショーツ等のアウター(以下、単にショーツと言う)に固定されることが可能に構成される。
ナプキン1は、着用者の前後方向に対応する縦方向Xと、着用者の左右方向に対応し縦方向Xに直交する横方向Yとを有する。さらに、ナプキン1は、縦方向X及び横方向Yの双方に直交する厚み方向Zを有する。 Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
<Napkin composition>
[Overall composition of napkin]
As shown in FIG. 1, theabsorbent article 1 of the present embodiment includes a main body M and a pair of wing portions W. The absorbent article 1 is configured as a sanitary napkin and is hereinafter referred to as a napkin 1. The napkin 1 is configured to be able to be fixed to an outerwear (hereinafter, simply referred to as shorts) such as shorts of the wearer by an adhesive portion described later.
Thenapkin 1 has a vertical direction X corresponding to the front-rear direction of the wearer and a horizontal direction Y corresponding to the left-right direction of the wearer and orthogonal to the vertical direction X. Further, the napkin 1 has a thickness direction Z orthogonal to both the vertical direction X and the horizontal direction Y.
<ナプキンの構成>
[ナプキンの全体構成]
本実施形態の吸収性物品1は、図1に示すように、本体Mと、一対のウイング部Wと、を備える。吸収性物品1は、生理用ナプキンとして構成され、以下、ナプキン1と称する。ナプキン1は、後述する粘着部によって、着用者のショーツ等のアウター(以下、単にショーツと言う)に固定されることが可能に構成される。
ナプキン1は、着用者の前後方向に対応する縦方向Xと、着用者の左右方向に対応し縦方向Xに直交する横方向Yとを有する。さらに、ナプキン1は、縦方向X及び横方向Yの双方に直交する厚み方向Zを有する。 Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
<Napkin composition>
[Overall composition of napkin]
As shown in FIG. 1, the
The
図1に示すように、ナプキン1は、縦方向に順に位置する前方領域Fと、中間領域Cと、後方領域Rとを有する。中間領域Cは、着用時に着用者の排泄部に主に対向する排泄部対向領域を含む縦方向Xの領域である。生理用ナプキンにおいて、排泄部とは膣口のことである。前方領域Fは、中間領域Cの前方にあり、着用時に着用者の排泄部より腹側に位置する領域である。後方領域Rは、中間領域Cの後方にあり、着用時に着用者の排泄部より背側に位置する領域である。
As shown in FIG. 1, the napkin 1 has a front region F, an intermediate region C, and a rear region R, which are sequentially located in the vertical direction. The intermediate region C is a region in the vertical direction X including a region facing the excretion portion mainly facing the excretion portion of the wearer when worn. In sanitary napkins, the excretory part is the vaginal opening. The anterior region F is an region in front of the intermediate region C and located ventral to the excretory portion of the wearer when worn. The posterior region R is an region behind the intermediate region C and located on the dorsal side of the wearer's excretory portion when worn.
本体Mは、縦方向Xに沿って延び、着用時に着用者のショーツの内面に固定される。本体Mは、後述する吸収体11を有しており、着用者の経血等の液状の排泄物(以下、体液と称する場合がある。)を吸収する機能を有する。
一対のウイング部Wは、中間領域Cにおいて、本体Mを挟んで幅方向に互いに対向し、幅方向の外側に大きく突出するように構成される。
ウイング部Wは、装着時にショーツを挟んで本体Mと対向するように折り曲げられ、装着者のショーツの外面に固定される。ウイング部Wは、装着中におけるナプキン1の位置ずれを防止し、ナプキン1外部への体液の漏れを防止する。なお、ウイング部Wを備える生理用ナプキンにおいては、ウイング部Wの前後付け根部分で挟まれた縦方向Xの領域が中間領域Cであることが望ましい。 The main body M extends along the vertical direction X and is fixed to the inner surface of the wearer's shorts when worn. The main body M has anabsorber 11 described later, and has a function of absorbing liquid excrement such as menstrual blood of the wearer (hereinafter, may be referred to as a body fluid).
The pair of wing portions W are configured to face each other in the width direction with the main body M interposed therebetween in the intermediate region C so as to greatly project outward in the width direction.
The wing portion W is bent so as to face the main body M with the shorts sandwiched at the time of wearing, and is fixed to the outer surface of the wearer's shorts. The wing portion W prevents thenapkin 1 from being displaced during wearing, and prevents the body fluid from leaking to the outside of the napkin 1. In a sanitary napkin provided with a wing portion W, it is desirable that the region in the vertical direction X sandwiched between the front and rear base portions of the wing portion W is the intermediate region C.
一対のウイング部Wは、中間領域Cにおいて、本体Mを挟んで幅方向に互いに対向し、幅方向の外側に大きく突出するように構成される。
ウイング部Wは、装着時にショーツを挟んで本体Mと対向するように折り曲げられ、装着者のショーツの外面に固定される。ウイング部Wは、装着中におけるナプキン1の位置ずれを防止し、ナプキン1外部への体液の漏れを防止する。なお、ウイング部Wを備える生理用ナプキンにおいては、ウイング部Wの前後付け根部分で挟まれた縦方向Xの領域が中間領域Cであることが望ましい。 The main body M extends along the vertical direction X and is fixed to the inner surface of the wearer's shorts when worn. The main body M has an
The pair of wing portions W are configured to face each other in the width direction with the main body M interposed therebetween in the intermediate region C so as to greatly project outward in the width direction.
The wing portion W is bent so as to face the main body M with the shorts sandwiched at the time of wearing, and is fixed to the outer surface of the wearer's shorts. The wing portion W prevents the
ナプキン1は、吸収体11を備えており、吸収体11は、防漏溝19、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4を有する。
防漏溝19は、本体Mの後述する表面シート12側に形成された圧搾溝である。前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4は、それぞれ、吸収体11の縦方向Xにおける前端部11a、後端部11bそれぞれの横方向Y中央部に配置され、吸収体11の横方向Yの側端縁よりも横方向Y内側に配置される。防漏溝19、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4の構成については、後述する。 Thenapkin 1 includes an absorber 11, which has a leak-proof groove 19, a front squeezing region 2 and a rear squeezing region 4.
The leak-proof groove 19 is a pressing groove formed on the surface sheet 12 side of the main body M, which will be described later. The front squeezing region 2 and the rear squeezing region 4 are arranged at the lateral Y center portions of the front end portion 11a and the rear end portion 11b in the longitudinal direction X of the absorber 11, respectively, and the lateral ends of the absorber 11 in the lateral direction Y. It is arranged inside Y in the lateral direction from the edge. The configuration of the leak-proof groove 19, the front compression region 2 and the rear compression region 4 will be described later.
防漏溝19は、本体Mの後述する表面シート12側に形成された圧搾溝である。前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4は、それぞれ、吸収体11の縦方向Xにおける前端部11a、後端部11bそれぞれの横方向Y中央部に配置され、吸収体11の横方向Yの側端縁よりも横方向Y内側に配置される。防漏溝19、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4の構成については、後述する。 The
The leak-
図3に示すように、ナプキン1は、吸収体11と、表面シート12と、裏面シート13と、一対のサイドシート14と、本体用ずれ止め材151と、ウイング用ずれ止め材18を備える。本体Mにおいて、ナプキン1は、裏面シート13、吸収体11及び表面シート12が厚み方向Zに積層された構成を有する。これらの構成は、例えば、接着剤やヒートシール等による接合、防漏溝19による圧搾加工等によって、適宜接合されて一体化される。
また、ナプキン1は、後述する香料配置領域を備えている。 As shown in FIG. 3, thenapkin 1 includes an absorber 11, a front surface sheet 12, a back surface sheet 13, a pair of side sheets 14, a main body slip stopper 151, and a wing slip stopper 18. In the main body M, the napkin 1 has a structure in which the back surface sheet 13, the absorber 11, and the front surface sheet 12 are laminated in the thickness direction Z. These configurations are appropriately joined and integrated by, for example, joining with an adhesive, heat seal, or the like, pressing with a leak-proof groove 19.
Further, thenapkin 1 is provided with a fragrance arrangement region described later.
また、ナプキン1は、後述する香料配置領域を備えている。 As shown in FIG. 3, the
Further, the
図3及び図4に示すように、吸収体11は、縦方向Xに沿って延び、表面シート12と裏面シート13との間に配置される。吸収体11は、体液を表面シート12側の面から吸収し、内部で拡散させて当該体液を保持する。吸収体11は、着用時に着用者の肌側に位置する肌側面11cと、当該肌側面11cと対向し、ショーツ側に位置する非肌側面11dと、を有する。吸収体11の構成については後述する。
As shown in FIGS. 3 and 4, the absorber 11 extends along the vertical direction X and is arranged between the front surface sheet 12 and the back surface sheet 13. The absorber 11 absorbs the body fluid from the surface on the surface sheet 12 side and diffuses it inside to hold the body fluid. The absorber 11 has a skin side surface 11c located on the skin side of the wearer when worn, and a non-skin side surface 11d facing the skin side surface 11c and located on the shorts side. The configuration of the absorber 11 will be described later.
表面シート12は、液透過性のシート材として構成され、吸収体11の厚み方向Z上方に配置される。
表面シート12は、例えば、上方に突出する複数の凸部12aを有する。凸部12aは、内部にも繊維が分布する中実な構成でもよいし、内部に繊維がほとんど存在しない中空な構成でもよい。凸部12aにより、着用時に着用者の肌と表面シート12との接触面積を低減させることができ、通気性を高め、不快感を軽減させることができる。 Thesurface sheet 12 is configured as a liquid-permeable sheet material, and is arranged above the thickness direction Z of the absorber 11.
Thesurface sheet 12 has, for example, a plurality of convex portions 12a projecting upward. The convex portion 12a may have a solid structure in which fibers are also distributed inside, or a hollow structure in which fibers are hardly present inside. The convex portion 12a can reduce the contact area between the wearer's skin and the surface sheet 12 when worn, enhance breathability, and reduce discomfort.
表面シート12は、例えば、上方に突出する複数の凸部12aを有する。凸部12aは、内部にも繊維が分布する中実な構成でもよいし、内部に繊維がほとんど存在しない中空な構成でもよい。凸部12aにより、着用時に着用者の肌と表面シート12との接触面積を低減させることができ、通気性を高め、不快感を軽減させることができる。 The
The
裏面シート13は、吸収体11の厚み方向Z下方に配置される。裏面シート13は、例えば周縁部において、表面シート12及びサイドシート14と接着剤、熱シール等によって接合される。裏面シート13の平面外形はナプキン1の平面外形を構成している。図1及び図2において、裏面シート13の周縁部、すなわちナプキン1全体の周縁部に沿って接合された領域を周縁シール部17と称し、ドットで示す。図1に示すように、周縁シール部17は、ナプキン1の前端部1a及び後端部1bそれぞれにおいて、横方向Yに延びて形成される。裏面シート13は、接着剤等によって吸収体11に接合されていてもよい。
裏面シート13は、例えば、液難透過性、水蒸気透過性及び撥水性等の機能を有するシート材で形成される。当該シート材としては、例えば熱可塑性樹脂のフィルムや、当該フィルムと不織布とのラミネート等を用いることができる。 Theback sheet 13 is arranged below the thickness direction Z of the absorber 11. The back surface sheet 13 is joined to the front surface sheet 12 and the side sheet 14 by, for example, an adhesive, a heat seal, or the like at the peripheral edge portion. The plane outer shape of the back sheet 13 constitutes the plane outer shape of the napkin 1. In FIGS. 1 and 2, the peripheral edge portion of the back surface sheet 13, that is, the region joined along the peripheral edge portion of the entire napkin 1 is referred to as a peripheral edge sealing portion 17, and is indicated by dots. As shown in FIG. 1, the peripheral edge sealing portion 17 is formed so as to extend in the lateral direction Y at each of the front end portion 1a and the rear end portion 1b of the napkin 1. The back sheet 13 may be bonded to the absorber 11 with an adhesive or the like.
Theback surface sheet 13 is formed of, for example, a sheet material having functions such as poor liquid permeability, water vapor permeability, and water repellency. As the sheet material, for example, a film made of a thermoplastic resin, a laminate of the film and a non-woven fabric, or the like can be used.
裏面シート13は、例えば、液難透過性、水蒸気透過性及び撥水性等の機能を有するシート材で形成される。当該シート材としては、例えば熱可塑性樹脂のフィルムや、当該フィルムと不織布とのラミネート等を用いることができる。 The
The
図1に示すように、一対のサイドシート14は、ナプキン1の横方向Y周縁に配置され、表面シート12を挟んで横方向Yに相互に対向する。サイドシート14は、横方向Y内方において接着剤等により表面シート12に接合される。サイドシート14の材料としては、表面シート12よりも親水性が小さいシート材料が好ましく、具体的には、表面シートよりも親水性の低い不織布、フィルム材料、及び不織布とフィルム材料のラミネート構造のシートが挙げられる。
As shown in FIG. 1, the pair of side sheets 14 are arranged on the peripheral surface of the napkin 1 in the lateral direction Y, and face each other in the lateral direction Y with the surface sheet 12 interposed therebetween. The side sheet 14 is joined to the surface sheet 12 in the lateral direction Y by an adhesive or the like. The material of the side sheet 14 is preferably a sheet material having a lower hydrophilicity than the surface sheet 12, specifically, a non-woven fabric having a lower hydrophilicity than the surface sheet, a film material, and a sheet having a laminated structure of the non-woven fabric and the film material. Can be mentioned.
(ずれ止め材の構成)
本体用ずれ止め材151及びウイング用ずれ止め材18は、裏面シート13の外面に設けられ、ナプキン1をショーツに対して固定させる機能を有する。
各ずれ止め材は、例えば、裏面シート13に所定のパターンで粘着剤を塗工することにより形成される。粘着部に用いられる粘着剤として、好ましくは、ゴム系、オレフィン系、エチレン酢酸ビニル(EVA)系等のホットメルト粘着剤が用いられる。 (Composition of slip prevention material)
Theslip stopper 151 for the main body and the slip stopper 18 for the wing are provided on the outer surface of the back sheet 13, and have a function of fixing the napkin 1 to the shorts.
Each slip stopper is formed, for example, by applying an adhesive to theback surface sheet 13 in a predetermined pattern. As the pressure-sensitive adhesive used for the pressure-sensitive adhesive portion, a rubber-based, olefin-based, ethylene-vinyl acetate (EVA) -based hot melt pressure-sensitive adhesive is preferably used.
本体用ずれ止め材151及びウイング用ずれ止め材18は、裏面シート13の外面に設けられ、ナプキン1をショーツに対して固定させる機能を有する。
各ずれ止め材は、例えば、裏面シート13に所定のパターンで粘着剤を塗工することにより形成される。粘着部に用いられる粘着剤として、好ましくは、ゴム系、オレフィン系、エチレン酢酸ビニル(EVA)系等のホットメルト粘着剤が用いられる。 (Composition of slip prevention material)
The
Each slip stopper is formed, for example, by applying an adhesive to the
図2に示すように、2つの本体用ずれ止め材151、151は、本体Mの裏面シート13に設けられる。2つの本体用ずれ止め材151、151により本体用ずれ止め材群15が構成される。2つの本体用ずれ止め材151、151は、それぞれ、縦方向Xに延び、互いに離間して横方向Yに配置される。2つの本体用ずれ止め材151、151は、いずれも吸収体11を横方向Yに二等分する縦方向Xに延びる中心線33上に位置しておらず、中心線33を間に介して横方向Yに対向配置される。着用時、本体用ずれ止め材151、151によって、本体Mはショーツの肌側面に固定される。一対の本体用ずれ止め材15間には、ずれ止め材非配置領域152が位置する。
As shown in FIG. 2, the two slip stoppers 151 and 151 for the main body are provided on the back sheet 13 of the main body M. The main body slip stopper group 15 is composed of the two main body slip stoppers 151 and 151. The two main body slip stoppers 151 and 151 extend in the vertical direction X, respectively, and are arranged apart from each other in the horizontal direction Y. Neither of the two main body slip stoppers 151 and 151 is located on the center line 33 extending in the vertical direction X that bisects the absorber 11 in the horizontal direction Y, and sandwiches the center line 33 in between. They are arranged so as to face each other in the lateral direction Y. When worn, the main body M is fixed to the skin side surface of the shorts by the slip stoppers 151 and 151 for the main body. A slip stopper non-arrangement region 152 is located between the pair of slip stoppers 15 for the main body.
図2に示すように、ウイング用ずれ止め材18は、ウイング部Wの裏面シート13に設けられる。ナプキン1の着用時、中間領域Cに位置するウイング部Wは、折り曲げられてショーツの外面にウイング用ずれ止め材18によって固定される。
As shown in FIG. 2, the wing slip stopper 18 is provided on the back sheet 13 of the wing portion W. When the napkin 1 is worn, the wing portion W located in the intermediate region C is bent and fixed to the outer surface of the shorts by the wing slip stopper 18.
(防漏溝の構成)
吸収体11及び表面シート12には、表面シート12側から厚み方向Zに圧搾加工することによって形成された防漏溝19が設けられている。図3に示すように、防漏溝19は、表面シート12及び吸収性コア20が裏面シート13側に向かって一体的に凹陥した構成を有する。防漏溝19は、吸収体11の横方向Yにおける両側縁よりも中央部側に形成される。図1及び図5に示すように、防漏溝19は、本体Mの周縁に形成された圧搾溝であり、吸収体11の横方向Y中央部31を囲むように配されている。防漏溝19は、前方領域Fから後方領域Rに亘って存在し、図2に示すように、平面視で本体用ずれ止め材151と少なくとも一部が重なり合っている。 (Construction of leak-proof groove)
Theabsorber 11 and the surface sheet 12 are provided with a leak-proof groove 19 formed by pressing from the surface sheet 12 side in the thickness direction Z. As shown in FIG. 3, the leak-proof groove 19 has a configuration in which the front surface sheet 12 and the absorbent core 20 are integrally recessed toward the back surface sheet 13. The leak-proof groove 19 is formed on the central side of the absorber 11 with respect to both side edges in the lateral direction Y. As shown in FIGS. 1 and 5, the leak-proof groove 19 is a squeeze groove formed on the peripheral edge of the main body M, and is arranged so as to surround the lateral Y central portion 31 of the absorber 11. The leak-proof groove 19 exists from the front region F to the rear region R, and as shown in FIG. 2, at least a part thereof overlaps with the slip stopper 151 for the main body in a plan view.
吸収体11及び表面シート12には、表面シート12側から厚み方向Zに圧搾加工することによって形成された防漏溝19が設けられている。図3に示すように、防漏溝19は、表面シート12及び吸収性コア20が裏面シート13側に向かって一体的に凹陥した構成を有する。防漏溝19は、吸収体11の横方向Yにおける両側縁よりも中央部側に形成される。図1及び図5に示すように、防漏溝19は、本体Mの周縁に形成された圧搾溝であり、吸収体11の横方向Y中央部31を囲むように配されている。防漏溝19は、前方領域Fから後方領域Rに亘って存在し、図2に示すように、平面視で本体用ずれ止め材151と少なくとも一部が重なり合っている。 (Construction of leak-proof groove)
The
図1に示すように、防漏溝19は、中間領域Cに位置する縦方向に延びる線状部分を介して、前方領域F及び後方領域Rまで及ぶ、縦方向Xに延びる一対の防漏縦溝19a、19aと、横方向Yに延びる一対の防漏横溝19b、19bと、を有する。防漏縦溝19aと防漏横溝19bとは、連なって1つの略長円形状を形成する。防漏溝19は、後述する高坪量部24を囲むように吸収体11の周縁に沿って位置する。
As shown in FIG. 1, the leak-proof groove 19 is a pair of leak-proof vertical portions extending in the vertical direction X extending to the front region F and the rear region R through a linear portion located in the intermediate region C in the vertical direction. It has grooves 19a, 19a and a pair of leak-proof lateral grooves 19b, 19b extending in the lateral direction Y. The leak-proof vertical groove 19a and the leak-proof horizontal groove 19b are connected to form one substantially oval shape. The leak-proof groove 19 is located along the peripheral edge of the absorber 11 so as to surround the high basis weight portion 24 described later.
線状に縦方向Xに延びる防漏縦溝19aは、前方領域Fの一部、排泄部の対向領域となる中間領域C、後方領域Rの一部に亘って位置する。
防漏縦溝19aにおいて「線状に縦方向Xに延びる」とは、縦方向Xに平行な態様に限定されない。例えば、図1に示すように、平面視において、全体として縦方向Xに向かって延びている部分を「線状に縦方向Xに延びる」と表現でき、横方向Yの中心線33に向かって延びる、防漏溝の左右一対の線分が1点で収束する場合、当該線分は後述する「横方向Yに延びる」防漏溝として、区別できる。
防漏縦溝19aは、直線状であってもよいし、湾曲していてもよいし、蛇行していてもよい。また、防漏縦溝19aは、連続していてもよいし、途切れていてもよく、全体的に前方から後方に向かって延びる態様であればよい。
図2に示すように、防漏縦溝19aは、本体用ずれ止め材151と平面視で重なり合っている。 The leak-proof flute 19a linearly extending in the vertical direction X is located over a part of the front region F, an intermediate region C which is a region facing the excretion portion, and a part of the rear region R.
In the leak-proofvertical groove 19a, "linearly extending in the vertical direction X" is not limited to a mode parallel to the vertical direction X. For example, as shown in FIG. 1, in a plan view, a portion extending in the vertical direction X as a whole can be expressed as "linearly extending in the vertical direction X" toward the center line 33 in the horizontal direction Y. When a pair of left and right line segments of an extending leak-proof groove converge at one point, the line segment can be distinguished as a leak-proof groove "extending in the lateral direction Y" described later.
The leak-proof flute 19a may be linear, curved, or meandering. Further, the leak-proof flute 19a may be continuous or interrupted, and may extend from the front to the rear as a whole.
As shown in FIG. 2, the leak-proof flute 19a overlaps with the slip stopper 151 for the main body in a plan view.
防漏縦溝19aにおいて「線状に縦方向Xに延びる」とは、縦方向Xに平行な態様に限定されない。例えば、図1に示すように、平面視において、全体として縦方向Xに向かって延びている部分を「線状に縦方向Xに延びる」と表現でき、横方向Yの中心線33に向かって延びる、防漏溝の左右一対の線分が1点で収束する場合、当該線分は後述する「横方向Yに延びる」防漏溝として、区別できる。
防漏縦溝19aは、直線状であってもよいし、湾曲していてもよいし、蛇行していてもよい。また、防漏縦溝19aは、連続していてもよいし、途切れていてもよく、全体的に前方から後方に向かって延びる態様であればよい。
図2に示すように、防漏縦溝19aは、本体用ずれ止め材151と平面視で重なり合っている。 The leak-
In the leak-proof
The leak-
As shown in FIG. 2, the leak-
防漏横溝19bにおいて「横方向Yに延びる」とは横方向Yに平行な態様に限定されず、横方向Yにおける一方の側方から他方の側方に向かって延びる態様を広く含むものとする。したがって、防漏横溝19bは、吸収体11において、直線状であってもよいし、湾曲していてもよいし、蛇行していてもよい。防漏横溝19bは、前方領域F及び後方領域Rそれぞれの横方向Y両側縁よりも中央部側に位置する。
図2に示すように、防漏横溝19bの一部は、本体用ずれ止め材151と平面視で重なり合っている。 In the leak-prooflateral groove 19b, "extending in the lateral direction Y" is not limited to the aspect parallel to the lateral direction Y, but broadly includes the aspect extending from one side to the other side in the lateral direction Y. Therefore, the leak-proof lateral groove 19b may be linear, curved, or meandering in the absorber 11. The leak-proof lateral groove 19b is located on the central side of the lateral Y side edges of the front region F and the rear region R, respectively.
As shown in FIG. 2, a part of the leak-prooflateral groove 19b overlaps with the slip stopper 151 for the main body in a plan view.
図2に示すように、防漏横溝19bの一部は、本体用ずれ止め材151と平面視で重なり合っている。 In the leak-proof
As shown in FIG. 2, a part of the leak-proof
防漏溝19は、熱を伴うか又は伴わない圧搾加工、あるいは超音波エンボス等のエンボス加工により常法に従って形成することができる。防漏溝19においては、表面シート12及び吸収体11が熱融着等により一体化している。
つまり、防漏溝19は、周囲の領域と比較して圧密化されている。これにより、防漏溝19は、毛細管現象によって圧密化された繊維間に体液を引き込み、延在方向である縦方向Xに当該液を拡散させることで、横方向Yの液の漏れを防止する作用を有する。このように防漏溝19を設けることにより防漏性を確保しつつ着用者の排泄部付近のドライ感を確保することができる。
また、一対の防漏縦溝19a、19aを設けることにより、着用時、着用者の両脚から横方向Y内側に向かう外力が加わったときに一対の防漏縦溝19a、19aを基点として吸収体11が変形しやすくなる。これにより、一対の防漏縦溝19a、19aにより挟まれた領域を、体液を吸収する吸収面として確保しやすい。 The leak-proof groove 19 can be formed according to a conventional method by pressing with or without heat, or by embossing such as ultrasonic embossing. In the leak-proof groove 19, the surface sheet 12 and the absorber 11 are integrated by heat fusion or the like.
That is, the leak-proof groove 19 is consolidated as compared with the surrounding area. As a result, the leak-proof groove 19 draws the body fluid between the fibers compacted by the capillary phenomenon and diffuses the liquid in the longitudinal direction X, which is the extending direction, thereby preventing the liquid in the lateral direction Y from leaking. Has an action. By providing the leak-proof groove 19 in this way, it is possible to secure a dry feeling in the vicinity of the excretory portion of the wearer while ensuring leak-proof property.
Further, by providing the pair of leak-proof vertical grooves 19a and 19a, the absorber is provided with the pair of leak-proof vertical grooves 19a and 19a as the base points when an external force is applied from both legs of the wearer toward the inside in the lateral direction. 11 is easily deformed. As a result, it is easy to secure the region sandwiched by the pair of leakage- proof flutes 19a, 19a as an absorption surface for absorbing body fluid.
つまり、防漏溝19は、周囲の領域と比較して圧密化されている。これにより、防漏溝19は、毛細管現象によって圧密化された繊維間に体液を引き込み、延在方向である縦方向Xに当該液を拡散させることで、横方向Yの液の漏れを防止する作用を有する。このように防漏溝19を設けることにより防漏性を確保しつつ着用者の排泄部付近のドライ感を確保することができる。
また、一対の防漏縦溝19a、19aを設けることにより、着用時、着用者の両脚から横方向Y内側に向かう外力が加わったときに一対の防漏縦溝19a、19aを基点として吸収体11が変形しやすくなる。これにより、一対の防漏縦溝19a、19aにより挟まれた領域を、体液を吸収する吸収面として確保しやすい。 The leak-
That is, the leak-
Further, by providing the pair of leak-proof
(香料配置領域の構成)
図9に示すように、ナプキン1は香料配置領域Kを有する。香料配置領域Kは、吸収体11の肌側面11c又は非肌側面11d、若しくは、表面シート12と吸収体11との間に配置される。香料配置領域Kは、例えば、吸収体11の前端部11aから後端部11bまで縦方向Xに沿って延びるとともに、横方向Yの中央部に配置される。香料配置領域Kは、図9に示す例では、中心線33上に縦方向Xに延びる線状に形成される。
「香料配置領域Kが縦方向Xに沿って延びる」とは、香料が縦方向Xに沿って連続して配置されている態様に限定されず、香料が縦方向Xに沿って間欠的に配置されている態様も含む。
吸収体11の横方向Yの中央部は、吸収体11を横方向Yに5等分した際の横方向Y中央の3つの領域とする。 (Composition of fragrance placement area)
As shown in FIG. 9, thenapkin 1 has a fragrance arrangement region K. The fragrance arrangement region K is arranged on the skin side surface 11c or the non-skin side surface 11d of the absorber 11, or between the surface sheet 12 and the absorber 11. The fragrance arrangement region K extends from the front end portion 11a of the absorber 11 to the rear end portion 11b along the vertical direction X and is arranged at the central portion in the horizontal direction Y, for example. In the example shown in FIG. 9, the fragrance arrangement region K is formed in a linear shape extending in the vertical direction X on the center line 33.
"The fragrance arrangement area K extends along the vertical direction X" is not limited to the mode in which the fragrance is continuously arranged along the vertical direction X, and the fragrance is arranged intermittently along the vertical direction X. Also includes aspects that have been used.
The central portion of theabsorber 11 in the lateral direction Y is defined as three regions in the center of the lateral direction Y when the absorber 11 is divided into five equal parts in the lateral direction Y.
図9に示すように、ナプキン1は香料配置領域Kを有する。香料配置領域Kは、吸収体11の肌側面11c又は非肌側面11d、若しくは、表面シート12と吸収体11との間に配置される。香料配置領域Kは、例えば、吸収体11の前端部11aから後端部11bまで縦方向Xに沿って延びるとともに、横方向Yの中央部に配置される。香料配置領域Kは、図9に示す例では、中心線33上に縦方向Xに延びる線状に形成される。
「香料配置領域Kが縦方向Xに沿って延びる」とは、香料が縦方向Xに沿って連続して配置されている態様に限定されず、香料が縦方向Xに沿って間欠的に配置されている態様も含む。
吸収体11の横方向Yの中央部は、吸収体11を横方向Yに5等分した際の横方向Y中央の3つの領域とする。 (Composition of fragrance placement area)
As shown in FIG. 9, the
"The fragrance arrangement area K extends along the vertical direction X" is not limited to the mode in which the fragrance is continuously arranged along the vertical direction X, and the fragrance is arranged intermittently along the vertical direction X. Also includes aspects that have been used.
The central portion of the
香料を用いることにより排泄された液由来の匂いが香料によってマスキングされて外部へ放出され、液由来の匂いが認識されにくくなり、不快感を軽減できる。香料配置領域と圧搾領域との位置関係については後述する。
By using a fragrance, the odor derived from the liquid excreted is masked by the fragrance and released to the outside, making it difficult to recognize the odor derived from the liquid and reducing discomfort. The positional relationship between the fragrance arrangement area and the squeezing area will be described later.
[吸収体の構成]
図1に示すように、吸収体11は、前端部11a及び後端部11bを有し、前端部11aから後端部11bに向かって縦方向Xに延びる。前端部11aは、前方領域F内に位置し、後端部11bは後方領域Rに位置している。
図3及び図4に示すように、吸収体11は、表面シート12と裏面シート13との間に配置される。吸収体11は、肌側面11cにおいて表面シート12とホットメルト接着剤等の接着剤(図示せず)により接着されている。
吸収体11は、吸収性コア20と、コアラップシート7と、を有する。 [Construction of absorber]
As shown in FIG. 1, theabsorber 11 has a front end portion 11a and a rear end portion 11b, and extends in the longitudinal direction X from the front end portion 11a toward the rear end portion 11b. The front end portion 11a is located in the front region F, and the rear end portion 11b is located in the rear region R.
As shown in FIGS. 3 and 4, theabsorber 11 is arranged between the front surface sheet 12 and the back surface sheet 13. The absorber 11 is adhered to the surface sheet 12 on the skin side surface 11c with an adhesive (not shown) such as a hot melt adhesive.
Theabsorber 11 has an absorbent core 20 and a core wrap sheet 7.
図1に示すように、吸収体11は、前端部11a及び後端部11bを有し、前端部11aから後端部11bに向かって縦方向Xに延びる。前端部11aは、前方領域F内に位置し、後端部11bは後方領域Rに位置している。
図3及び図4に示すように、吸収体11は、表面シート12と裏面シート13との間に配置される。吸収体11は、肌側面11cにおいて表面シート12とホットメルト接着剤等の接着剤(図示せず)により接着されている。
吸収体11は、吸収性コア20と、コアラップシート7と、を有する。 [Construction of absorber]
As shown in FIG. 1, the
As shown in FIGS. 3 and 4, the
The
(吸収性コアの構成)
吸収性コア20は、パルプなどの繊維材料が積繊されてなる繊維集合体であり、積繊装置を用いて製造することができる。吸収性コア20を構成する繊維材料として主に用いられるのは親水性繊維である。親水性繊維としては、化学繊維に代表される、本来的に疎水性の繊維を親水化処理したものと、木材パルプに代表される、本来的に親水性の繊維とが挙げられ、これらの1種を単独で又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。
また、吸収性コア20は、繊維材料に加えてさらに吸水性ポリマーを含有していても良い。これにより、吸収性コア20の液保持力を高めることができる。吸水性ポリマーとしては、一般に球状、塊状、俵状又は不定形のいずれでもよい。吸水性ポリマーとしては、この種の吸収性物品において使用可能なものを特に制限なく用いることができ、例えば、アクリル酸又はアクリル酸アルカリ金属塩の重合物又は共重合物を用いることができる。 (Structure of absorbent core)
Theabsorbent core 20 is a fiber aggregate obtained by stacking fiber materials such as pulp, and can be manufactured by using a fiber stacking device. Hydrophilic fibers are mainly used as the fiber material constituting the absorbent core 20. Examples of the hydrophilic fiber include those obtained by hydrophilizing an essentially hydrophobic fiber represented by a chemical fiber and an essentially hydrophilic fiber represented by wood pulp. The seeds can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
Further, theabsorbent core 20 may further contain a water-absorbing polymer in addition to the fiber material. Thereby, the liquid holding power of the absorbent core 20 can be enhanced. The water-absorbent polymer may be generally spherical, lumpy, bale-shaped or amorphous. As the water-absorbent polymer, those that can be used in this kind of absorbent article can be used without particular limitation, and for example, a polymer or copolymer of acrylic acid or an alkali metal acrylate metal salt can be used.
吸収性コア20は、パルプなどの繊維材料が積繊されてなる繊維集合体であり、積繊装置を用いて製造することができる。吸収性コア20を構成する繊維材料として主に用いられるのは親水性繊維である。親水性繊維としては、化学繊維に代表される、本来的に疎水性の繊維を親水化処理したものと、木材パルプに代表される、本来的に親水性の繊維とが挙げられ、これらの1種を単独で又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。
また、吸収性コア20は、繊維材料に加えてさらに吸水性ポリマーを含有していても良い。これにより、吸収性コア20の液保持力を高めることができる。吸水性ポリマーとしては、一般に球状、塊状、俵状又は不定形のいずれでもよい。吸水性ポリマーとしては、この種の吸収性物品において使用可能なものを特に制限なく用いることができ、例えば、アクリル酸又はアクリル酸アルカリ金属塩の重合物又は共重合物を用いることができる。 (Structure of absorbent core)
The
Further, the
図3及び図4に示すように、吸収性コア20は、着用者の肌面側に位置する肌側面29aと、着用者のショーツ側に位置する非肌側面29bとを有する。
図6に示すように、吸収性コア20は、縦方向Xにおける前端縁20a及び後端縁20bを有し、前端縁20aから後端縁20bに向かって縦方向Xに延びる。前端縁20aは前方領域F内に位置し、後端縁20bは後方領域Rに位置している。
吸収性コア20の前端縁20aは、吸収性コア20の縦方向Xの前端部において一方の横方向Y側端縁から他方の横方向Y側端縁に向かって延びる縁をいう。同様に、吸収性コア20の後端縁20bは、吸収性コア20の縦方向Xの後端部において一方の横方向Y側端縁から他方の横方向Y側端縁に向かって延びる縁をいう。これらの縁は、例えば横方向Y中央部において、縦方向X外方に膨出するように湾曲している。 As shown in FIGS. 3 and 4, theabsorbent core 20 has a skin side surface 29a located on the skin surface side of the wearer and a non-skin side surface 29b located on the shorts side of the wearer.
As shown in FIG. 6, theabsorbent core 20 has a front edge 20a and a trailing edge 20b in the longitudinal direction X, and extends in the longitudinal direction X from the front edge 20a toward the trailing edge 20b. The front edge 20a is located in the front region F and the rear edge 20b is located in the rear region R.
Thefront end edge 20a of the absorbent core 20 refers to an edge extending from one lateral Y-side edge toward the other lateral Y-side edge at the front end of the absorbent core 20 in the longitudinal direction X. Similarly, the trailing edge 20b of the absorbent core 20 has an edge extending from one lateral Y-side edge to the other lateral Y-side edge at the trailing edge of the vertical X of the absorbent core 20. Say. These edges are curved so as to bulge outward in the vertical direction X, for example, in the central portion of the horizontal direction Y.
図6に示すように、吸収性コア20は、縦方向Xにおける前端縁20a及び後端縁20bを有し、前端縁20aから後端縁20bに向かって縦方向Xに延びる。前端縁20aは前方領域F内に位置し、後端縁20bは後方領域Rに位置している。
吸収性コア20の前端縁20aは、吸収性コア20の縦方向Xの前端部において一方の横方向Y側端縁から他方の横方向Y側端縁に向かって延びる縁をいう。同様に、吸収性コア20の後端縁20bは、吸収性コア20の縦方向Xの後端部において一方の横方向Y側端縁から他方の横方向Y側端縁に向かって延びる縁をいう。これらの縁は、例えば横方向Y中央部において、縦方向X外方に膨出するように湾曲している。 As shown in FIGS. 3 and 4, the
As shown in FIG. 6, the
The
図6に示すように、吸収性コア20は、前方コア部21と、中間コア部22と、後方コア部23と、を有する。前方コア部21、中間コア部22及び後方コア部23は、縦方向Xに沿って並んでいる。中間コア部22は主に着用者の排泄部に対向する領域であり、前方コア部21及び後方コア部23は中間コア部22の前方及び後方にそれぞれ位置する。中間コア部22は中間領域Cにほぼ対応する。吸収性コア20は、横方向Yにおいて左右対称な平面形状を有する。
As shown in FIG. 6, the absorbent core 20 has a front core portion 21, an intermediate core portion 22, and a rear core portion 23. The front core portion 21, the intermediate core portion 22, and the rear core portion 23 are arranged along the vertical direction X. The intermediate core portion 22 is a region mainly facing the excretion portion of the wearer, and the front core portion 21 and the rear core portion 23 are located in front of and behind the intermediate core portion 22, respectively. The intermediate core portion 22 substantially corresponds to the intermediate region C. The absorbent core 20 has a planar shape that is symmetrical in the lateral direction Y.
吸収性コア20は、縦方向Xに沿って延びる複数の縦溝部25及び横方向Yに沿って延びる複数の横溝部26を有する。吸収性コア20は、複数の縦溝部25及び複数の横溝部26により、複数のブロック部27に分割されている。
縦溝部25及び横溝部26は、ブロック部27よりも低い坪量を有し、ブロック部27の上面から厚み方向Z下方に向かって形成された溝で構成される。つまり、縦溝部25及び横溝部26は、ブロック部27よりも剛性が低い領域となる。これにより、ナプキン1に外力が付加された場合に、吸収性コア20が縦溝部25及び横溝部26で変形しやすくなり、縦方向X及び横方向Yのいずれの方向の外力に対しても柔軟に構成される。 Theabsorbent core 20 has a plurality of flutes 25 extending along the longitudinal direction X and a plurality of lateral grooves 26 extending along the lateral direction Y. The absorbent core 20 is divided into a plurality of block portions 27 by a plurality of vertical groove portions 25 and a plurality of horizontal groove portions 26.
Thevertical groove portion 25 and the horizontal groove portion 26 have a basis weight lower than that of the block portion 27, and are composed of grooves formed from the upper surface of the block portion 27 toward the lower side in the thickness direction Z. That is, the vertical groove portion 25 and the horizontal groove portion 26 are regions having lower rigidity than the block portion 27. As a result, when an external force is applied to the napkin 1, the absorbent core 20 is easily deformed in the vertical groove portion 25 and the horizontal groove portion 26, and is flexible against external forces in both the vertical direction X and the horizontal direction Y. It is composed of.
縦溝部25及び横溝部26は、ブロック部27よりも低い坪量を有し、ブロック部27の上面から厚み方向Z下方に向かって形成された溝で構成される。つまり、縦溝部25及び横溝部26は、ブロック部27よりも剛性が低い領域となる。これにより、ナプキン1に外力が付加された場合に、吸収性コア20が縦溝部25及び横溝部26で変形しやすくなり、縦方向X及び横方向Yのいずれの方向の外力に対しても柔軟に構成される。 The
The
ブロック部27は、高坪量ブロック部27Aと、低坪量ブロック部27Bを有する。高坪量ブロック部27Aは低坪量ブロック部27Bよりも坪量の高いブロック部である。高坪量ブロック部27Aは低坪量ブロック部27Bよりも厚み方向Zに厚く構成される。図6では、高坪量ブロック部27Aをドットで示し、低坪量ブロック部27Bを無地で示している。
The block portion 27 has a high basis weight block portion 27A and a low basis weight block portion 27B. The high basis weight block portion 27A is a block portion having a higher basis weight than the low basis weight block portion 27B. The high basis weight block portion 27A is thicker in the thickness direction Z than the low basis weight block portion 27B. In FIG. 6, the high basis weight block portion 27A is indicated by dots, and the low basis weight block portion 27B is indicated by a solid color.
複数の高坪量ブロック部27Aと、隣り合う高坪量ブロック部27A間に位置する縦溝部25及び横溝部26とが位置する領域を高坪量部24と称する。高坪量部24は、中間コア部22の横方向Y中央部31に位置する。高坪量部24は、縦方向Xに延び、例えば前後端縁部が縦方向Xに向かって凸な曲線状に構成される。
The area where the vertical groove portion 25 and the horizontal groove portion 26 located between the plurality of high basis weight block portions 27A and the adjacent high basis weight block portions 27A is referred to as the high basis weight portion 24. The high basis weight portion 24 is located at the lateral Y central portion 31 of the intermediate core portion 22. The high basis weight portion 24 extends in the vertical direction X, and for example, the front and rear end edges are formed in a curved shape that is convex toward the vertical direction X.
複数の低坪量ブロック部27Bと各低坪量ブロック部27Bの周囲に位置する縦溝部25及び横溝部26とが形成される領域を低坪量部28と称する。低坪量部28は、中間コア部22の横方向Yにおける両側方部32、前方コア部21及び後方コア部23に位置する。
The region where the plurality of low basis weight block portions 27B and the vertical groove portion 25 and the horizontal groove portion 26 located around each low basis weight block portion 27B are formed is referred to as a low basis weight portion 28. The low basis weight portion 28 is located on both side portions 32, the front core portion 21, and the rear core portion 23 in the lateral direction Y of the intermediate core portion 22.
本実施形態では、図3に示すように、高坪量部24が低坪量部28よりも表面シート12側に突出している。尚、高坪量部24が、裏面シート13側に突出した構成としてもよい。
吸収性コア20の中間コア部22の横方向Y中央部31に高坪量部24を設けることで、中間コア部22の排泄部に対するフィット性及び体液の吸収性を向上させることができる。 In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 3, the highbasis weight portion 24 projects toward the surface sheet 12 side from the low basis weight portion 28. The high basis weight portion 24 may be configured to protrude toward the back surface sheet 13.
By providing the highbasis weight portion 24 in the lateral Y central portion 31 of the intermediate core portion 22 of the absorbent core 20, it is possible to improve the fit of the intermediate core portion 22 to the excretory portion and the absorbability of body fluid.
吸収性コア20の中間コア部22の横方向Y中央部31に高坪量部24を設けることで、中間コア部22の排泄部に対するフィット性及び体液の吸収性を向上させることができる。 In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 3, the high
By providing the high
本実施形態のナプキン1では、一対のウイング部Wは、中間コア部22を挟んで横方向Yに互いに対向して配されている。
ナプキン1の着用時、中間領域Cに位置するウイング部Wを折り曲げショーツの外面に固定した場合、高坪量部24と低坪量部28との剛性差によって、高坪量部24が着用者の排泄部側へと起立しやすくなる。これにより、中間コア部22が装着者の排泄部付近にフィットしやすくなり、ナプキン1と肌との隙間が減少し、液漏れを抑制することができる。 In thenapkin 1 of the present embodiment, the pair of wing portions W are arranged so as to face each other in the lateral direction Y with the intermediate core portion 22 interposed therebetween.
When thenapkin 1 is worn, when the wing portion W located in the intermediate region C is fixed to the outer surface of the bent shorts, the high basis weight portion 24 is worn by the wearer due to the difference in rigidity between the high basis weight portion 24 and the low basis weight portion 28. It becomes easier to stand up to the excretion part side of. As a result, the intermediate core portion 22 can be easily fitted to the vicinity of the excretion portion of the wearer, the gap between the napkin 1 and the skin can be reduced, and liquid leakage can be suppressed.
ナプキン1の着用時、中間領域Cに位置するウイング部Wを折り曲げショーツの外面に固定した場合、高坪量部24と低坪量部28との剛性差によって、高坪量部24が着用者の排泄部側へと起立しやすくなる。これにより、中間コア部22が装着者の排泄部付近にフィットしやすくなり、ナプキン1と肌との隙間が減少し、液漏れを抑制することができる。 In the
When the
吸収体11において、コアラップシート7と吸収性コア20とは、前方圧搾領域2、後方圧搾領域4及び防漏溝19の部分で圧搾されて一体化されているが、それ以外の領域では圧搾による一体化はされておらず、図3に示すように、コアラップシート7は縦溝部25及び横溝部26に追従していない形状をとる。
これにより表面シート12、コアラップシート7を介して吸収性コア20に吸収され、縦溝部25及び横溝部26を伝って縦方向及び横方向に広がる体液が、着用者の肌側に位置する表面シート12に戻りにくくなり、不快感を軽減させることができる。 In theabsorber 11, the core wrap sheet 7 and the absorbent core 20 are squeezed and integrated in the front squeezing region 2, the rear squeezing region 4, and the leak-proof groove 19, but are squeezed in other regions. As shown in FIG. 3, the core wrap sheet 7 has a shape that does not follow the vertical groove portion 25 and the horizontal groove portion 26.
As a result, the body fluid that is absorbed by theabsorbent core 20 via the surface sheet 12 and the core wrap sheet 7 and spreads in the vertical and horizontal directions along the vertical groove 25 and the horizontal groove 26 is a surface located on the skin side of the wearer. It becomes difficult to return to the sheet 12, and discomfort can be reduced.
これにより表面シート12、コアラップシート7を介して吸収性コア20に吸収され、縦溝部25及び横溝部26を伝って縦方向及び横方向に広がる体液が、着用者の肌側に位置する表面シート12に戻りにくくなり、不快感を軽減させることができる。 In the
As a result, the body fluid that is absorbed by the
(コアラップシートの構成)
コアラップシート7は、吸収性コア20を被覆する。コアラップシート7は、吸収性コア20の少なくとも肌側面29aを覆うように位置すればよい。本実施形態では、1枚のコアラップシート7で吸収性コア20全体を覆い、コアラップシート7により肌側面29a及び非肌側面29bの双方が覆われている。 (Composition of core wrap sheet)
Thecore wrap sheet 7 covers the absorbent core 20. The core wrap sheet 7 may be positioned so as to cover at least the skin side surface 29a of the absorbent core 20. In the present embodiment, one core wrap sheet 7 covers the entire absorbent core 20, and the core wrap sheet 7 covers both the skin side surface 29a and the non-skin side surface 29b.
コアラップシート7は、吸収性コア20を被覆する。コアラップシート7は、吸収性コア20の少なくとも肌側面29aを覆うように位置すればよい。本実施形態では、1枚のコアラップシート7で吸収性コア20全体を覆い、コアラップシート7により肌側面29a及び非肌側面29bの双方が覆われている。 (Composition of core wrap sheet)
The
コアラップシート7は例えば被覆前の形状が略矩形状を有し、図3及び図4に示すように、吸収性コア20の肌側面29a、非肌側面29b、横方向Yにおける両側端縁を覆うように吸収性コア20を覆ったときに対向する一対の端部が互いに重なりあって非肌側面29b側に位置するように配置される。非肌側面29b側でコアラップシート7が2枚重なる多層コアラップシート領域37は、縦方向Xに延在し、吸収体11の横方向Yの中央部31に位置する。
尚、ここでは、コアラップシート7が2枚重なった部分は肌側面29a側に位置する例をあげたが、非肌側面29b側に位置してもよい。 For example, thecore wrap sheet 7 has a substantially rectangular shape before coating, and as shown in FIGS. 3 and 4, the skin side surface 29a, the non-skin side surface 29b, and both side edges in the lateral direction Y of the absorbent core 20 are formed. When the absorbent core 20 is covered so as to cover it, the pair of opposing ends overlap each other and are arranged so as to be located on the non-skin side surface 29b side. The multilayer core wrap sheet region 37 on which two core wrap sheets 7 overlap on the non-skin side surface 29b side extends in the vertical direction X and is located at the central portion 31 of the absorber 11 in the horizontal direction Y.
Although the portion where the twocore wrap sheets 7 are overlapped is located on the skin side surface 29a side, it may be located on the non-skin side surface 29b side.
尚、ここでは、コアラップシート7が2枚重なった部分は肌側面29a側に位置する例をあげたが、非肌側面29b側に位置してもよい。 For example, the
Although the portion where the two
ナプキン1では、吸収性コア20の肌側面29aとコアラップシート7とは接着されていない。しかし、両者は、両者の間に縦方向Xに延在し横方向Yに間欠配置された複数の接着剤によって接着されていても良い。この接着剤によって吸収性コア20の肌側面29a側に吸水性ポリマーが位置するようにすることができる。すなわち、ナプキン1の製造時に、吸収性コア20に分散されている吸水性ポリマーのうち肌側面29a側に位置する吸水性ポリマーが裏面シート13側に脱落するのを、接着剤によって抑制することができる。従って、ナプキン1の使用時、吸収性コア20が繰り返し体液を吸収しても、接着剤によって肌側面29a側に位置するように保持された吸水性ポリマーによって体液が効率よく吸水され、肌側面29a側に液が滞留しにくくなり、ドライ感を長時間保持することができる。
In the napkin 1, the skin side surface 29a of the absorbent core 20 and the core wrap sheet 7 are not adhered to each other. However, both may be adhered by a plurality of adhesives extending in the vertical direction X and intermittently arranged in the horizontal direction Y between the two. This adhesive allows the water-absorbent polymer to be located on the skin side surface 29a side of the absorbent core 20. That is, during the production of the napkin 1, the water-absorbent polymer dispersed in the absorbent core 20 that is located on the skin side surface 29a side can be prevented from falling off to the back surface sheet 13 side by the adhesive. it can. Therefore, when the napkin 1 is used, even if the absorbent core 20 repeatedly absorbs the body fluid, the body fluid is efficiently absorbed by the water-absorbent polymer held so as to be located on the skin side surface 29a side by the adhesive, and the skin side surface 29a The liquid is less likely to stay on the side, and a dry feeling can be maintained for a long time.
図5に示すように、吸収体11において、コアラップシート7は、縦方向Xにおける前端縁7a及び後端縁7bを有し、前端縁7aから後端縁7bに向かって縦方向Xに延びる。前端縁7aは前方領域F内に位置し、後端縁7bは後方領域Rに位置している。
吸収体11の状態で、コアラップシート7は、前端縁7a及び後端縁7bが縦方向Xに向かって凸な曲線状に構成される。 As shown in FIG. 5, in theabsorber 11, the core wrap sheet 7 has a front edge 7a and a trailing edge 7b in the longitudinal direction X, and extends in the longitudinal direction X from the front edge 7a toward the trailing edge 7b. .. The front edge 7a is located in the front region F and the rear edge 7b is located in the rear region R.
In the state of theabsorber 11, the core wrap sheet 7 is formed in a curved shape in which the front end edge 7a and the rear end edge 7b are convex in the vertical direction X.
吸収体11の状態で、コアラップシート7は、前端縁7a及び後端縁7bが縦方向Xに向かって凸な曲線状に構成される。 As shown in FIG. 5, in the
In the state of the
(吸収性コアとコアラップシートの位置関係概略)
図5において、吸収性コア20が位置する領域をドットで示している。
図5に示すように、吸収体11では、厚み方向Zからの平面視で、コアラップシート7の前端縁7a及び後端縁7bそれぞれが、吸収性コア20の前端縁20a及び後端縁20bそれぞれから延在している。平面視での吸収体11の外形は、コアラップシート7の外形と一致している。
吸収体11の前端部11aにおいて、平面視でコアラップシート7のみが存在する領域と、コアラップシート7と吸収性コア20が積層した領域とがある。同様に、吸収体11の後端部11bにおいて、平面視でコアラップシート7のみが存在する領域と、コアラップシート7と吸収性コア20が積層した領域とがある。
吸収体11の前端部11a(後端部11b)において、コアラップシート7が吸収性コア20よりも縦方向Xに飛び出して延在し、コアラップシート7のみが存在する部分を前方延在部71(後方延在部72)と称する。図6において、ドットで埋められていない無地の領域が前方延在部71及び後方延在部72に相当する。
前方延在部71及び後方延在部72は、その縦方向Xにおける長さが、横方向Y中央部31で長く、横方向Y中央部31から横方向Y外側に向かって短くなっていく形状を有している。 (Outline of the positional relationship between the absorbent core and the core wrap sheet)
In FIG. 5, the region where theabsorbent core 20 is located is indicated by dots.
As shown in FIG. 5, in theabsorber 11, in a plan view from the thickness direction Z, the front edge 7a and the trailing edge 7b of the core wrap sheet 7 are the front edge 20a and the trailing edge 20b of the absorbent core 20, respectively. It extends from each. The outer shape of the absorber 11 in a plan view matches the outer shape of the core wrap sheet 7.
In thefront end portion 11a of the absorber 11, there is a region in which only the core wrap sheet 7 exists in a plan view and a region in which the core wrap sheet 7 and the absorbent core 20 are laminated. Similarly, in the rear end portion 11b of the absorber 11, there is a region in which only the core wrap sheet 7 exists in a plan view and a region in which the core wrap sheet 7 and the absorbent core 20 are laminated.
In thefront end portion 11a (rear end portion 11b) of the absorber 11, the core wrap sheet 7 protrudes in the vertical direction X from the absorbent core 20 and extends, and the portion where only the core wrap sheet 7 exists is the front extending portion. It is referred to as 71 (rear extending portion 72). In FIG. 6, the plain area not filled with dots corresponds to the front extending portion 71 and the rear extending portion 72.
The front extendingportion 71 and the rear extending portion 72 have a shape in which the length in the vertical direction X is long in the lateral Y central portion 31 and decreases from the lateral Y central portion 31 toward the lateral Y outward. have.
図5において、吸収性コア20が位置する領域をドットで示している。
図5に示すように、吸収体11では、厚み方向Zからの平面視で、コアラップシート7の前端縁7a及び後端縁7bそれぞれが、吸収性コア20の前端縁20a及び後端縁20bそれぞれから延在している。平面視での吸収体11の外形は、コアラップシート7の外形と一致している。
吸収体11の前端部11aにおいて、平面視でコアラップシート7のみが存在する領域と、コアラップシート7と吸収性コア20が積層した領域とがある。同様に、吸収体11の後端部11bにおいて、平面視でコアラップシート7のみが存在する領域と、コアラップシート7と吸収性コア20が積層した領域とがある。
吸収体11の前端部11a(後端部11b)において、コアラップシート7が吸収性コア20よりも縦方向Xに飛び出して延在し、コアラップシート7のみが存在する部分を前方延在部71(後方延在部72)と称する。図6において、ドットで埋められていない無地の領域が前方延在部71及び後方延在部72に相当する。
前方延在部71及び後方延在部72は、その縦方向Xにおける長さが、横方向Y中央部31で長く、横方向Y中央部31から横方向Y外側に向かって短くなっていく形状を有している。 (Outline of the positional relationship between the absorbent core and the core wrap sheet)
In FIG. 5, the region where the
As shown in FIG. 5, in the
In the
In the
The front extending
図3及び図4に示すように、吸収体11において、多層コアラップシート領域37にはコアラップシート7が3枚存在する。多層コアラップシート領域37を間に介して横方向Yの両側に位置する側方部にはコアラップシート7が2枚存在する。
As shown in FIGS. 3 and 4, in the absorber 11, three core wrap sheets 7 are present in the multilayer core wrap sheet region 37. Two core wrap sheets 7 are present on the side portions located on both sides in the lateral direction Y with the multilayer core wrap sheet region 37 in between.
図7に示すように、ナプキン1の前端部1aでは、表面シート12及び裏面シート13は、吸収体11よりも縦方向Xに延在している。また、吸収体11の前端部では、吸収性コア20よりもコアラップシート7が延在している。ナプキン1の後端部においても同様である。
As shown in FIG. 7, at the front end portion 1a of the napkin 1, the front surface sheet 12 and the back surface sheet 13 extend in the vertical direction X from the absorber 11. Further, at the front end portion of the absorber 11, the core wrap sheet 7 extends beyond the absorbent core 20. The same applies to the rear end of the napkin 1.
(圧搾領域の構成)
図5に示すように、吸収体11は、前端部11a及び後端部11bにそれぞれ形成された前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4を有する。前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4は、吸収体11の横方向Y中央部31に配置され、吸収体11の横方向Yの側端縁よりも横方向Y内側に配置される。また、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4は、それぞれ、前方領域F及び後方領域R内のみに存在している。
吸収体11において圧搾領域は平面視で部分的に設けられているため、吸収体11は、前端部11a及び後端部11bの横方向Y中央部31に高剛性の領域を有するとともに、吸収体11全体は柔軟性を有し、着用者の肌に沿って吸収体11が変形しやすいものとなっている。
更に、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4は、吸収体11の横方向Y中央部31に形成され、両側方部32には形成されていないため、吸収体11の前端部11a及び後端部11bの両側方部32は柔軟性を有し、着用者の肌に沿って吸収体11が変形しやすいものとなっている。 (Composition of squeezed area)
As shown in FIG. 5, theabsorber 11 has a front squeezing region 2 and a rear squeezing region 4 formed at the front end portion 11a and the rear end portion 11b, respectively. The front squeezing region 2 and the rear squeezing region 4 are arranged in the lateral Y central portion 31 of the absorber 11, and are arranged inside the lateral Y side edge of the absorber 11 in the lateral direction Y. Further, the anterior compression region 2 and the posterior compression region 4 exist only in the anterior region F and the posterior region R, respectively.
Since the squeezed region of theabsorber 11 is partially provided in a plan view, the absorber 11 has a highly rigid region at the lateral Y central portion 31 of the front end portion 11a and the rear end portion 11b, and the absorber 11 has a high rigidity region. The entire 11 has flexibility, and the absorber 11 is easily deformed along the wearer's skin.
Further, since theanterior compression region 2 and the posterior compression region 4 are formed in the lateral Y central portion 31 of the absorber 11 and not in the bilateral portions 32, the front end portion 11a and the rear end portion of the absorber 11 are formed. Both side portions 32 of 11b have flexibility, and the absorber 11 is easily deformed along the wearer's skin.
図5に示すように、吸収体11は、前端部11a及び後端部11bにそれぞれ形成された前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4を有する。前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4は、吸収体11の横方向Y中央部31に配置され、吸収体11の横方向Yの側端縁よりも横方向Y内側に配置される。また、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4は、それぞれ、前方領域F及び後方領域R内のみに存在している。
吸収体11において圧搾領域は平面視で部分的に設けられているため、吸収体11は、前端部11a及び後端部11bの横方向Y中央部31に高剛性の領域を有するとともに、吸収体11全体は柔軟性を有し、着用者の肌に沿って吸収体11が変形しやすいものとなっている。
更に、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4は、吸収体11の横方向Y中央部31に形成され、両側方部32には形成されていないため、吸収体11の前端部11a及び後端部11bの両側方部32は柔軟性を有し、着用者の肌に沿って吸収体11が変形しやすいものとなっている。 (Composition of squeezed area)
As shown in FIG. 5, the
Since the squeezed region of the
Further, since the
図5に示すように、前方圧搾領域2は、吸収体11の前端部11aの端縁まで形成される。前方圧搾領域2は、前端部11aにおいて、コアラップシート7のみの領域である前方延在部71と、コアラップシート7と吸収性コア20とが重なった領域との双方に跨って形成される。
後方圧搾領域4は、吸収体11の後端部11bの端縁まで形成される。後方圧搾領域4は、後端部11bにおいて、コアラップシート7のみの領域である後方延在部72と、コアラップシート7と吸収性コア20とが重なった領域との双方に跨って形成される。 As shown in FIG. 5, theanterior compression region 2 is formed up to the edge of the front end 11a of the absorber 11. The front squeezing region 2 is formed at the front end portion 11a so as to straddle both the front extending portion 71, which is a region of only the core wrap sheet 7, and the region where the core wrap sheet 7 and the absorbent core 20 overlap. ..
The posterior squeezedregion 4 is formed up to the edge of the posterior end 11b of the absorber 11. The rear squeezing region 4 is formed at the rear end portion 11b so as to straddle both the rear extending portion 72 which is the region of only the core wrap sheet 7 and the region where the core wrap sheet 7 and the absorbent core 20 overlap. To.
後方圧搾領域4は、吸収体11の後端部11bの端縁まで形成される。後方圧搾領域4は、後端部11bにおいて、コアラップシート7のみの領域である後方延在部72と、コアラップシート7と吸収性コア20とが重なった領域との双方に跨って形成される。 As shown in FIG. 5, the
The posterior squeezed
図4に示すように、前方圧搾領域2は、平面視で3枚のコアラップシートが存在する多層コアラップシート領域37と重なっている。後方圧搾領域4においても同様に、後方圧搾領域4は、平面視で3枚のコアラップシートが存在する多層コアラップシート領域37と重なっている。
As shown in FIG. 4, the anterior compression region 2 overlaps with the multilayer core wrap sheet region 37 in which three core wrap sheets are present in a plan view. Similarly, in the rear squeezing region 4, the rear squeezing region 4 overlaps with the multilayer core wrap sheet region 37 in which three core wrap sheets are present in a plan view.
前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4は、いずれも、吸収性コア20がコアラップシート7で被覆された状態の吸収体11全体を厚み方向Zに圧搾加工することによって形成される。
前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4において、コアラップシート7と吸収性コア20とが重なった領域では、吸収性コア20とコアラップシート7とは圧搾加工により一体化している。
一方、コアラップシート7のみの領域である前方延在部71及び後方延在部72では、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4において、複数枚のコアラップシート7が圧搾加工により一体化している。前方圧搾領域2の一部及び後方圧搾領域4の一部は、それぞれ、前方延在部71及び後方延在部72の横方向Y中央部31に形成され、両側方部32には形成されていない。前方延在部71及び後方延在部72において、多層コアラップシート領域37では3枚のコアラップシート7が圧搾加工され、その他の領域では2枚のコアラップシート7が圧搾加工されている。圧搾加工されている領域は圧搾加工されていない領域よりも剛性が高くなる。 Both the front squeezingregion 2 and the rear squeezing region 4 are formed by squeezing the entire absorber 11 in which the absorbent core 20 is covered with the core wrap sheet 7 in the thickness direction Z.
In the frontpressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4, in the region where the core wrap sheet 7 and the absorbent core 20 overlap, the absorbent core 20 and the core wrap sheet 7 are integrated by the pressing process.
On the other hand, in thefront extending portion 71 and the rear extending portion 72, which are regions of only the core wrap sheet 7, a plurality of core wrap sheets 7 are integrated by squeezing in the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4. .. A part of the anterior squeezing region 2 and a part of the posterior squeezing region 4 are formed in the lateral Y central portion 31 of the anterior extending portion 71 and the posterior extending portion 72, respectively, and are formed in both side portions 32. Absent. In the front extending portion 71 and the rear extending portion 72, three core wrap sheets 7 are squeezed in the multilayer core wrap sheet region 37, and two core wrap sheets 7 are squeezed in the other regions. The squeezed area is more rigid than the unsqueezed area.
前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4において、コアラップシート7と吸収性コア20とが重なった領域では、吸収性コア20とコアラップシート7とは圧搾加工により一体化している。
一方、コアラップシート7のみの領域である前方延在部71及び後方延在部72では、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4において、複数枚のコアラップシート7が圧搾加工により一体化している。前方圧搾領域2の一部及び後方圧搾領域4の一部は、それぞれ、前方延在部71及び後方延在部72の横方向Y中央部31に形成され、両側方部32には形成されていない。前方延在部71及び後方延在部72において、多層コアラップシート領域37では3枚のコアラップシート7が圧搾加工され、その他の領域では2枚のコアラップシート7が圧搾加工されている。圧搾加工されている領域は圧搾加工されていない領域よりも剛性が高くなる。 Both the front squeezing
In the front
On the other hand, in the
前方圧搾領域2は、縦方向Xに線状に延在し、横方向Yに互いに離間して配置された複数の圧搾溝3によって構成される。後方圧搾領域4は、縦方向Xに線状に延在し、横方向Yに互いに離間して配置された複数の圧搾溝5によって構成される。圧搾溝3及び5は、吸収体11の吸収性コア20及びコアラップシート7のみが一体に陥凹しており、表面シート12は圧縮されていない。図4に示すように、圧搾溝3及び5は、肌側面からZ軸方向下方に向かって圧縮されているとともに、非肌側面からもZ軸方向上方に向かっても圧縮されている。
このように、線状の圧搾溝が間欠して配置されて圧搾領域が形成されることにより、圧搾領域を高い剛性としつつも柔らかさを維持することができる。 The front squeezingregion 2 is composed of a plurality of squeezing grooves 3 extending linearly in the vertical direction X and arranged apart from each other in the horizontal direction Y. The rear squeezing region 4 is composed of a plurality of squeezing grooves 5 extending linearly in the vertical direction X and arranged apart from each other in the horizontal direction Y. In the squeezing grooves 3 and 5, only the absorbent core 20 and the core wrap sheet 7 of the absorber 11 are integrally recessed, and the surface sheet 12 is not compressed. As shown in FIG. 4, the squeezing grooves 3 and 5 are compressed from the side surface of the skin downward in the Z-axis direction, and also from the non-skin side surface and upward in the Z-axis direction.
By forming the squeezed region by intermittently arranging the linear squeezed grooves in this way, it is possible to maintain the softness while making the squeezed region highly rigid.
このように、線状の圧搾溝が間欠して配置されて圧搾領域が形成されることにより、圧搾領域を高い剛性としつつも柔らかさを維持することができる。 The front squeezing
By forming the squeezed region by intermittently arranging the linear squeezed grooves in this way, it is possible to maintain the softness while making the squeezed region highly rigid.
圧搾溝3及び5は縦方向Xに延びる線状の溝であり、それぞれ、吸収体11の縦方向Xの側端縁から中間領域Cに向かって伸びている。
圧搾溝3及び5における「線状」は、溝の形状が平面視において直線状の態様に限られず、曲線状の態様を含む。圧搾溝3及び5における各線は、連続線でも破線でも良い。例えば、圧搾溝3及び5は、不連続な多数の凹部(例えば、点エンボス)が列をなして形成されていてもよい。
また、本実施形態においては、圧搾溝は縦方向Xに延びる線状の溝としたが、圧搾溝の形状はこれに限定されない。横方向Yに延びる線状の溝としてもよい。また、点状の圧搾溝がマトリクス状に配置されて圧搾領域を構成してもよい。 The squeezing grooves 3 and 5 are linear grooves extending in the vertical direction X, respectively, extending from the side edge of the absorber 11 in the vertical direction X toward the intermediate region C.
The "linear" in the squeezing grooves 3 and 5 is not limited to a linear aspect in a plan view, and includes a curved aspect. Each line in the squeezing grooves 3 and 5 may be a continuous line or a broken line. For example, the squeezing grooves 3 and 5 may be formed by forming a large number of discontinuous recesses (for example, point embossing) in a row.
Further, in the present embodiment, the pressing groove is a linear groove extending in the vertical direction X, but the shape of the pressing groove is not limited to this. It may be a linear groove extending in the lateral direction Y. Further, the point-shaped pressing grooves may be arranged in a matrix to form a pressing region.
圧搾溝3及び5における「線状」は、溝の形状が平面視において直線状の態様に限られず、曲線状の態様を含む。圧搾溝3及び5における各線は、連続線でも破線でも良い。例えば、圧搾溝3及び5は、不連続な多数の凹部(例えば、点エンボス)が列をなして形成されていてもよい。
また、本実施形態においては、圧搾溝は縦方向Xに延びる線状の溝としたが、圧搾溝の形状はこれに限定されない。横方向Yに延びる線状の溝としてもよい。また、点状の圧搾溝がマトリクス状に配置されて圧搾領域を構成してもよい。 The squeezing
The "linear" in the squeezing
Further, in the present embodiment, the pressing groove is a linear groove extending in the vertical direction X, but the shape of the pressing groove is not limited to this. It may be a linear groove extending in the lateral direction Y. Further, the point-shaped pressing grooves may be arranged in a matrix to form a pressing region.
図5に示すように、前方圧搾領域2の縦方向Xにおける長さbは、後方圧搾領域4の縦方向Xにおける長さdよりも長くなっていることが好ましい。
一般に、ナプキン1の後方領域Rは、例えば着用者が座位の姿勢をとることにより臀部が変形するため、前方領域Fよりも、着用者の肌への追従性が求められる。本実施形態では、後方圧搾領域4の縦方向Xにおける長さを前方圧搾領域2の長さよりも短くすることにより後方領域Rにおいて剛性の高い圧搾領域の面積を小さくし、後方領域Rの柔軟性を確保し、着用者の肌に沿うように変形しやすくすることができる。 As shown in FIG. 5, the length b of thefront compression region 2 in the longitudinal direction X is preferably longer than the length d of the rear compression region 4 in the longitudinal direction X.
In general, the rear region R of thenapkin 1 is required to follow the wearer's skin more than the front region F because the buttocks are deformed when the wearer takes a sitting posture, for example. In the present embodiment, the length of the rear region 4 in the longitudinal direction X is made shorter than the length of the front region 2, so that the area of the highly rigid compression region in the rear region R is reduced, and the flexibility of the rear region R is reduced. Can be secured and easily deformed along the wearer's skin.
一般に、ナプキン1の後方領域Rは、例えば着用者が座位の姿勢をとることにより臀部が変形するため、前方領域Fよりも、着用者の肌への追従性が求められる。本実施形態では、後方圧搾領域4の縦方向Xにおける長さを前方圧搾領域2の長さよりも短くすることにより後方領域Rにおいて剛性の高い圧搾領域の面積を小さくし、後方領域Rの柔軟性を確保し、着用者の肌に沿うように変形しやすくすることができる。 As shown in FIG. 5, the length b of the
In general, the rear region R of the
本実施形態では、吸収体11の前後端部11a、11bにおいて、コアラップシート7と吸収性コア20が積層された領域、コアラップシート7のみの領域が存在している。コアラップシート7のみの領域には吸収性コア20が存在しないので、コアラップシート7のみの領域における吸収性コア20のパルプ密度は0である。このため、吸収体11において、コアラップシート7のみの領域は、コアラップシート7と吸収性コア20が積層された領域よりもパルプ密度が低くなっている。
本実施形態では、防漏縦溝19a、コアラップシート7と吸収性コア20が積層された領域、コアラップシート7のみの領域の順番で、パルプ密度が段々と低くなっている。すなわち、吸収体11は、前方領域F及び後方領域Rそれぞれの横方向Y側方部32において、ナプキン1の内側から前後方外側に向かってパルプ密度が段階的に低くなっていくように構成されている。
なお、コアラップシート7のみの領域には、吸収性コア20を構成する材料が全く存在しないことが好ましいが、吸収性コア20の縦方向Xの端部が破損するなどして不可避的に存在することを排除するものではない。その場合、例えば、吸収性コア20の全体の坪量に対して、1質量%以下、好ましくは0.5質量%以下で上記構成する材料が存在していても良い。 In the present embodiment, at the front and rear ends 11a and 11b of the absorber 11, there is a region where the core wrap sheet 7 and the absorbent core 20 are laminated, and a region only for the core wrap sheet 7. Since the absorbent core 20 does not exist in the region of only the core wrap sheet 7, the pulp density of the absorbent core 20 in the region of only the core wrap sheet 7 is 0. Therefore, in the absorber 11, the region of only the core wrap sheet 7 has a lower pulp density than the region in which the core wrap sheet 7 and the absorbent core 20 are laminated.
In the present embodiment, the pulp density is gradually lowered in the order of the leak-proof flute 19a, the region where the core wrap sheet 7 and the absorbent core 20 are laminated, and the region where only the core wrap sheet 7 is laminated. That is, the absorber 11 is configured such that the pulp density gradually decreases from the inside of the napkin 1 toward the front-rear-outside in the lateral Y-side portions 32 of the front region F and the rear region R, respectively. ing.
It is preferable that the material constituting theabsorbent core 20 does not exist at all in the region of only the core wrap sheet 7, but it is inevitably present because the end portion of the absorbent core 20 in the vertical direction X is damaged. It does not preclude doing. In that case, for example, the material having the above composition may be present in an amount of 1% by mass or less, preferably 0.5% by mass or less, based on the total basis weight of the absorbent core 20.
本実施形態では、防漏縦溝19a、コアラップシート7と吸収性コア20が積層された領域、コアラップシート7のみの領域の順番で、パルプ密度が段々と低くなっている。すなわち、吸収体11は、前方領域F及び後方領域Rそれぞれの横方向Y側方部32において、ナプキン1の内側から前後方外側に向かってパルプ密度が段階的に低くなっていくように構成されている。
なお、コアラップシート7のみの領域には、吸収性コア20を構成する材料が全く存在しないことが好ましいが、吸収性コア20の縦方向Xの端部が破損するなどして不可避的に存在することを排除するものではない。その場合、例えば、吸収性コア20の全体の坪量に対して、1質量%以下、好ましくは0.5質量%以下で上記構成する材料が存在していても良い。 In the present embodiment, at the front and
In the present embodiment, the pulp density is gradually lowered in the order of the leak-
It is preferable that the material constituting the
図5に示すように、吸収体11において、前方延在部71(後方延在部72)の横方向Y中央部31には前方圧搾領域2(後方圧搾領域4)が設けられ、横方向Y両側方部32には圧搾領域は設けられていない。吸収体11において、前方延在部71及び後方延在部72は、その縦方向Xにおける長さが、横方向Y中央部31で長く、横方向Y中央部31から横方向Y外側に向かって短くなる形状を有している。
As shown in FIG. 5, in the absorber 11, a front squeezing region 2 (rear squeezing region 4) is provided in the lateral Y central portion 31 of the anterior extending portion 71 (rear extending portion 72), and the lateral Y No squeezing area is provided on both sides 32. In the absorber 11, the length of the front extending portion 71 and the rear extending portion 72 in the vertical direction X is long in the lateral Y central portion 31 and from the lateral Y central portion 31 toward the lateral Y outward. It has a shortened shape.
[圧搾領域と本体用ずれ止め材との位置関係]
図2に示すように、吸収体11の前方領域F及び後方領域Rにおいて、吸収体11は、縦方向Xに本体用ずれ止め材群15と平面視で重ならない非重なり部40を有している。
図2に示すように、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4は、非重なり部40に位置している。前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4は、本体用ずれ止め材群15と重ならず、縦方向Xに離間して位置する。本体用ずれ止め材151は、平面視で、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4と横方向Yで少なくとも一部が重なっている。本実施形態では、本体用ずれ止め材群15の横方向Yにおける最端部は、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4の横方向Yにおける最端部よりも横方向Y外側に位置する。つまり、本体用ずれ止め材群15の横方向Yにおける最端部それぞれを通る縦方向Xに平行に延在する一対の仮想線41、41を引いたときに、一対の仮想線41、41間内に前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4が位置している。吸収体11において、前方圧搾領域2、本体用ずれ止め材群15、後方圧搾領域4が、縦方向Xに沿って順に位置する。 [Positional relationship between the pressed area and the slip stopper for the main body]
As shown in FIG. 2, in the front region F and the rear region R of theabsorber 11, the absorber 11 has a non-overlapping portion 40 that does not overlap with the slip stopper group 15 for the main body in the vertical direction X in a plan view. There is.
As shown in FIG. 2, theanterior compression region 2 and the posterior compression region 4 are located at the non-overlapping portion 40. The front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4 do not overlap with the slip stopper group 15 for the main body, and are located apart from each other in the vertical direction X. The slip stopper 151 for the main body partially overlaps the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4 in the lateral direction Y in a plan view. In the present embodiment, the outermost portion of the main body slip stopper group 15 in the lateral direction Y is located outside the lateral Y of the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4 in the lateral direction Y. That is, when a pair of virtual lines 41, 41 extending parallel to the vertical direction X passing through each of the end portions in the horizontal direction Y of the main body slip prevention material group 15 is drawn, between the pair of virtual lines 41, 41. The anterior compression area 2 and the posterior compression area 4 are located inside. In the absorber 11, the front pressing region 2, the main body slip stopper group 15, and the rear pressing region 4 are sequentially located along the vertical direction X.
図2に示すように、吸収体11の前方領域F及び後方領域Rにおいて、吸収体11は、縦方向Xに本体用ずれ止め材群15と平面視で重ならない非重なり部40を有している。
図2に示すように、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4は、非重なり部40に位置している。前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4は、本体用ずれ止め材群15と重ならず、縦方向Xに離間して位置する。本体用ずれ止め材151は、平面視で、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4と横方向Yで少なくとも一部が重なっている。本実施形態では、本体用ずれ止め材群15の横方向Yにおける最端部は、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4の横方向Yにおける最端部よりも横方向Y外側に位置する。つまり、本体用ずれ止め材群15の横方向Yにおける最端部それぞれを通る縦方向Xに平行に延在する一対の仮想線41、41を引いたときに、一対の仮想線41、41間内に前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4が位置している。吸収体11において、前方圧搾領域2、本体用ずれ止め材群15、後方圧搾領域4が、縦方向Xに沿って順に位置する。 [Positional relationship between the pressed area and the slip stopper for the main body]
As shown in FIG. 2, in the front region F and the rear region R of the
As shown in FIG. 2, the
図2に示すように、本体用ずれ止め材151は、前方領域Fの一部、排泄部の対向領域となる中間領域C、後方領域Rの一部に亘る領域に縦方向Xに沿って延在し、吸収体11の前後方領域F,Rの端部には位置していない。
ナプキン1において、本体用ずれ止め材151が配置される領域は、着用時、本体用ずれ止め材151によってショーツに固定され、ナプキン1の形状が変形しにくい領域となっている。本体用ずれ止め材151が配されない、非重なり部40を含むナプキン1の前方部及び後方部には、ずれ止め材が配置されていないため、ナプキン1の装着操作時には位置合わせをする操作が容易となり、脱着操作時には弱い力で剥がしやすい。一方で、非重なり部40の存在によって、着用者の動きによる、ナプキン1の前後端部でのヨレや捲れが生じやすくなっており、これが激しくなると本体ずれ止め材151がショーツから剥がれたり、剥がれた本体ずれ止め材151がショーツに再接着するときにナプキン1の中間領域Cがヨレを生じる等の原因になりうる。 As shown in FIG. 2, theslip stopper 151 for the main body extends along the vertical direction X to a part of the front region F, an intermediate region C which is a region facing the excretion portion, and a part of the rear region R. It is present and is not located at the ends of the anterior-posterior regions F and R of the absorber 11.
In thenapkin 1, the area where the main body slip stopper 151 is arranged is fixed to the shorts by the main body slip stopper 151 when worn, and the shape of the napkin 1 is not easily deformed. Since the anti-slip material is not arranged on the front portion and the rear portion of the napkin 1 including the non-overlapping portion 40 to which the anti-slip material 151 for the main body is not arranged, it is easy to perform the alignment operation when the napkin 1 is attached. Therefore, it is easy to peel off with a weak force during the attachment / detachment operation. On the other hand, due to the presence of the non-overlapping portion 40, twisting or curling at the front and rear ends of the napkin 1 is likely to occur due to the movement of the wearer, and when this becomes severe, the main body slip prevention material 151 is peeled off or peeled off from the shorts. When the body slip stopper 151 is reattached to the shorts, the intermediate region C of the napkin 1 may be twisted.
ナプキン1において、本体用ずれ止め材151が配置される領域は、着用時、本体用ずれ止め材151によってショーツに固定され、ナプキン1の形状が変形しにくい領域となっている。本体用ずれ止め材151が配されない、非重なり部40を含むナプキン1の前方部及び後方部には、ずれ止め材が配置されていないため、ナプキン1の装着操作時には位置合わせをする操作が容易となり、脱着操作時には弱い力で剥がしやすい。一方で、非重なり部40の存在によって、着用者の動きによる、ナプキン1の前後端部でのヨレや捲れが生じやすくなっており、これが激しくなると本体ずれ止め材151がショーツから剥がれたり、剥がれた本体ずれ止め材151がショーツに再接着するときにナプキン1の中間領域Cがヨレを生じる等の原因になりうる。 As shown in FIG. 2, the
In the
本発明においては、非重なり部40に前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4が設けられ、更に、一対の本体用ずれ止め材151、151が、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4と横方向Yで少なくとも一部が重なっている。
これにより、吸収体11において、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4の存在により前端部11a及び後端部11bは高剛性となり、その形状が維持されやすい。加えて、一対の本体用ずれ止め材151、151が横方向で前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4と少なくとも一部が重なっているので、ナプキン1の前後端部に外力が加わっても、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4の移動が抑制される。このため、ナプキン1では、前後端部11a、11bの形状を維持しやすく、吸収体11の前後端部11a、11bでのヨレや捲れの発生が抑制され、ひいては、ナプキン1の中間領域Cでのヨレ等の好ましくない変形の発生が抑制される。 In the present invention, thenon-overlapping portion 40 is provided with the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4, and further, the pair of slip stoppers 151 and 151 for the main body are provided with the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4 in the lateral direction Y. At least part of it overlaps.
As a result, in theabsorber 11, the front end portion 11a and the rear end portion 11b become highly rigid due to the presence of the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4, and their shapes are easily maintained. In addition, since the pair of slip stoppers 151 and 151 for the main body partially overlap the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4 in the lateral direction, even if an external force is applied to the front and rear ends of the napkin 1, the front The movement of the squeezed region 2 and the posterior squeezed region 4 is suppressed. Therefore, in the napkin 1, it is easy to maintain the shapes of the front and rear end portions 11a and 11b, the occurrence of twisting and curling at the front and rear end portions 11a and 11b of the absorber 11 is suppressed, and by extension, in the intermediate region C of the napkin 1. The occurrence of undesired deformation such as twisting is suppressed.
これにより、吸収体11において、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4の存在により前端部11a及び後端部11bは高剛性となり、その形状が維持されやすい。加えて、一対の本体用ずれ止め材151、151が横方向で前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4と少なくとも一部が重なっているので、ナプキン1の前後端部に外力が加わっても、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4の移動が抑制される。このため、ナプキン1では、前後端部11a、11bの形状を維持しやすく、吸収体11の前後端部11a、11bでのヨレや捲れの発生が抑制され、ひいては、ナプキン1の中間領域Cでのヨレ等の好ましくない変形の発生が抑制される。 In the present invention, the
As a result, in the
また、ナプキンの前方部、後方部がヨレたり捲れることが抑制されることによって、本体用ずれ止め材151がショーツから一時的に離れてしまい、その後ショーツの意図しない部分と接着するといった不都合が生じにくく、ナプキン着用直後から廃棄までの間、安定した使用感が維持され、また、ショーツに固定されたナプキン1が剥がしやすくなり、使用感に優れる。
In addition, since the front part and the rear part of the napkin are prevented from being twisted or rolled up, the slip stopper 151 for the main body is temporarily separated from the shorts, and then adheres to an unintended part of the shorts. It is unlikely to occur, a stable feeling of use is maintained from immediately after wearing the napkin to disposal, and the napkin 1 fixed to the shorts is easily peeled off, which is excellent in usability.
また、ナプキン1の前後端部1a、1bのヨレや捲れの発生が抑制されることによって、ナプキン1の前後端部1a、1bが捲れて、前後端部1a、1bにナプキン1に吸収された経血等の排泄物が付着して前後端部1a、1bが汚れるといったことが生じにくい。これにより、使用後に、着用者が、ショーツに固定されたナプキン1の端部を摘まんで引き剥がして廃棄する際、摘み部となるナプキン1の端部の汚れによって手を汚すといったことが発生しにくい。
このように、本実施形態のナプキン1は、廃棄時の摘み部となるナプキン1の前端部1a及び後端部1bの清潔を保持することができ、廃棄しやすいものとなっている。 Further, by suppressing the occurrence of twisting and curling of the front and rear end portions 1a and 1b of the napkin 1, the front and rear end portions 1a and 1b of the napkin 1 are rolled up and absorbed by the napkin 1 by the front and rear end portions 1a and 1b. It is unlikely that excrement such as menstrual blood adheres and the front and rear ends 1a and 1b become dirty. As a result, when the wearer picks the end of the napkin 1 fixed to the shorts, peels it off, and disposes of it after use, the dirt on the end of the napkin 1 that serves as the picking part may stain the hand. Hateful.
As described above, thenapkin 1 of the present embodiment can maintain the cleanliness of the front end portion 1a and the rear end portion 1b of the napkin 1 which is a picking portion at the time of disposal, and is easy to dispose of.
このように、本実施形態のナプキン1は、廃棄時の摘み部となるナプキン1の前端部1a及び後端部1bの清潔を保持することができ、廃棄しやすいものとなっている。 Further, by suppressing the occurrence of twisting and curling of the front and
As described above, the
更に、ナプキン1において、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4では、吸収体11のみが圧搾されており、より詳細には、吸収体11と表面シート12とは圧搾工程によって一体化していない構成となっている。
これにより、着用時にナプキン1に加わる力は、着用者の肌と前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4との間に介在する表面シート12によって緩衝され、吸収体11の前端部11a及び後端部11bに伝わりにくくなり、吸収体11の前端部11a及び後端部11bの変形がより抑制される。このため、吸収体11の前端部11a(後端部11b)で生じた変形が中間領域Cに伝播して、体液を多く吸収する排泄部対向領域が変形するということが抑制される。従って、排泄部対向領域の吸液面積を維持することができ、安定した吸液性を有するナプキン1を得ることができる。
また、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4では、表面シート12は圧搾されていないので、表面シートも併せて圧搾される場合と比較して、ナプキン1の前端部1a及び後端部1bに柔軟性を持たせることができ、ショーツへのナプキン1の装着操作がしやすいものとなり、また、身体へのフィット性に優れる。 Further, in thenapkin 1, only the absorber 11 is squeezed in the front squeezing region 2 and the rear squeezing region 4, and more specifically, the absorber 11 and the surface sheet 12 are not integrated by the squeezing step. It has become.
As a result, the force applied to thenapkin 1 during wearing is buffered by the surface sheet 12 interposed between the wearer's skin and the front compression region 2 and the rear compression region 4, and the front end portion 11a and the rear end portion of the absorber 11 are buffered. It becomes difficult to transmit to 11b, and deformation of the front end portion 11a and the rear end portion 11b of the absorber 11 is further suppressed. Therefore, the deformation generated at the front end portion 11a (rear end portion 11b) of the absorber 11 propagates to the intermediate region C, and the deformation of the excretion portion facing region that absorbs a large amount of body fluid is suppressed. Therefore, the liquid absorbing area in the region facing the excretory portion can be maintained, and the napkin 1 having stable liquid absorbing property can be obtained.
Further, in thefront squeezing region 2 and the rear squeezing region 4, since the surface sheet 12 is not squeezed, the front end portion 1a and the rear end portion 1b of the napkin 1 are more flexible than when the surface sheet is also squeezed. It can be made to have sex, the napkin 1 can be easily attached to the shorts, and the fit to the body is excellent.
これにより、着用時にナプキン1に加わる力は、着用者の肌と前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4との間に介在する表面シート12によって緩衝され、吸収体11の前端部11a及び後端部11bに伝わりにくくなり、吸収体11の前端部11a及び後端部11bの変形がより抑制される。このため、吸収体11の前端部11a(後端部11b)で生じた変形が中間領域Cに伝播して、体液を多く吸収する排泄部対向領域が変形するということが抑制される。従って、排泄部対向領域の吸液面積を維持することができ、安定した吸液性を有するナプキン1を得ることができる。
また、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4では、表面シート12は圧搾されていないので、表面シートも併せて圧搾される場合と比較して、ナプキン1の前端部1a及び後端部1bに柔軟性を持たせることができ、ショーツへのナプキン1の装着操作がしやすいものとなり、また、身体へのフィット性に優れる。 Further, in the
As a result, the force applied to the
Further, in the
更に、本実施形態においては、図2に示すように、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4は、本体用ずれ止め材群15の横方向Yにおける最端部を通る縦方向Xに平行な一対の仮想線41、41間内に位置している。つまり、吸収体11の前端部11a及び後端部11bにおいて、横方向Y両側方部32は、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4が設けられていない領域となり、剛性の低い領域となっている。
着用時にナプキン1に縦方向Xに加わる外力は、吸収体11の前端部11a及び後端部11bの横方向Y両側方部32で緩衝される。この緩衝した外力は、前端部11a及び後端部11bそれぞれの横方向Y両側方部32から縦方向Xの内方寄りに位置する本体用ずれ止め材151の存在によって、排泄部対向領域まで及びにくくなっている。したがって、排泄部対向領域の変形が抑制され、より安定した吸液性を有するナプキン1を得ることができる。 Further, in the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 2, the frontpressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4 are a pair parallel to the vertical direction X passing through the end end portion in the lateral direction Y of the main body slip prevention material group 15. It is located within the virtual lines 41 and 41 of. That is, in the front end portion 11a and the rear end portion 11b of the absorber 11, the lateral Y side side portions 32 are regions in which the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4 are not provided, and are regions having low rigidity. ..
The external force applied to thenapkin 1 in the vertical direction X at the time of wearing is buffered by the lateral Y side portions 32 of the front end portion 11a and the rear end portion 11b of the absorber 11. This buffered external force extends from the lateral Y side portions 32 of each of the front end portion 11a and the rear end portion 11b to the excretion portion facing region due to the presence of the slip stopper 151 for the main body located inward in the vertical direction X. It's getting harder. Therefore, deformation of the region facing the excretory portion is suppressed, and a napkin 1 having more stable liquid absorption can be obtained.
着用時にナプキン1に縦方向Xに加わる外力は、吸収体11の前端部11a及び後端部11bの横方向Y両側方部32で緩衝される。この緩衝した外力は、前端部11a及び後端部11bそれぞれの横方向Y両側方部32から縦方向Xの内方寄りに位置する本体用ずれ止め材151の存在によって、排泄部対向領域まで及びにくくなっている。したがって、排泄部対向領域の変形が抑制され、より安定した吸液性を有するナプキン1を得ることができる。 Further, in the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 2, the front
The external force applied to the
また、本実施形態において、本体用ずれ止め材151は、中心線33上に位置していないため、排泄部対向領域である中間領域Cの横方向Y中央部31の変形をより抑制することができる。
すなわち、吸収体11の排泄部対向領域において、ずれ止め材非配置領域152で着用者の両脚から横方向Y内側に向かう外力が緩衝され、排泄部対向領域でのヨレの発生が抑制される。 Further, in the present embodiment, since theslip stopper 151 for the main body is not located on the center line 33, it is possible to further suppress the deformation of the lateral Y central portion 31 of the intermediate region C which is the region facing the excretion portion. it can.
That is, in the area facing the excretion part of theabsorber 11, the external force from both legs of the wearer toward the inside of the lateral Y is buffered in the area 152 where the anti-slip material is not arranged, and the occurrence of twisting in the area facing the excretion part is suppressed.
すなわち、吸収体11の排泄部対向領域において、ずれ止め材非配置領域152で着用者の両脚から横方向Y内側に向かう外力が緩衝され、排泄部対向領域でのヨレの発生が抑制される。 Further, in the present embodiment, since the
That is, in the area facing the excretion part of the
また、吸収体11において、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4は、それぞれ、平面視で3枚のコアラップシートが存在する多層コアラップシート領域37と重なっている。前方延在部71及び後方延在部72において、横方向Y中央部31に位置する多層コアラップシート領域37は、多層コアラップシート領域37の横方向Y両側方部よりも厚み方向で多くのコアラップシート7が存在しているため剛性が高くなっている。多層コアラップシート領域37は、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4での圧搾加工によって更に剛性が高くなっている。
これにより、吸収体11の前端部11a及び後端部11bでのコアラップシート7の折れの発生が抑制され、コアラップシート7の折れによって生じる折れ線に沿った体液の漏れの発生が抑制される。
また、吸収体11の前端部11a及び後端部11bの横方向Y両側部から外力が加わった際に、該両側部が横方向Y内側へ向かって折れ曲がる一方で、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4が外力による変形を抑制するので、横方向中央部31を底として、両側部が起立した形状になり易い。該形状によって、体液が、前方コア部21及び後方コア部23の両側部から漏れにくくなる。更に、前述したように、図5のような、前方延在部71が横方向Y中央31でその両側部側より縦方向長さが長い場合には、比較的多い量の体液を一時保持したコアラップシート7から前方圧搾領域2を伝って吸収性コア20へと体液が戻り易くなって、体液の漏れを一層抑制可能となる。この効果は、後端部11bにおいても同様である。 Further, in theabsorber 11, the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4 each overlap with the multilayer core wrap sheet region 37 in which three core wrap sheets are present in a plan view. In the front extending portion 71 and the rear extending portion 72, the multilayer core wrap sheet region 37 located at the lateral Y central portion 31 is larger in the thickness direction than the lateral Y both sides of the multilayer core wrap sheet region 37. Since the core wrap sheet 7 is present, the rigidity is high. The multi-layer core wrap sheet region 37 is further increased in rigidity by the pressing process in the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4.
As a result, the occurrence of breakage of thecore wrap sheet 7 at the front end portion 11a and the rear end portion 11b of the absorber 11 is suppressed, and the occurrence of leakage of body fluid along the break line caused by the breakage of the core wrap sheet 7 is suppressed. ..
Further, when an external force is applied from both lateral Y side portions of thefront end portion 11a and the rear end portion 11b of the absorber 11, the both side portions bend inward in the lateral direction Y, while the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 2 and the rear pressing. Since the region 4 suppresses deformation due to an external force, the shape tends to be such that both side portions are upright with the lateral central portion 31 as the bottom. The shape makes it difficult for body fluids to leak from both sides of the front core portion 21 and the rear core portion 23. Further, as described above, when the anterior extending portion 71 is in the lateral Y center 31 and has a longer longitudinal length than both side portions as shown in FIG. 5, a relatively large amount of body fluid is temporarily held. The body fluid easily returns from the core wrap sheet 7 to the absorbent core 20 along the anteriorly compressed region 2, and the leakage of the body fluid can be further suppressed. This effect is the same at the rear end portion 11b.
これにより、吸収体11の前端部11a及び後端部11bでのコアラップシート7の折れの発生が抑制され、コアラップシート7の折れによって生じる折れ線に沿った体液の漏れの発生が抑制される。
また、吸収体11の前端部11a及び後端部11bの横方向Y両側部から外力が加わった際に、該両側部が横方向Y内側へ向かって折れ曲がる一方で、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4が外力による変形を抑制するので、横方向中央部31を底として、両側部が起立した形状になり易い。該形状によって、体液が、前方コア部21及び後方コア部23の両側部から漏れにくくなる。更に、前述したように、図5のような、前方延在部71が横方向Y中央31でその両側部側より縦方向長さが長い場合には、比較的多い量の体液を一時保持したコアラップシート7から前方圧搾領域2を伝って吸収性コア20へと体液が戻り易くなって、体液の漏れを一層抑制可能となる。この効果は、後端部11bにおいても同様である。 Further, in the
As a result, the occurrence of breakage of the
Further, when an external force is applied from both lateral Y side portions of the
[圧搾領域、防漏溝、ずれ止め材及び高坪量部の位置関係]
図5に示すように、防漏溝19は、高坪量部24を囲むように位置し、両者は平面視で重なりあっていない。吸収体11において、前方圧搾領域2、後方圧搾領域4、防漏溝19は、他の圧搾されていない領域と比較して剛性が高く、変形しにくい部分である。
図2に示すように、平面視で防漏溝19の一部は本体用ずれ止め材151と重なっており、また、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4は、防漏溝19と離間して位置する。 [Positional relationship between squeezed area, leak-proof groove, slip stopper and high basis weight part]
As shown in FIG. 5, the leak-proof groove 19 is located so as to surround the high basis weight portion 24, and the two do not overlap in a plan view. In the absorber 11, the front squeezed region 2, the rear squeezed region 4, and the leak-proof groove 19 are portions having higher rigidity and less deformation than other unsqueezed regions.
As shown in FIG. 2, a part of the leak-proof groove 19 overlaps with the slip stopper 151 for the main body in a plan view, and the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4 are separated from the leak-proof groove 19. To position.
図5に示すように、防漏溝19は、高坪量部24を囲むように位置し、両者は平面視で重なりあっていない。吸収体11において、前方圧搾領域2、後方圧搾領域4、防漏溝19は、他の圧搾されていない領域と比較して剛性が高く、変形しにくい部分である。
図2に示すように、平面視で防漏溝19の一部は本体用ずれ止め材151と重なっており、また、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4は、防漏溝19と離間して位置する。 [Positional relationship between squeezed area, leak-proof groove, slip stopper and high basis weight part]
As shown in FIG. 5, the leak-
As shown in FIG. 2, a part of the leak-
防漏溝19と本体用ずれ止め材151とが重なっている領域は高剛性となっており、更に前方圧搾領域2と後方圧搾領域4が設けられることにより、ナプキン1では、前方から後方に亘って縦方向Xに高剛性の領域が位置している。
ナプキン1では、前方から後方に亘って縦方向Xに高剛性の領域が位置することによりナプキン1の形状を維持しやすい。したがって、体液を吸収する排泄対向領域の吸収面をより安定して確保することができる。また、排泄対向領域の形状が維持されやすいため、好ましくないナプキン1の変形が生じにくく、好ましくない変形によるナプキン1と着用者の肌との隙間の発生が抑制され、フィット性に優れたナプキン1とすることができる。
また、ナプキン1の着用中の着用者の非常に激しい動作によってずれ止め材がショーツから外れるようなことがあっても、上述した縦方向Xに位置する高剛性の領域に起因してナプキン1が変形しにくく、変形が抑制された状態で再度ショーツに接着され得るので、変形した状態で再接着することによる体液の漏れの発生を抑制することができる。 The region where the leak-proof groove 19 and the slip stopper 151 for the main body overlap has high rigidity, and by further providing the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4, the napkin 1 extends from the front to the rear. A region of high rigidity is located in the vertical direction X.
In thenapkin 1, the shape of the napkin 1 can be easily maintained because the region having high rigidity is located in the vertical direction X from the front to the rear. Therefore, the absorption surface of the excretion facing region that absorbs the body fluid can be secured more stably. Further, since the shape of the excretion facing region is easily maintained, the unfavorable deformation of the napkin 1 is unlikely to occur, the generation of a gap between the napkin 1 and the wearer's skin due to the unfavorable deformation is suppressed, and the napkin 1 having excellent fit. Can be.
Further, even if the slip stopper may come off from the shorts due to the extremely violent movement of the wearer while wearing thenapkin 1, the napkin 1 is caused by the high-rigidity region located in the vertical direction X described above. Since it is hard to be deformed and can be reattached to the shorts in a state where the deformation is suppressed, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of leakage of body fluid due to the reattachment in the deformed state.
ナプキン1では、前方から後方に亘って縦方向Xに高剛性の領域が位置することによりナプキン1の形状を維持しやすい。したがって、体液を吸収する排泄対向領域の吸収面をより安定して確保することができる。また、排泄対向領域の形状が維持されやすいため、好ましくないナプキン1の変形が生じにくく、好ましくない変形によるナプキン1と着用者の肌との隙間の発生が抑制され、フィット性に優れたナプキン1とすることができる。
また、ナプキン1の着用中の着用者の非常に激しい動作によってずれ止め材がショーツから外れるようなことがあっても、上述した縦方向Xに位置する高剛性の領域に起因してナプキン1が変形しにくく、変形が抑制された状態で再度ショーツに接着され得るので、変形した状態で再接着することによる体液の漏れの発生を抑制することができる。 The region where the leak-
In the
Further, even if the slip stopper may come off from the shorts due to the extremely violent movement of the wearer while wearing the
また、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4各々は、防漏溝19と縦方向Xに離間して位置しており、吸収体11において、それぞれ高剛性の前方圧搾領域、防漏溝19、及び後方圧搾領域は、縦方向Xに連続せず、不連続に位置している。
これにより、吸収体11の前端部11a(後端部11b)に加わった外力は、前方圧搾領域2(後方圧搾領域4)と防漏溝19との間の低剛性の非圧搾領域で緩衝されて、防漏溝19により囲まれた領域へ伝わりにくくなる。防漏溝19により囲まれた領域は排泄部対向領域にほぼ対応しているので、排泄部対向領域の好ましくない変形が抑制され、液漏れが抑制される。
また、前方に位置する防漏横溝19b(後方に位置する防漏横溝19b)と前方圧搾領域2(後方圧搾領域4)とが離間し、連続して位置していないことにより、吸収体11の中間領域Cの中央部31で吸収され、防漏溝19を伝って前方(後方)に広がる液状の排泄物が前方圧搾領域2(後方圧搾領域4)まで広がりにくい。更に、前方圧搾領域2(後方圧搾領域4)は、表面シート12と一体化されていない領域であるため、圧搾されて表面シート12が一体化している防漏横溝19bを伝って広がる液が表面シート12を介して前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4まで広がりにくくなっており、前方(後方)での液漏れが抑制される。 Further, thefront squeezing region 2 and the rear squeezing region 4 are respectively located apart from the leakage proof groove 19 in the vertical direction X, and in the absorber 11, the highly rigid front squeezing region, the leakage proof groove 19, and the leakage proof groove 19, respectively. The posterior squeezed region is not continuous in the longitudinal direction X and is located discontinuously.
As a result, the external force applied to thefront end portion 11a (rear end portion 11b) of the absorber 11 is buffered in the low-rigidity non-squeezed region between the front compression region 2 (rear compression region 4) and the leak-proof groove 19. Therefore, it becomes difficult to transmit to the area surrounded by the leak-proof groove 19. Since the region surrounded by the leak-proof groove 19 substantially corresponds to the excretion portion facing region, undesired deformation of the excretion portion facing region is suppressed, and liquid leakage is suppressed.
Further, since the leak-prooflateral groove 19b located in the front (the leak-proof lateral groove 19b located in the rear) and the front compression region 2 (rear compression region 4) are separated from each other and are not continuously located, the absorber 11 The liquid excrement that is absorbed in the central portion 31 of the intermediate region C and spreads forward (rearly) through the leak-proof groove 19 is unlikely to spread to the front compression region 2 (rear compression region 4). Further, since the front squeezing region 2 (rear squeezing region 4) is a region that is not integrated with the surface sheet 12, the liquid that is squeezed and spreads along the leak-proof lateral groove 19b in which the surface sheet 12 is integrated is surfaced. It is difficult to spread to the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4 through the sheet 12, and liquid leakage in the front (rear) is suppressed.
これにより、吸収体11の前端部11a(後端部11b)に加わった外力は、前方圧搾領域2(後方圧搾領域4)と防漏溝19との間の低剛性の非圧搾領域で緩衝されて、防漏溝19により囲まれた領域へ伝わりにくくなる。防漏溝19により囲まれた領域は排泄部対向領域にほぼ対応しているので、排泄部対向領域の好ましくない変形が抑制され、液漏れが抑制される。
また、前方に位置する防漏横溝19b(後方に位置する防漏横溝19b)と前方圧搾領域2(後方圧搾領域4)とが離間し、連続して位置していないことにより、吸収体11の中間領域Cの中央部31で吸収され、防漏溝19を伝って前方(後方)に広がる液状の排泄物が前方圧搾領域2(後方圧搾領域4)まで広がりにくい。更に、前方圧搾領域2(後方圧搾領域4)は、表面シート12と一体化されていない領域であるため、圧搾されて表面シート12が一体化している防漏横溝19bを伝って広がる液が表面シート12を介して前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4まで広がりにくくなっており、前方(後方)での液漏れが抑制される。 Further, the
As a result, the external force applied to the
Further, since the leak-proof
また、図8に示すように、吸収体11の前端部11aにおいて、防漏横溝19bと前方圧搾領域2との縦方向Xにおける横方向Y側方部での間隔D3よりも横方向Y中央部での間隔D2の方が短くなるように構成されている。尚、後端部11bにおいても同様である。
これにより、吸収体11の前端部11aでは、横方向Y中央部は横方向Y側方部よりも剛性が高くなるので、横方向Y中央部31でのヨレの発生がより抑制される。また、吸収体11の前端部11aにおいて、横方向Y側方部32では、中央部31よりも、圧搾領域2と防漏横溝19bとの間隔D3が広くなるため、横方向Y側方部で生じたヨレが排泄部対向領域へと伝播しにくくなり、排泄部対向領域での好ましくない変形の発生が抑制される。 Further, as shown in FIG. 8, in thefront end portion 11a of the absorber 11, the lateral Y central portion rather than the distance D3 in the lateral Y lateral portion in the longitudinal direction X between the leak-proof lateral groove 19b and the front squeezing region 2. It is configured so that the interval D2 at is shorter. The same applies to the rear end portion 11b.
As a result, at thefront end portion 11a of the absorber 11, the rigidity of the lateral Y central portion is higher than that of the lateral Y lateral portion, so that the occurrence of twisting at the lateral Y central portion 31 is further suppressed. Further, in the front end portion 11a of the absorber 11, the distance D3 between the squeezing region 2 and the leak-proof lateral groove 19b is wider in the lateral Y lateral portion 32 than in the central portion 31, so that the lateral Y lateral portion The generated twist is less likely to propagate to the area facing the excretion part, and the occurrence of undesired deformation in the area facing the excretion part is suppressed.
これにより、吸収体11の前端部11aでは、横方向Y中央部は横方向Y側方部よりも剛性が高くなるので、横方向Y中央部31でのヨレの発生がより抑制される。また、吸収体11の前端部11aにおいて、横方向Y側方部32では、中央部31よりも、圧搾領域2と防漏横溝19bとの間隔D3が広くなるため、横方向Y側方部で生じたヨレが排泄部対向領域へと伝播しにくくなり、排泄部対向領域での好ましくない変形の発生が抑制される。 Further, as shown in FIG. 8, in the
As a result, at the
また、本実施形態では、中間領域Cに高坪量部24及び低坪量部28が設けられているため、着用者の両脚から横方向Y内側に向かう外力がより低減され、排泄部対向領域の主な部分を占める高坪量部24の変形が抑制される。
すなわち、中間領域Cは、着用時、着用者の両脚から横方向Y内側に向かう外力を受けると、高坪量部24よりも剛性の低い低坪量部28が先に変形し、中央部31に位置する高坪量部24が受ける横方向の外力が低減され、排泄部対向領域の変形が抑制される。また、低坪量部28の変形によって、高坪量部24は排泄部側へ密着するように移動するようになる。これにより、高坪量部24は排泄部へ突出した形状を維持され易くなるとともに、その変形が抑制され、体液を多く吸収する領域を確保することができる。 Further, in the present embodiment, since the highbasis weight portion 24 and the low basis weight portion 28 are provided in the intermediate region C, the external force from both legs of the wearer toward the inside in the lateral direction Y is further reduced, and the area facing the excretion portion is further reduced. Deformation of the high basis weight portion 24, which occupies the main part of the above, is suppressed.
That is, in the intermediate region C, when the wearer's legs receive an external force toward the inside in the lateral direction Y, the lowbasis weight portion 28 having a lower rigidity than the high basis weight portion 24 is deformed first, and the central portion 31 The lateral external force received by the high basis weight portion 24 located in is reduced, and the deformation of the region facing the excretion portion is suppressed. Further, due to the deformation of the low basis weight portion 28, the high basis weight portion 24 moves so as to be in close contact with the excretion portion side. As a result, the high basis weight portion 24 can easily maintain a shape protruding to the excretion portion, its deformation is suppressed, and a region that absorbs a large amount of body fluid can be secured.
すなわち、中間領域Cは、着用時、着用者の両脚から横方向Y内側に向かう外力を受けると、高坪量部24よりも剛性の低い低坪量部28が先に変形し、中央部31に位置する高坪量部24が受ける横方向の外力が低減され、排泄部対向領域の変形が抑制される。また、低坪量部28の変形によって、高坪量部24は排泄部側へ密着するように移動するようになる。これにより、高坪量部24は排泄部へ突出した形状を維持され易くなるとともに、その変形が抑制され、体液を多く吸収する領域を確保することができる。 Further, in the present embodiment, since the high
That is, in the intermediate region C, when the wearer's legs receive an external force toward the inside in the lateral direction Y, the low
図5において、高坪量部24の横方向Yにおける一対の側縁部24a間の間隔が最も広くなる最広部の長さをD1とする。この最広部を規定する一対の側縁部24aを通り縦方向Xに平行に延びる一対の仮想線66、66を引く。
図5に示すように、前方圧搾領域2(後方圧搾領域4)は、前端部11a(後端部11b)の横方向Y中央部31に位置し、一対の仮想線66、66の間に位置している。 In FIG. 5, the length of the widest portion where the distance between the pair ofside edge portions 24a in the lateral direction Y of the high basis weight portion 24 is the widest is defined as D1. A pair of virtual lines 66, 66 extending in parallel with the vertical direction X through the pair of side edge portions 24a defining the widest portion are drawn.
As shown in FIG. 5, the front squeezing region 2 (rear squeezing region 4) is located at the lateral Ycentral portion 31 of the front end portion 11a (rear end portion 11b) and is located between the pair of virtual lines 66, 66. doing.
図5に示すように、前方圧搾領域2(後方圧搾領域4)は、前端部11a(後端部11b)の横方向Y中央部31に位置し、一対の仮想線66、66の間に位置している。 In FIG. 5, the length of the widest portion where the distance between the pair of
As shown in FIG. 5, the front squeezing region 2 (rear squeezing region 4) is located at the lateral Y
上述のような前方圧搾領域2と後方圧搾領域4と一対の側縁部24aとの位置関係となるようにナプキン11を構成することにより、着用時、着用者の排泄部が主に対向する領域となり体液を多く吸収する中間領域Cの横方向Yの中央部31は、ナプキン11に外力が加わっても、ヨレ等の変形が生じにくくなる。
By configuring the napkin 11 so that the anterior compression region 2, the posterior compression region 4 and the pair of side edge portions 24a are in a positional relationship as described above, the region where the wearer's excretory portion mainly faces when worn. The central portion 31 of the intermediate region C that absorbs a large amount of body fluid in the lateral direction Y is less likely to be deformed such as twisted even if an external force is applied to the napkin 11.
すなわち、高坪量部24の線状の縦方向Xに延びる一対の側縁部24aは、排泄部対向領域となる中間領域Cに位置している。吸収体11において、中間領域Cは、着用時、着用者の両脚から横方向Y内側に向かう外力を受けると、高坪量部24よりも剛性の低い低坪量部28が先に変形し、中央部31に位置する高坪量部24が受ける横方向の外力が低減される。また、低坪量部28の変形によって、高坪量部24は排泄部側へ密着するように移動するようになる。これにより、高坪量部24は排泄部へ突出した形状を維持され易くなるとともに、その変形が抑制される。このように、高坪量部24の一対の側縁部24aは、中間領域Cにおいて吸収体11の横方向Yの中央部31の変形を抑制し、体液を多く吸収する領域を確保する機能を有する。
この際、中間領域Cの中央部31が排泄部側へ突出することにより、吸収体11の前方領域F及び後方領域Rでも、着用者の肌側へ突出するような変形が誘起される。本実施形態では、吸収体11の前端部11a(後端部11b)の横方向Y中央部31に剛性の高い前方圧搾領域2(後方圧搾領域4)を設けることにより、その両端部11a、11bでは吸収体11の変形が抑制されるので、吸収体11の中間領域Cの中央部31での上記突出形状が維持され易くなる。更に、前方圧搾領域2(後方圧搾領域4)の存在により、着用者の動作によって吸収体11の前端部11a(後端部11b)に外力が加わっても、前方圧搾領域2(後方圧搾領域4)は高剛性のため変形しにくくなっている。これにより、吸収体11の前端部11a(後端部11b)で生じた変形が中間領域Cに伝わって中間領域Cの横方向Y中央部31が変形するということが抑制される。
従って、一対の側縁部24a、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4を設けることにより、平面視で一対の側縁部24aに挟まれ、かつ、前方圧搾領域2と後方圧搾領域4とによって挟まれる、体液が多く保持される中間領域Cの横方向Y中央部31の変形が抑制される。これにより、吸収体11の体液を吸収する領域を広い面積で確保することができ、液漏れが抑制される。 That is, the pair ofside edge portions 24a extending in the linear vertical direction X of the high basis weight portion 24 are located in the intermediate region C which is the region facing the excretion portion. In the absorber 11, when the intermediate region C is worn, when an external force is applied from both legs of the wearer toward the inside in the lateral direction Y, the low basis weight portion 28 having a lower rigidity than the high basis weight portion 24 is deformed first. The lateral external force received by the high basis weight portion 24 located in the central portion 31 is reduced. Further, due to the deformation of the low basis weight portion 28, the high basis weight portion 24 moves so as to be in close contact with the excretion portion side. As a result, the high basis weight portion 24 can easily maintain a shape protruding to the excretion portion, and its deformation is suppressed. In this way, the pair of side edge portions 24a of the high basis weight portion 24 have a function of suppressing deformation of the central portion 31 of the absorber 11 in the lateral direction Y in the intermediate region C and securing a region that absorbs a large amount of body fluid. Have.
At this time, since thecentral portion 31 of the intermediate region C projects toward the excretion portion, the front region F and the rear region R of the absorber 11 are also deformed so as to protrude toward the skin side of the wearer. In the present embodiment, by providing a highly rigid front squeezing region 2 (rear squeezing region 4) in the lateral Y central portion 31 of the front end portion 11a (rear end portion 11b) of the absorber 11, both end portions 11a and 11b thereof are provided. Since the deformation of the absorber 11 is suppressed, the protruding shape in the central portion 31 of the intermediate region C of the absorber 11 can be easily maintained. Further, due to the presence of the anterior compression region 2 (rear compression region 4), even if an external force is applied to the front end 11a (rear end 11b) of the absorber 11 by the wearer's movement, the anterior compression region 2 (rear compression region 4) ) Is highly rigid and difficult to deform. As a result, the deformation generated at the front end portion 11a (rear end portion 11b) of the absorber 11 is transmitted to the intermediate region C, and the deformation of the lateral Y central portion 31 of the intermediate region C is suppressed.
Therefore, by providing the pair ofside edge portions 24a, the front squeezing region 2 and the rear squeezing region 4, they are sandwiched between the pair of side edge portions 24a in a plan view and are sandwiched between the front squeezing region 2 and the rear squeezing region 4. Deformation of the lateral Y central portion 31 of the intermediate region C in which a large amount of body fluid is retained is suppressed. As a result, a region for absorbing the body fluid of the absorber 11 can be secured in a wide area, and liquid leakage is suppressed.
この際、中間領域Cの中央部31が排泄部側へ突出することにより、吸収体11の前方領域F及び後方領域Rでも、着用者の肌側へ突出するような変形が誘起される。本実施形態では、吸収体11の前端部11a(後端部11b)の横方向Y中央部31に剛性の高い前方圧搾領域2(後方圧搾領域4)を設けることにより、その両端部11a、11bでは吸収体11の変形が抑制されるので、吸収体11の中間領域Cの中央部31での上記突出形状が維持され易くなる。更に、前方圧搾領域2(後方圧搾領域4)の存在により、着用者の動作によって吸収体11の前端部11a(後端部11b)に外力が加わっても、前方圧搾領域2(後方圧搾領域4)は高剛性のため変形しにくくなっている。これにより、吸収体11の前端部11a(後端部11b)で生じた変形が中間領域Cに伝わって中間領域Cの横方向Y中央部31が変形するということが抑制される。
従って、一対の側縁部24a、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4を設けることにより、平面視で一対の側縁部24aに挟まれ、かつ、前方圧搾領域2と後方圧搾領域4とによって挟まれる、体液が多く保持される中間領域Cの横方向Y中央部31の変形が抑制される。これにより、吸収体11の体液を吸収する領域を広い面積で確保することができ、液漏れが抑制される。 That is, the pair of
At this time, since the
Therefore, by providing the pair of
また、上述したとおり、高坪量部24を設けることにより、ウイング部Wを折り曲げショーツの外面に固定した場合、高坪量部24が着用者の排泄部側へと起立しやすくなる。本実施形態では、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4を設けることにより、これらの圧搾領域の高剛性により吸収体11の前方部及び後方部が変形しにくくなるので、ショーツにナプキン11を装着する際、必要以上にウイング部Wが折り曲げられてショーツに装着されることが抑制される。これにより、体液を吸収する排泄部対向領域を広い面積で確保することができる。
Further, as described above, by providing the high basis weight portion 24, when the wing portion W is fixed to the outer surface of the bent shorts, the high basis weight portion 24 can easily stand up toward the excretion portion side of the wearer. In the present embodiment, by providing the front compression region 2 and the rear compression region 4, the front portion and the rear portion of the absorber 11 are less likely to be deformed due to the high rigidity of these compression regions. Therefore, the napkin 11 is attached to the shorts. At this time, it is suppressed that the wing portion W is bent more than necessary and attached to the shorts. As a result, it is possible to secure a large area facing the excretion part that absorbs the body fluid.
更に、本実施形態においては、高坪量部24の横方向Yの外側に、高坪量部24を間に介して一対の防漏縦溝19a、19aが設けられることにより、更に高坪量部24の変形が更に抑制される。
すなわち、吸収体11の中間コア部22において、横方向Yの側縁部と防漏縦溝19aとの間に、防漏縦溝19aよりも低剛性の領域が存在することになる。加えて、防漏縦溝19aと高坪量部24との間に、防漏縦溝19a及び高坪量部24よりも低剛性の領域が存在することになる。従って、横方向Y内側に向かう外力はこれらの低剛性の領域で段階的に低減され、高坪量部24の変形が更に抑制される。 Further, in the present embodiment, a pair of leak-proof vertical grooves 19a and 19a are provided outside the high basis weight portion 24 in the lateral direction Y with the high basis weight portion 24 in between, whereby the high basis weight portion is further increased. Deformation of the portion 24 is further suppressed.
That is, in theintermediate core portion 22 of the absorber 11, a region having a lower rigidity than the leak-proof vertical groove 19a exists between the side edge portion in the lateral direction Y and the leak-proof vertical groove 19a. In addition, between the leak-proof vertical groove 19a and the high basis weight portion 24, there is a region having a lower rigidity than the leak-proof vertical groove 19a and the high basis weight portion 24. Therefore, the external force toward the inside in the lateral direction Y is gradually reduced in these low-rigidity regions, and the deformation of the high basis weight portion 24 is further suppressed.
すなわち、吸収体11の中間コア部22において、横方向Yの側縁部と防漏縦溝19aとの間に、防漏縦溝19aよりも低剛性の領域が存在することになる。加えて、防漏縦溝19aと高坪量部24との間に、防漏縦溝19a及び高坪量部24よりも低剛性の領域が存在することになる。従って、横方向Y内側に向かう外力はこれらの低剛性の領域で段階的に低減され、高坪量部24の変形が更に抑制される。 Further, in the present embodiment, a pair of leak-proof
That is, in the
更に、本実施形態においては、吸収体11において、前方圧搾領域2(後方圧搾領域4)と高坪量部24との間に防漏横溝19bが位置し、前方圧搾領域2(後方圧搾領域4)と防漏横溝19bとは平面視で重なっていない。
これにより、前方圧搾領域2(後方圧搾領域4)と防漏横溝19bとの間に、前方圧搾領域2(後方圧搾領域4)及び防漏横溝19bよりも低剛性の領域が存在することになる。加えて、防漏横溝19bと高坪量部24との間に、防漏横溝19b及び高坪量部24よりも低剛性の領域が存在することになる。従って、縦方向X内側に向かう外力はこれらの低剛性の領域で段階的に低減され、高坪量部24の変形が更に抑制される。 Further, in the present embodiment, in theabsorber 11, a leak-proof lateral groove 19b is located between the front compression region 2 (rear compression region 4) and the high basis weight portion 24, and the front compression region 2 (rear compression region 4) is located. ) And the leak-proof lateral groove 19b do not overlap in a plan view.
As a result, there is a region between the front compression region 2 (rear compression region 4) and the leak-prooflateral groove 19b, which is less rigid than the front compression region 2 (rear compression region 4) and the leakage-proof lateral groove 19b. .. In addition, between the leak-proof lateral groove 19b and the high basis weight portion 24, there is a region having a lower rigidity than the leak-proof lateral groove 19b and the high basis weight portion 24. Therefore, the external force toward the inside of the vertical direction X is gradually reduced in these low-rigidity regions, and the deformation of the high basis weight portion 24 is further suppressed.
これにより、前方圧搾領域2(後方圧搾領域4)と防漏横溝19bとの間に、前方圧搾領域2(後方圧搾領域4)及び防漏横溝19bよりも低剛性の領域が存在することになる。加えて、防漏横溝19bと高坪量部24との間に、防漏横溝19b及び高坪量部24よりも低剛性の領域が存在することになる。従って、縦方向X内側に向かう外力はこれらの低剛性の領域で段階的に低減され、高坪量部24の変形が更に抑制される。 Further, in the present embodiment, in the
As a result, there is a region between the front compression region 2 (rear compression region 4) and the leak-proof
図5を参照して、前方圧搾領域2の横方向Yにおける長さa及び後方圧搾領域4の横方向Yにおける長さcは、高坪量部24の横方向Yにおける最広部の長さD1以上であることが好ましい。
圧搾領域の横方向Yにおける長さをD1以上とすることにより、吸収体11の前端部11a及び後端部11bにおいて、一対の仮想線66、66間の横方向Y全てに亘って圧搾領域が存在することになり、一対の仮想線66、66間に位置する吸収体11の中間領域Cの横方向Y中央部31の変形がより確実に抑制される。
更に、圧搾領域の横方向Yにおける長さをD1以上とすることにより、ショーツにウイング部Wを有するナプキン1を装着する際、必要以上にウイング部Wが折り曲げられてショーツに装着されることがより抑制され、吸収体11の中間領域Cの中央部31の変形がより抑制される。 With reference to FIG. 5, the length a in the lateral direction Y of the frontpressing region 2 and the length c in the lateral direction Y of the rear pressing region 4 are the lengths of the widest portion of the high basis weight portion 24 in the lateral direction Y. It is preferably D1 or more.
By setting the length of the squeezed region in the lateral direction Y to D1 or more, the squeezed region is formed in thefront end portion 11a and the rear end portion 11b of the absorber 11 over the entire lateral direction Y between the pair of virtual lines 66 and 66. It exists, and the deformation of the lateral Y central portion 31 of the intermediate region C of the absorber 11 located between the pair of virtual lines 66 and 66 is more reliably suppressed.
Further, by setting the length of the squeezed region in the lateral direction Y to D1 or more, when thenapkin 1 having the wing portion W is attached to the shorts, the wing portion W is bent more than necessary and attached to the shorts. It is more suppressed, and the deformation of the central portion 31 of the intermediate region C of the absorber 11 is further suppressed.
圧搾領域の横方向Yにおける長さをD1以上とすることにより、吸収体11の前端部11a及び後端部11bにおいて、一対の仮想線66、66間の横方向Y全てに亘って圧搾領域が存在することになり、一対の仮想線66、66間に位置する吸収体11の中間領域Cの横方向Y中央部31の変形がより確実に抑制される。
更に、圧搾領域の横方向Yにおける長さをD1以上とすることにより、ショーツにウイング部Wを有するナプキン1を装着する際、必要以上にウイング部Wが折り曲げられてショーツに装着されることがより抑制され、吸収体11の中間領域Cの中央部31の変形がより抑制される。 With reference to FIG. 5, the length a in the lateral direction Y of the front
By setting the length of the squeezed region in the lateral direction Y to D1 or more, the squeezed region is formed in the
Further, by setting the length of the squeezed region in the lateral direction Y to D1 or more, when the
また、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4の横方向Yにおける長さa及びcを、一対の防漏縦溝19a、19aの横方向Yにおける最広部の長さ以下とすることがより好ましい。これにより、着用時、着用者の両脚から横方向Y内側に向かう外力が加わったときに一対の防漏縦溝19a、19aを基点として吸収体11が変形しやすくなり、中央部31に位置する高坪量部24が受ける横方向の外力がより効率よく低減される。
また、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4の横方向Yにおける長さa及びcを一対の防漏縦溝19aの横方向Yにおける最広部の長さ以下とすることにより、吸収体11の前端部11a及び後端部11bにおいて、横方向Yの両側方部には圧搾領域が形成されない剛性の低い領域が存在することになり、着用時に着用者の体の形状に沿って変形しやすくなり、液漏れが抑制される。 Further, it is more preferable that the lengths a and c of thefront compression region 2 and the rear compression region 4 in the lateral direction Y be equal to or less than the length of the widest portion of the pair of leak-proof vertical grooves 19a and 19a in the lateral direction Y. .. As a result, when an external force is applied from both legs of the wearer toward the inside in the lateral direction, the absorber 11 is easily deformed with the pair of leak-proof vertical grooves 19a and 19a as base points, and is located at the central portion 31. The lateral external force received by the high basis weight portion 24 is reduced more efficiently.
Further, by setting the lengths a and c of thefront compression region 2 and the rear compression region 4 in the lateral direction Y to be equal to or less than the length of the widest portion of the pair of leak-proof vertical grooves 19a in the lateral direction Y, the absorber 11 is provided. At the front end portion 11a and the rear end portion 11b, there are low-rigidity regions in which the squeezed region is not formed on both sides in the lateral direction Y, and the region is easily deformed along the shape of the wearer's body when worn. , Liquid leakage is suppressed.
また、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4の横方向Yにおける長さa及びcを一対の防漏縦溝19aの横方向Yにおける最広部の長さ以下とすることにより、吸収体11の前端部11a及び後端部11bにおいて、横方向Yの両側方部には圧搾領域が形成されない剛性の低い領域が存在することになり、着用時に着用者の体の形状に沿って変形しやすくなり、液漏れが抑制される。 Further, it is more preferable that the lengths a and c of the
Further, by setting the lengths a and c of the
[吸収体の前後端部における吸収性コア及びコアラップシートと圧搾領域との位置関係]
上述したように、図5に示すように、前方圧搾領域2(後方圧搾領域4)は、前端部11a(後端部11b)において、コアラップシート7のみの領域である前方延在部71(後方延在部72)と、コアラップシート7と吸収性コア20とが重なった領域との双方に跨って形成される。
このように、吸収体11の前方延在部71及び後方延在部72の横方向Y中央部31では、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4により、積層された複数のコアラップシート7が圧搾加工で軽く一体化されているので、コアラップシート7の捲れやヨレの発生が抑制される。
また、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4は、コアラップシート7と吸収性コア20とが重なった領域にも設けられているため、吸収体11の前端部11a及び後端部11bを部分的に圧搾領域によって高剛性とすることができる。これにより、吸収体11の前後端部の捲れやヨレの発生が抑制される。 [Positional relationship between the absorbent core and core wrap sheet at the front and rear ends of the absorber and the pressed area]
As described above, as shown in FIG. 5, the front squeezing region 2 (rear squeezing region 4) is the anterior extending portion 71 (the region of only the core wrap sheet 7) in thefront end portion 11a (rear end portion 11b). It is formed so as to straddle both the rear extending portion 72) and the region where the core wrap sheet 7 and the absorbent core 20 overlap.
As described above, in the lateral Ycentral portion 31 of the anterior extending portion 71 and the posterior extending portion 72 of the absorber 11, a plurality of laminated core wrap sheets 7 are squeezed by the anterior squeezing region 2 and the posterior squeezing region 4. Since it is lightly integrated by processing, curling and twisting of the core wrap sheet 7 are suppressed.
Further, since thefront compression region 2 and the rear compression region 4 are also provided in the region where the core wrap sheet 7 and the absorbent core 20 overlap, the front end portion 11a and the rear end portion 11b of the absorber 11 are partially covered. It can be made highly rigid by the squeezed area. As a result, the occurrence of curling and twisting of the front and rear ends of the absorber 11 is suppressed.
上述したように、図5に示すように、前方圧搾領域2(後方圧搾領域4)は、前端部11a(後端部11b)において、コアラップシート7のみの領域である前方延在部71(後方延在部72)と、コアラップシート7と吸収性コア20とが重なった領域との双方に跨って形成される。
このように、吸収体11の前方延在部71及び後方延在部72の横方向Y中央部31では、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4により、積層された複数のコアラップシート7が圧搾加工で軽く一体化されているので、コアラップシート7の捲れやヨレの発生が抑制される。
また、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4は、コアラップシート7と吸収性コア20とが重なった領域にも設けられているため、吸収体11の前端部11a及び後端部11bを部分的に圧搾領域によって高剛性とすることができる。これにより、吸収体11の前後端部の捲れやヨレの発生が抑制される。 [Positional relationship between the absorbent core and core wrap sheet at the front and rear ends of the absorber and the pressed area]
As described above, as shown in FIG. 5, the front squeezing region 2 (rear squeezing region 4) is the anterior extending portion 71 (the region of only the core wrap sheet 7) in the
As described above, in the lateral Y
Further, since the
また、図5に示すように、コアラップシート7のみの領域である前方延在部71及び後方延在部72は、吸収体11の横方向Yにおける全幅に亘って存在している。
これにより、吸収体11の前端部11a及び後端部11bにおいて、吸収体1の横方向Yにかかる外力が前方延在部71及び後方延在部72によって緩衝されるので、吸収性コア20に伝播する外力を低減することができる。これに加え、前方延在部71、後方延在部72の横方向Y中央部は、前方圧搾領域2、後方圧搾領域4が設けられているので、外力の加わってもヨレが発生しにくくなっている。 Further, as shown in FIG. 5, thefront extending portion 71 and the rear extending portion 72, which are regions of only the core wrap sheet 7, are present over the entire width of the absorber 11 in the lateral direction Y.
As a result, at thefront end portion 11a and the rear end portion 11b of the absorber 11, the external force applied to the lateral Y of the absorber 1 is buffered by the front extending portion 71 and the rear extending portion 72, so that the absorbing core 20 has. The propagating external force can be reduced. In addition to this, the front extending portion 71 and the rear extending portion 72 are provided with the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4 in the lateral Y central portion, so that twisting is less likely to occur even when an external force is applied. ing.
これにより、吸収体11の前端部11a及び後端部11bにおいて、吸収体1の横方向Yにかかる外力が前方延在部71及び後方延在部72によって緩衝されるので、吸収性コア20に伝播する外力を低減することができる。これに加え、前方延在部71、後方延在部72の横方向Y中央部は、前方圧搾領域2、後方圧搾領域4が設けられているので、外力の加わってもヨレが発生しにくくなっている。 Further, as shown in FIG. 5, the
As a result, at the
また、上述のように、吸収体11は、前方領域F及び後方領域Rそれぞれの横方向Y側方部32において、ナプキン1の内側から前後方外側に向かってパルプ密度が段階的に低くなっていくように構成されている。
Further, as described above, in the absorber 11, the pulp density of the absorber 11 gradually decreases from the inside of the napkin 1 toward the front-rear-outside in the lateral Y side portions 32 of the front region F and the rear region R, respectively. It is configured to go.
上述したように防漏縦溝19aが設けられることにより、着用者の排泄部の対向領域となる中間領域Cで吸収された体液は防漏縦溝19aの延在方向である前後方向に拡散される。前方領域F及び後方領域Rそれぞれの横方向Y側方部32において、防漏縦溝19aの近傍に位置し防漏溝19に囲まれた領域よりも外側に位置するコアラップシートと吸収性コアが積層された領域は、防漏縦溝19aよりもはるかにパルプ密度が低いため、防漏縦溝19aから防漏縦溝19aの近傍に位置するコアラップシートと吸収性コアが積層された領域へ体液は誘導されにくい。
しかし、一対の防漏縦溝19a、19a間の間隔が、最も広い部分から狭まり始める部分においては、排泄部の対向領域である中間領域Cから拡散されてきた体液がそのまま縦方向Xに拡散され易くなっている。そうなると、面方向に拡散した体液が吸収体の縁部から漏れ出てしまう危険性が高まる。このような課題に対して、本実施形態では、更に、吸収体11の前後端部11a、11bの横方向Y両側方部32にパルプ密度がより低いコアラップシート7のみの領域を設けることにより、防漏縦溝19aの近傍に位置するコアラップシート7と吸収性コア20が積層された領域からコアラップシート7のみの領域へと体液が誘導されにくい。
このように、ナプキン1において、吸収体11の前方領域F及び後方領域Rそれぞれの横方向Y側方部32では、ナプキン1の内側から前後方外側に向かって吸収体11のパルプ密度が低くなっていくように構成されているので、低密度から高密度への体液の移動が抑制される。したがって、防漏溝19により前後方に拡散した体液は、ナプキン1の前後端部1a、1bへと拡散されにくくなり、ナプキン1の前後端部1a、1bからの液漏れが抑制される。 By providing the leak-proof flute 19a as described above, the body fluid absorbed in the intermediate region C, which is the facing region of the wearer's excretion portion, is diffused in the front-rear direction, which is the extending direction of the leak-proof flute 19a. To. A core wrap sheet and an absorbent core located in the vicinity of the leak-proof vertical groove 19a and outside the region surrounded by the leak-proof groove 19 in the lateral Y side portions 32 of the front region F and the rear region R, respectively. Since the pulp density of the region where is laminated is much lower than that of the leak-proof flute 19a, the region where the core wrap sheet and the absorbent core located in the vicinity of the leak-proof flute 19a to the leak-proof flute 19a are laminated. Body fluid is difficult to induce.
However, in the portion where the distance between the pair of leak- proof flutes 19a and 19a begins to narrow from the widest portion, the body fluid diffused from the intermediate region C, which is the opposite region of the excretory portion, is diffused as it is in the vertical direction X. It's easier. In that case, there is an increased risk that the body fluid diffused in the plane direction leaks from the edge of the absorber. In response to such a problem, in the present embodiment, further, by providing a region of only the core wrap sheet 7 having a lower pulp density in the lateral Y side portions 32 of the front and rear end portions 11a and 11b of the absorber 11. It is difficult for body fluid to be guided from the region where the core wrap sheet 7 and the absorbent core 20 located in the vicinity of the leak-proof flute 19a are laminated to the region of only the core wrap sheet 7.
As described above, in thenapkin 1, the pulp density of the absorber 11 decreases from the inside of the napkin 1 toward the front, rear, and outside in the lateral Y side portions 32 of the front region F and the rear region R of the absorber 11. Since it is configured to move, the movement of body fluid from low density to high density is suppressed. Therefore, the body fluid diffused forward and backward by the leak-proof groove 19 is less likely to be diffused to the front- rear end portions 1a and 1b of the napkin 1, and the liquid leakage from the front- rear end portions 1a and 1b of the napkin 1 is suppressed.
しかし、一対の防漏縦溝19a、19a間の間隔が、最も広い部分から狭まり始める部分においては、排泄部の対向領域である中間領域Cから拡散されてきた体液がそのまま縦方向Xに拡散され易くなっている。そうなると、面方向に拡散した体液が吸収体の縁部から漏れ出てしまう危険性が高まる。このような課題に対して、本実施形態では、更に、吸収体11の前後端部11a、11bの横方向Y両側方部32にパルプ密度がより低いコアラップシート7のみの領域を設けることにより、防漏縦溝19aの近傍に位置するコアラップシート7と吸収性コア20が積層された領域からコアラップシート7のみの領域へと体液が誘導されにくい。
このように、ナプキン1において、吸収体11の前方領域F及び後方領域Rそれぞれの横方向Y側方部32では、ナプキン1の内側から前後方外側に向かって吸収体11のパルプ密度が低くなっていくように構成されているので、低密度から高密度への体液の移動が抑制される。したがって、防漏溝19により前後方に拡散した体液は、ナプキン1の前後端部1a、1bへと拡散されにくくなり、ナプキン1の前後端部1a、1bからの液漏れが抑制される。 By providing the leak-
However, in the portion where the distance between the pair of leak-
As described above, in the
[圧搾領域と周縁シール部との位置関係]
図1に示すように、ナプキン1の縦方向Xにおける前端部1a(後端部1b)において、周縁シール部17と前方圧搾領域2(後方圧搾領域4)とは平面視で離間している。
周縁シール部17は高剛性の領域となっており、周縁シール部17の存在によってナプキン1の前後端部1a、1bのヨレは抑制される。また、ナプキン1の前端部1a(後端部1b)において、過大な外力がナプキン1に加わって周縁シール部17全体が縦方向Xの内方側へ移動する場合、前方圧搾領域2(後方圧搾領域4)と周縁シール部17とを離間して配置することにより、前方圧搾領域2(後方圧搾領域4)と周縁シール部17の間の領域が緩衝領域となって外力が低減され、排泄部対向領域へ伝播されにくくなる。これにより、排泄部対向領域の好ましくない変形を抑制することができる。 [Positional relationship between the pressed area and the peripheral seal]
As shown in FIG. 1, at thefront end portion 1a (rear end portion 1b) of the napkin 1 in the vertical direction X, the peripheral edge seal portion 17 and the front pressing region 2 (rear pressing region 4) are separated from each other in a plan view.
The peripheraledge seal portion 17 is a region having high rigidity, and the presence of the peripheral edge seal portion 17 suppresses twisting of the front and rear end portions 1a and 1b of the napkin 1. Further, in the front end portion 1a (rear end portion 1b) of the napkin 1, when an excessive external force is applied to the napkin 1 and the entire peripheral edge seal portion 17 moves inward in the vertical direction X, the front pressing region 2 (rear pressing). By arranging the region 4) and the peripheral seal portion 17 apart from each other, the region between the front compression region 2 (rear compression region 4) and the peripheral seal portion 17 serves as a buffer region to reduce the external force and excrete portion. It becomes difficult to propagate to the opposite region. As a result, undesired deformation of the region facing the excretory portion can be suppressed.
図1に示すように、ナプキン1の縦方向Xにおける前端部1a(後端部1b)において、周縁シール部17と前方圧搾領域2(後方圧搾領域4)とは平面視で離間している。
周縁シール部17は高剛性の領域となっており、周縁シール部17の存在によってナプキン1の前後端部1a、1bのヨレは抑制される。また、ナプキン1の前端部1a(後端部1b)において、過大な外力がナプキン1に加わって周縁シール部17全体が縦方向Xの内方側へ移動する場合、前方圧搾領域2(後方圧搾領域4)と周縁シール部17とを離間して配置することにより、前方圧搾領域2(後方圧搾領域4)と周縁シール部17の間の領域が緩衝領域となって外力が低減され、排泄部対向領域へ伝播されにくくなる。これにより、排泄部対向領域の好ましくない変形を抑制することができる。 [Positional relationship between the pressed area and the peripheral seal]
As shown in FIG. 1, at the
The peripheral
[圧搾領域と香料配置領域との位置関係]
図9に示すように、香料配置領域Kと前方圧搾領域2、後方圧搾領域4とは、厚み方向Zから見た平面視において、少なくとも一部が重なって配置される。図9に示す例では、香料配置領域Kの前端部が前方圧搾領域2と平面視において重なり、香料配置領域Kの後端部が後方圧搾領域4と平面視において重なる。 [Positional relationship between the pressed area and the fragrance placement area]
As shown in FIG. 9, the fragrance arrangement region K, the frontpressing region 2, and the rear pressing region 4 are arranged so that at least a part thereof overlaps in a plan view seen from the thickness direction Z. In the example shown in FIG. 9, the front end portion of the fragrance arrangement region K overlaps with the front pressing region 2 in a plan view, and the rear end portion of the fragrance arrangement region K overlaps with the rear pressing region 4 in a plan view.
図9に示すように、香料配置領域Kと前方圧搾領域2、後方圧搾領域4とは、厚み方向Zから見た平面視において、少なくとも一部が重なって配置される。図9に示す例では、香料配置領域Kの前端部が前方圧搾領域2と平面視において重なり、香料配置領域Kの後端部が後方圧搾領域4と平面視において重なる。 [Positional relationship between the pressed area and the fragrance placement area]
As shown in FIG. 9, the fragrance arrangement region K, the front
香料は、例えばコアラップシート7に塗布されている。これにより、香料が前方圧搾領域2、後方圧搾領域4を通って外部に放出されやすくなる。香料は、コアラップシート7の肌側面11cに塗布されていてもよいし、非肌側面11dに塗布されていてもよい。
The fragrance is applied to, for example, the core wrap sheet 7. As a result, the fragrance is easily released to the outside through the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4. The fragrance may be applied to the skin side surface 11c of the core wrap sheet 7 or may be applied to the non-skin side surface 11d.
香料配置領域Kは、前方圧搾領域2、後方圧搾領域4各々において、少なくとも1本の圧搾溝3、5の一部と重なっていればよい。つまり、香料配置領域Kは、縦方向Xにおいて、圧搾溝3、5の少なくとも一部と重なって延びていればよく、横方向Yにおいて、少なくとも1本の圧搾溝の溝幅の少なくとも一部と重なっていればよい。
The fragrance arrangement region K may overlap a part of at least one squeezing groove 3 or 5 in each of the front squeezing region 2 and the rear squeezing region 4. That is, the fragrance arrangement region K may extend so as to overlap with at least a part of the pressing grooves 3 and 5 in the vertical direction X, and may extend at least a part of the groove width of at least one pressing groove in the horizontal direction Y. It suffices if they overlap.
ここで、吸収体11は、着用中に、保持している液状の排泄物が着用者の体温等によって温められることにより蒸発して蒸気を発する。ナプキン1では、この蒸気が表面シート12及び裏面シート13によって完全に閉塞されることなく、凹状の前方圧搾領域2、後方圧搾領域4を通って前方又は後方に拡散する。さらに、前方圧搾領域2、後方圧搾領域4は、比較的坪量の大きい吸収性コア20の前端縁20a又は後端縁20bの少なくとも一方まで延びている。これにより、蒸気の通路が前端縁20a又は後端縁20bの少なくとも一方において外方に開放され、前方圧搾領域2、後方圧搾領域4を拡散してきた蒸気が外方に放出されやすくなる。したがって、通気性が向上して当該体液による蒸れが軽減される。
さらに、香料配置領域Kに配置された香料が、吸収体11に保持された排泄物由来の蒸気とともに、前方圧搾領域2、後方圧搾領域4を通って前端縁20a又は後端縁20bの少なくとも一方からナプキン1の外部へと放出される。したがって、排泄された排泄物由来の匂いが香料によって十分マスキングされて外部へ放出され、排泄物由来の匂いが認識されにくくなり、着用中の不快感を軽減できる。 Here, theabsorber 11 evaporates and emits vapor when the liquid excrement held by the absorber 11 is warmed by the wearer's body temperature or the like during wearing. In the napkin 1, this vapor is diffused forward or backward through the concave front squeezing region 2 and the rear squeezing region 4 without being completely blocked by the front surface sheet 12 and the back surface sheet 13. Further, the anterior compression region 2 and the posterior compression region 4 extend to at least one of the front end edge 20a and the rear end edge 20b of the absorbent core 20 having a relatively large basis weight. As a result, the steam passage is opened to the outside at at least one of the front end edge 20a and the rear end edge 20b, and the steam diffused in the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4 is easily released to the outside. Therefore, the air permeability is improved and the stuffiness caused by the body fluid is reduced.
Further, the perfume arranged in the perfume arrangement region K, together with the excrement-derived vapor held in theabsorber 11, passes through the anterior compression region 2 and the posterior compression region 4 and at least one of the front edge 20a or the trailing edge 20b. Is released to the outside of the napkin 1. Therefore, the odor derived from the excreted excrement is sufficiently masked by the fragrance and released to the outside, the odor derived from the excrement becomes difficult to be recognized, and the discomfort during wearing can be reduced.
さらに、香料配置領域Kに配置された香料が、吸収体11に保持された排泄物由来の蒸気とともに、前方圧搾領域2、後方圧搾領域4を通って前端縁20a又は後端縁20bの少なくとも一方からナプキン1の外部へと放出される。したがって、排泄された排泄物由来の匂いが香料によって十分マスキングされて外部へ放出され、排泄物由来の匂いが認識されにくくなり、着用中の不快感を軽減できる。 Here, the
Further, the perfume arranged in the perfume arrangement region K, together with the excrement-derived vapor held in the
さらに、前方圧搾領域2、後方圧搾領域4は、吸収体11が厚み方向Zに圧縮されて構成されるため、厚み方向Zからの外力によって潰れにくい。これにより、座圧などによって厚み方向Zからの外力を受けやすい着用時においても、前方圧搾領域2、後方圧搾領域4による通気性が確保され易い。
また、吸収体11に配置された香料配置領域Kと表面シート12との間には、接着剤が存在しない間隙が存在することが好ましい。これにより、香料が表面シート12と吸収体10との間の間隙を介して拡散しやすくなり、吸収体11に形成された前方圧搾領域2、後方圧搾領域4に到達し、外部へ放出されやすくなる。 Further, since theabsorber 11 is formed by compressing the absorber 11 in the thickness direction Z, the front compression region 2 and the rear compression region 4 are not easily crushed by an external force from the thickness direction Z. As a result, even when worn, which is easily affected by an external force from the thickness direction Z due to sitting pressure or the like, the air permeability of the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4 can be easily ensured.
Further, it is preferable that there is a gap in which no adhesive is present between the fragrance arrangement region K arranged in theabsorber 11 and the surface sheet 12. As a result, the fragrance is easily diffused through the gap between the surface sheet 12 and the absorber 10, reaches the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4 formed in the absorber 11, and is easily released to the outside. Become.
また、吸収体11に配置された香料配置領域Kと表面シート12との間には、接着剤が存在しない間隙が存在することが好ましい。これにより、香料が表面シート12と吸収体10との間の間隙を介して拡散しやすくなり、吸収体11に形成された前方圧搾領域2、後方圧搾領域4に到達し、外部へ放出されやすくなる。 Further, since the
Further, it is preferable that there is a gap in which no adhesive is present between the fragrance arrangement region K arranged in the
<吸収体の製造方法>
次に吸収体11の製造方法について説明する。
複数の溝部によってブロック状に区画され、凹凸構造を有する上述の吸収性コア20は、例えば外周面に集積用凹部を有する積繊ドラムを備える積繊装置を用いて製造することができる。積繊装置では、積繊ドラムの外周面にパルプ繊維等のコア材料を供給することにより、集積用凹部内にコア材料を堆積させる。この堆積してなる積繊体を集積用凹部から離型することによって吸収性コアを得ることができる。 <Manufacturing method of absorber>
Next, a method for producing theabsorber 11 will be described.
The above-mentionedabsorbent core 20 which is divided into blocks by a plurality of grooves and has an uneven structure can be manufactured, for example, by using a fiber stacking device provided with a fiber stacking drum having a recess for accumulation on the outer peripheral surface. In the fiber stacking device, the core material is deposited in the accumulation recess by supplying the core material such as pulp fiber to the outer peripheral surface of the fiber stacking drum. An absorbent core can be obtained by releasing the deposited fiber from the accumulation recess.
次に吸収体11の製造方法について説明する。
複数の溝部によってブロック状に区画され、凹凸構造を有する上述の吸収性コア20は、例えば外周面に集積用凹部を有する積繊ドラムを備える積繊装置を用いて製造することができる。積繊装置では、積繊ドラムの外周面にパルプ繊維等のコア材料を供給することにより、集積用凹部内にコア材料を堆積させる。この堆積してなる積繊体を集積用凹部から離型することによって吸収性コアを得ることができる。 <Manufacturing method of absorber>
Next, a method for producing the
The above-mentioned
図10に示すように、積繊装置を用いて製造された複数の吸収性コア20を互いに離間させて1枚のコアラップシート7で覆われてなる吸収体連続体35を形成する。吸収体連続体35において、隣り合って配置される吸収性コア20間にはコアラップシート7のみが存在する領域がある。吸収体連続体35の隣り合う吸収性コア20間に位置するコアラップシート7を所定の形状にカッター(図示せず)で切断して取り除くことにより、吸収体11が製造される。吸収体連続体35は、その厚み方向Zに沿ってカッターが挿入されて切断される。
As shown in FIG. 10, a plurality of absorbent cores 20 manufactured by using a fiber stacking device are separated from each other to form an absorber continuum 35 covered with one core wrap sheet 7. In the absorber continuum 35, there is a region in which only the core wrap sheet 7 exists between the absorbent cores 20 arranged adjacent to each other. The absorber 11 is manufactured by cutting and removing the core wrap sheet 7 located between the adjacent absorbent cores 20 of the absorber continuum 35 into a predetermined shape with a cutter (not shown). The absorber continuum 35 is cut by inserting a cutter along the thickness direction Z thereof.
このように吸収体連続体35のコアラップシート7のみを切断して製造された吸収体11は、図5に示すように、コアラップシート7の前端縁7a(後端縁7b)が吸収性コア20の前端縁20a(後端縁20b)よりも前方(後方)に飛び出して延在する形状を有する。
また、吸収体連続体35のコアラップシート7のみを切断して吸収体11を製造するため、切断時、吸収性コア20に対してカッター挿入による厚み方向の力が加わっていない。このため、図7に示すように、吸収体11において、吸収性コア20の前端縁20aは圧密化されず、前端縁は固くならない。吸収性コア20の後端縁20bにおいても同様である。 In theabsorber 11 produced by cutting only the core wrap sheet 7 of the absorber continuum 35 in this way, as shown in FIG. 5, the front end edge 7a (rear end edge 7b) of the core wrap sheet 7 is absorbent. It has a shape that protrudes forward (rear) from the front end edge 20a (rear end edge 20b) of the core 20 and extends.
Further, since only thecore wrap sheet 7 of the absorber continuous body 35 is cut to manufacture the absorber 11, no force in the thickness direction due to the insertion of the cutter is applied to the absorbent core 20 at the time of cutting. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 7, in the absorber 11, the front end edge 20a of the absorbent core 20 is not consolidated and the front end edge is not hardened. The same applies to the trailing edge 20b of the absorbent core 20.
また、吸収体連続体35のコアラップシート7のみを切断して吸収体11を製造するため、切断時、吸収性コア20に対してカッター挿入による厚み方向の力が加わっていない。このため、図7に示すように、吸収体11において、吸収性コア20の前端縁20aは圧密化されず、前端縁は固くならない。吸収性コア20の後端縁20bにおいても同様である。 In the
Further, since only the
尚、図14に示す吸収体11のように吸収性コア20の前端縁20aとコアラップシート7の前端縁7aとがほぼ面一となるように、コアラップシート7のみを切断して吸収体連続体35を分断してもよい。コアラップシート7のみを切断することにより、吸収性コア20の前後端縁は圧密化されず、前端縁は固くならない。吸収性コア20の後端縁20bにおいても同様である。図14に示す形態のナプキン1は、吸収性コアとコアラップシートとが平面視同形であるナプキンとなる。
As in the absorber 11 shown in FIG. 14, only the core wrap sheet 7 is cut so that the front edge 20a of the absorbent core 20 and the front edge 7a of the core wrap sheet 7 are substantially flush with each other. The continuum 35 may be divided. By cutting only the core wrap sheet 7, the front and rear edge of the absorbent core 20 is not compacted and the front edge is not hardened. The same applies to the trailing edge 20b of the absorbent core 20. The napkin 1 having the form shown in FIG. 14 is a napkin in which the absorbent core and the core wrap sheet have the same shape in a plan view.
このように、吸収性コア20は、吸収体連続体の切断工程によって、吸収体の前後端縁が圧密化されず、前後端縁が硬くならないように構成されるため、吸収性コア20の前後端縁部は、吸収性コア20のより内側に位置する低坪量ブロック部27Bと同じ厚み及び同じパルプ密度を有し、同じパルプ空隙を有する。従って、本実施形態の吸収性コア20の前後端縁は、圧密化された構成と比較して多くのパルプ空隙を有することとなり、より多くの体液を保持することができ、液漏れが抑制される。
尚、厚みが同じとは±1.5mmの誤差範囲を含む。パルプ密度が同じとは±0.03g/cm3の誤差範囲を含む。 As described above, theabsorbent core 20 is configured so that the front-rear edge of the absorber is not compacted and the front-rear edge is not hardened by the cutting step of the absorber continuum. The edge portion has the same thickness and the same pulp density as the low basis weight block portion 27B located inside the absorbent core 20, and has the same pulp voids. Therefore, the front and rear edge edges of the absorbent core 20 of the present embodiment have more pulp voids as compared with the compacted configuration, can hold more body fluid, and suppress liquid leakage. To.
Note that the same thickness includes an error range of ± 1.5 mm. The same pulp density includes an error range of ± 0.03 g / cm 3 .
尚、厚みが同じとは±1.5mmの誤差範囲を含む。パルプ密度が同じとは±0.03g/cm3の誤差範囲を含む。 As described above, the
Note that the same thickness includes an error range of ± 1.5 mm. The same pulp density includes an error range of ± 0.03 g / cm 3 .
<包装体の構成>
次に、上述したナプキン1が折り畳まれた包装体について説明する。
[包装体の構成]
図11、12及び13に示す包装体10は、上述したナプキン1を、横方向Yに延びる2つの折り線L1,L2(図1参照)に沿って外装材16とともに縦方向Xに折り畳み、個別に包装したものである。なお、図11では、折り畳み前及び開封後の、ナプキン1をX-Y平面上に引き伸ばした態様の包装体10を示している。 <Structure of packaging>
Next, the package in which the above-mentionednapkin 1 is folded will be described.
[Package composition]
In thepackaging body 10 shown in FIGS. 11, 12 and 13, the above-mentioned napkin 1 is folded in the vertical direction X together with the exterior material 16 along two folding lines L1 and L2 (see FIG. 1) extending in the horizontal direction Y, and individually. It is packaged in. Note that FIG. 11 shows a package 10 in which the napkin 1 is stretched on an XY plane before folding and after opening.
次に、上述したナプキン1が折り畳まれた包装体について説明する。
[包装体の構成]
図11、12及び13に示す包装体10は、上述したナプキン1を、横方向Yに延びる2つの折り線L1,L2(図1参照)に沿って外装材16とともに縦方向Xに折り畳み、個別に包装したものである。なお、図11では、折り畳み前及び開封後の、ナプキン1をX-Y平面上に引き伸ばした態様の包装体10を示している。 <Structure of packaging>
Next, the package in which the above-mentioned
[Package composition]
In the
図12及び図13に示すように、包装体10において、ナプキン1は、折り畳まれた状態で、縦方向Xにおける前端部と後端部とが重なり合っている。
以下の包装体の説明において、この重なり部を上方としてナプキン1を平面に配置したときに、下方に位置するナプキン1の端部に配される圧搾領域を第1圧搾領域と称し、上方に位置するナプキン1の端部に配される圧搾領域を第2圧搾領域と称する。
本実施形態では、上述のナプキン1の前方圧搾領域2が配置される側の端部が上方に位置するため、包装体10の説明においては、前方圧搾領域2を第2圧搾領域2と言い換えて説明する場合がある。また、上述のナプキン1の後方圧搾領域4が配置される側の端部が下方に位置するため、包装体10の説明においては、後方圧搾領域4を第1圧搾領域4と言い換えて説明する場合がある。
尚、ナプキン1の前方圧搾領域2が配置される側の端部が下方に位置し、後方圧搾領域4が配置される側の端部が上方に位置するように包装体10を構成してもよい。 As shown in FIGS. 12 and 13, in thepackage 10, the napkin 1 is in a folded state, and the front end portion and the rear end portion in the vertical direction X overlap each other.
In the following description of the package, when thenapkin 1 is arranged on a flat surface with this overlapping portion as the upper side, the squeezed region arranged at the end of the napkin 1 located below is referred to as a first squeezed region and is located above. The squeezed area arranged at the end of the napkin 1 is referred to as a second squeezed area.
In the present embodiment, the end of thenapkin 1 on the side where the front squeezing region 2 is arranged is located above, so that the front squeezing region 2 is referred to as the second squeezing region 2 in the description of the package 10. May be explained. Further, since the end portion of the napkin 1 on the side where the rear squeezing region 4 is arranged is located below, in the description of the package 10, the rear squeezing region 4 may be referred to as the first squeezing region 4. There is.
Even if thepackage 10 is configured so that the end on the side where the front pressing region 2 of the napkin 1 is arranged is located below and the end on the side where the rear pressing region 4 is arranged is located above. Good.
以下の包装体の説明において、この重なり部を上方としてナプキン1を平面に配置したときに、下方に位置するナプキン1の端部に配される圧搾領域を第1圧搾領域と称し、上方に位置するナプキン1の端部に配される圧搾領域を第2圧搾領域と称する。
本実施形態では、上述のナプキン1の前方圧搾領域2が配置される側の端部が上方に位置するため、包装体10の説明においては、前方圧搾領域2を第2圧搾領域2と言い換えて説明する場合がある。また、上述のナプキン1の後方圧搾領域4が配置される側の端部が下方に位置するため、包装体10の説明においては、後方圧搾領域4を第1圧搾領域4と言い換えて説明する場合がある。
尚、ナプキン1の前方圧搾領域2が配置される側の端部が下方に位置し、後方圧搾領域4が配置される側の端部が上方に位置するように包装体10を構成してもよい。 As shown in FIGS. 12 and 13, in the
In the following description of the package, when the
In the present embodiment, the end of the
Even if the
外装材16は、包装体10の外面を形成するシート材であり、図11に示す例では、厚み方向Zから見た平面視において、ナプキン1の面積よりも大きく、縦方向Xに長い矩形状に構成される。
外装材16としては、吸収性物品の外装材として従来使用されている各種のものを特に制限なく用いることができ、例えば、樹脂製フィルム、不織布、紙等を用いることができる。このような外装材16は、一般に吸収体11よりも剛性が低く、ナプキン1に沿った形状に容易に折り曲げられることが可能である。
以下、ナプキン1が外装材16とともに、図12及び13のように折り畳まれる過程について説明する。 Theexterior material 16 is a sheet material that forms the outer surface of the package 10. In the example shown in FIG. 11, a rectangular shape that is larger than the area of the napkin 1 and long in the vertical direction X in a plan view seen from the thickness direction Z. It is composed of.
As theexterior material 16, various materials conventionally used as the exterior material of the absorbent article can be used without particular limitation, and for example, a resin film, a non-woven fabric, paper, or the like can be used. Such an exterior material 16 is generally less rigid than the absorber 11, and can be easily bent into a shape along the napkin 1.
Hereinafter, the process of folding thenapkin 1 together with the exterior material 16 as shown in FIGS. 12 and 13 will be described.
外装材16としては、吸収性物品の外装材として従来使用されている各種のものを特に制限なく用いることができ、例えば、樹脂製フィルム、不織布、紙等を用いることができる。このような外装材16は、一般に吸収体11よりも剛性が低く、ナプキン1に沿った形状に容易に折り曲げられることが可能である。
以下、ナプキン1が外装材16とともに、図12及び13のように折り畳まれる過程について説明する。 The
As the
Hereinafter, the process of folding the
まず図11に示すように、ナプキン1は、外装材16の略中央に、ずれ止め材を介して剥離可能に配置される。これにより、ナプキン1と外装材16との積層体を得る。この際、ナプキン1の一対のウイング部Wは、本体Mの縦方向Xに沿う両側部に沿って表面シート12側(肌側面側)に折り曲げられることが好ましい。また、ウイング部Wにずれ止め材が形成されている場合には、折り曲げられた状態のウイング部Wのずれ止め材が、剥離シートによって被覆されることが好ましい。
First, as shown in FIG. 11, the napkin 1 is removably arranged in the substantially center of the exterior material 16 via a slip stopper. As a result, a laminated body of the napkin 1 and the exterior material 16 is obtained. At this time, it is preferable that the pair of wing portions W of the napkin 1 are bent toward the surface sheet 12 side (skin side surface side) along both side portions along the vertical direction X of the main body M. Further, when the anti-slip material is formed on the wing portion W, it is preferable that the anti-slip material of the bent wing portion W is covered with the release sheet.
図11に示すように、ナプキン1と外装材16との積層体には、ナプキン1の後方側に配置された第1折り線L1と、ナプキン1の前方側に配置された第2折り線L2と、が配置される。より具体的に、第1折り線L1は、ウイング部Wよりも後方(着用者の背側)に配置される。第2折り線L2は、ウイング部Wよりも前方(着用者の腹側)に配置される。第1折り線L1及び第2折り線L2は、包装体10として折り畳む際の折り軸となる仮想的な線である。
As shown in FIG. 11, in the laminated body of the napkin 1 and the exterior material 16, the first fold line L1 arranged on the rear side of the napkin 1 and the second fold line L2 arranged on the front side of the napkin 1 And are placed. More specifically, the first folding line L1 is arranged behind the wing portion W (on the back side of the wearer). The second fold line L2 is arranged in front of the wing portion W (ventral side of the wearer). The first fold line L1 and the second fold line L2 are virtual lines that serve as folding axes when the package 10 is folded.
包装体10は、第1折り線L1によって区画され吸収体11の後端部11bを含む第1折り領域R1と、第2折り線L2によって区画され吸収体11の前端部11aを含む第2折り領域R2と、第1折り領域R1と第2折り領域R2の間に位置する第3折り領域R3と、を備える。本実施形態において、後端部11bが「縦方向X一端部」でもあり、前端部11aが「縦方向X他端部」でもある。
第1折り領域R1は、ナプキン1の、着用時に着用者の排泄部より背側に位置する後方領域を含む領域である。第2折り領域R2は、ナプキン1の、着用時に着用者の排泄部より腹側に位置する前方領域を含む領域である。第3折り領域R3は、ナプキン1の、着用時に着用者の排泄部に対向する排泄部対向領域を含む領域である。 Thepackage 10 is divided by a first fold line L1 and includes a first fold region R1 including the rear end portion 11b of the absorber 11, and a second fold region R1 is partitioned by a second fold line L2 and includes a front end portion 11a of the absorber 11. It includes a region R2 and a third fold region R3 located between the first fold region R1 and the second fold region R2. In the present embodiment, the rear end portion 11b is also the "vertical direction X one end portion", and the front end portion 11a is also the "vertical direction X other end portion".
The first folding region R1 is an region of thenapkin 1 including a rear region located on the dorsal side of the wearer's excretory portion when worn. The second folded region R2 is an region of the napkin 1 including an anterior region located ventral to the wearer's excretory portion when worn. The third folding region R3 is an region of the napkin 1 including an excretion portion facing region facing the wearer's excretion portion when worn.
第1折り領域R1は、ナプキン1の、着用時に着用者の排泄部より背側に位置する後方領域を含む領域である。第2折り領域R2は、ナプキン1の、着用時に着用者の排泄部より腹側に位置する前方領域を含む領域である。第3折り領域R3は、ナプキン1の、着用時に着用者の排泄部に対向する排泄部対向領域を含む領域である。 The
The first folding region R1 is an region of the
第1折り領域R1の最も縦方向Xにおける外方に位置する端部を、第1縦方向端部E11と称する。第1縦方向端部E11は、図11の例では外装材16により構成されるが、ナプキン1が外装材16から突出している場合は、ナプキン1の後端部により構成されていてもよい。
同様に、第2折り領域R2の最も縦方向Xにおける外方に位置する端部を、第2縦方向端部E21と称する。第2縦方向端部E21は、典型的には外装材16により構成される。 The outermost end of the first folding region R1 in the vertical direction X is referred to as the first vertical end E11. The first vertical end portion E11 is composed of theexterior material 16 in the example of FIG. 11, but when the napkin 1 protrudes from the exterior material 16, it may be composed of the rear end portion of the napkin 1.
Similarly, the outermost end of the second folding region R2 in the vertical direction X is referred to as the second vertical end E21. The second longitudinal end E21 is typically composed of anexterior material 16.
同様に、第2折り領域R2の最も縦方向Xにおける外方に位置する端部を、第2縦方向端部E21と称する。第2縦方向端部E21は、典型的には外装材16により構成される。 The outermost end of the first folding region R1 in the vertical direction X is referred to as the first vertical end E11. The first vertical end portion E11 is composed of the
Similarly, the outermost end of the second folding region R2 in the vertical direction X is referred to as the second vertical end E21. The second longitudinal end E21 is typically composed of an
図11に示した状態から、第1折り線L1を折り軸として、第3折り領域R3の上に第1折り領域R1が折り畳まれる。具体的には、第3折り領域R3の表面シート12上に、第1折り領域R1の表面シート12が重ねられる。
From the state shown in FIG. 11, the first folding area R1 is folded on the third folding area R3 with the first folding line L1 as the folding axis. Specifically, the surface sheet 12 of the first folding region R1 is superposed on the surface sheet 12 of the third folding region R3.
次に、第2折り領域R2が、第2折り線L2を折り軸として、第3折り領域R3上に折り畳まれた第1折り領域R1の上にさらに折り重なるように折り畳まれる。具体的には、第1折り領域R1の外装材16上に、第2折り領域R2の表面シート12が重ねられる。これにより、ナプキン1が縦方向Xに3つ折りされ、図12及び図13に示す包装体10が形成される。
Next, the second folding area R2 is folded so as to be further folded on the first folding area R1 folded on the third folding area R3 with the second folding line L2 as the folding axis. Specifically, the surface sheet 12 of the second folding region R2 is superposed on the exterior material 16 of the first folding region R1. As a result, the napkin 1 is folded in three in the vertical direction X to form the package 10 shown in FIGS. 12 and 13.
図13に示すように、包装体10は、第3折り領域R3、第1折り領域R1及び第2折り領域R2がこの順に積層された構成となる。包装体10の外面は、外装材16で覆われている。包装体10の上面は、第2折り領域R2の外装材16と、第2折り領域R2から露出した第1折り領域R1の外装材16と、で構成される。包装体10の下面は、第3折り領域R3の外装材16で構成される。
As shown in FIG. 13, the package 10 has a configuration in which the third folding region R3, the first folding region R1 and the second folding region R2 are laminated in this order. The outer surface of the package 10 is covered with the exterior material 16. The upper surface of the package 10 is composed of an exterior material 16 of the second folding region R2 and an exterior material 16 of the first folding region R1 exposed from the second folding region R2. The lower surface of the package 10 is composed of the exterior material 16 of the third folding region R3.
図12及び13に示すように、第1折り領域R1と第3折り領域R3との間の第1折り線L1によって折り曲げられた包装体10の縦方向Xにおける端部を、第1折り端部RE1と称する。第2折り領域R2と第3折り領域R3との間の第2折り線L2によって折り曲げられた包装体10の縦方向Xにおける端部を、第2折り端部RE2と称する。
なお、包装体10における「上」とは、厚み方向Zに関して第2折り領域R2が配置される側をいい、包装体10における「下」とは、厚み方向Zに関して第3折り領域R3が配置される側をいう。 As shown in FIGS. 12 and 13, the end portion of thepackage 10 bent by the first folding line L1 between the first folding region R1 and the third folding region R3 in the vertical direction X is the first folding end portion. It is called RE1. The end portion of the package 10 folded by the second folding line L2 between the second folding region R2 and the third folding region R3 in the vertical direction X is referred to as a second folding end portion RE2.
The "upper" in thepackage 10 means the side on which the second folding region R2 is arranged in the thickness direction Z, and the "lower" in the packaging 10 means the side in which the third folding region R3 is arranged in the thickness direction Z. Refers to the side to be done.
なお、包装体10における「上」とは、厚み方向Zに関して第2折り領域R2が配置される側をいい、包装体10における「下」とは、厚み方向Zに関して第3折り領域R3が配置される側をいう。 As shown in FIGS. 12 and 13, the end portion of the
The "upper" in the
さらに、包装体10は、折り畳み形状を維持するための構成として、タブテープTと、側部封止部Sと、を有する。
図12に示すように、側部封止部Sは、ナプキン1から横方向Yの外方に延出する外装材16の側端縁に形成され、ヒートエンボス加工等の公知の接合方法により接合される。
タブテープTは、第2折り領域R2の第2縦方向端部E21と、第1折り領域R1の外装材16とを封止する。 Further, thepackage 10 has a tab tape T and a side sealing portion S as a configuration for maintaining the folded shape.
As shown in FIG. 12, the side sealing portion S is formed on the side edge of theexterior material 16 extending outward from the napkin 1 in the lateral direction Y, and is joined by a known joining method such as heat embossing. Will be done.
The tab tape T seals the second vertical end portion E21 of the second folding region R2 and theexterior material 16 of the first folding region R1.
図12に示すように、側部封止部Sは、ナプキン1から横方向Yの外方に延出する外装材16の側端縁に形成され、ヒートエンボス加工等の公知の接合方法により接合される。
タブテープTは、第2折り領域R2の第2縦方向端部E21と、第1折り領域R1の外装材16とを封止する。 Further, the
As shown in FIG. 12, the side sealing portion S is formed on the side edge of the
The tab tape T seals the second vertical end portion E21 of the second folding region R2 and the
図12に示すように、タブテープTは、固定部T1と、突出部T2と、を有する。
固定部T1は、第2折り領域R2の外装材16に固定される。固定部T1は、例えばホットメルト粘着剤等によって第2縦方向端部E21に固定される。
突出部T2は、固定部T1から第2折り領域R2の外方へ突出し、第1折り領域R1の外装材16に剥離可能に接着される。突出部T2は、接着面を含む接着領域T3と、接着性のない非接着領域T4と、を含む。接着領域T3の接着面には、粘着剤が塗布されている。非接着領域T4は、突出部T2の自由端部を構成し、例えば接着面同士が折り重ねられて外面に接着面を有さない構成となっている。包装体10では、非接着領域T4は第1折り領域R1の、第3折り領域R3との境界側端部よりも縦方向Xの内側に留まっており、保存時においてタブテープTが捲れ上がる等して勝手に開封する、といった問題が抑制される。 As shown in FIG. 12, the tab tape T has a fixing portion T1 and a protruding portion T2.
The fixing portion T1 is fixed to theexterior material 16 of the second folding region R2. The fixing portion T1 is fixed to the second longitudinal end portion E21 with, for example, a hot melt adhesive.
The protruding portion T2 projects outward from the fixed portion T1 to the second folding region R2, and is detachably adhered to theexterior material 16 of the first folding region R1. The protruding portion T2 includes an adhesive region T3 including an adhesive surface and a non-adhesive region T4 having no adhesiveness. An adhesive is applied to the adhesive surface of the adhesive region T3. The non-adhesive region T4 constitutes a free end portion of the protruding portion T2, and for example, the adhesive surfaces are folded over and have no adhesive surface on the outer surface. In the package 10, the non-adhesive region T4 stays inside the first folding region R1 in the vertical direction X with respect to the boundary side end with the third folding region R3, and the tab tape T is rolled up during storage. Problems such as opening the package without permission are suppressed.
固定部T1は、第2折り領域R2の外装材16に固定される。固定部T1は、例えばホットメルト粘着剤等によって第2縦方向端部E21に固定される。
突出部T2は、固定部T1から第2折り領域R2の外方へ突出し、第1折り領域R1の外装材16に剥離可能に接着される。突出部T2は、接着面を含む接着領域T3と、接着性のない非接着領域T4と、を含む。接着領域T3の接着面には、粘着剤が塗布されている。非接着領域T4は、突出部T2の自由端部を構成し、例えば接着面同士が折り重ねられて外面に接着面を有さない構成となっている。包装体10では、非接着領域T4は第1折り領域R1の、第3折り領域R3との境界側端部よりも縦方向Xの内側に留まっており、保存時においてタブテープTが捲れ上がる等して勝手に開封する、といった問題が抑制される。 As shown in FIG. 12, the tab tape T has a fixing portion T1 and a protruding portion T2.
The fixing portion T1 is fixed to the
The protruding portion T2 projects outward from the fixed portion T1 to the second folding region R2, and is detachably adhered to the
タブテープTは、包装体10の開封時において、ナプキン1の使用者によって突出部T2が摘まれて上方に持ち上げられる。これに伴い、タブテープTが固定された第2縦方向端部E21も、上方に捲り上げられる。これにより、外装材16には、持ち上げられたタブテープTの固定部T1から側部封止部Sに向かって張力が付加され、側部封止部Sの封止が維持できなくなった場合に、第2縦方向端部E21側の側部封止部Sが開封される。そして、第2折り線L2を軸として第2折り領域R2を縦方向Xに開くことで、側部封止部Sが第2縦方向端部E21側から第2折り端部RE2に向かって順次開封され、第2折り領域R2側が開封される。
この後、第1縦方向端部E11が使用者によって上方に持ち上げられ、第1折り線L1を軸として縦方向Xに第1折り領域R1を開くことで、包装体10全体が開封され、図11に示す態様となる。 When thepackage 10 is opened, the tab tape T is lifted upward by the user of the napkin 1 having the protruding portion T2 picked. Along with this, the second vertical end portion E21 to which the tab tape T is fixed is also rolled up. As a result, when tension is applied to the exterior material 16 from the fixed portion T1 of the lifted tab tape T toward the side sealing portion S, the sealing of the side sealing portion S cannot be maintained. The side sealing portion S on the second vertical end portion E21 side is opened. Then, by opening the second folding region R2 in the vertical direction X with the second folding line L2 as the axis, the side sealing portion S sequentially moves from the second vertical end portion E21 side toward the second folding end portion RE2. It is opened and the second folding area R2 side is opened.
After that, the first vertical end portion E11 is lifted upward by the user, and the first folding region R1 is opened in the vertical direction X with the first folding line L1 as the axis, whereby theentire package 10 is opened. It becomes the aspect shown in 11.
この後、第1縦方向端部E11が使用者によって上方に持ち上げられ、第1折り線L1を軸として縦方向Xに第1折り領域R1を開くことで、包装体10全体が開封され、図11に示す態様となる。 When the
After that, the first vertical end portion E11 is lifted upward by the user, and the first folding region R1 is opened in the vertical direction X with the first folding line L1 as the axis, whereby the
包装体10では、タブテープTと第1圧搾領域4及び第2圧搾領域2の位置関係を以下のように規定することで、開封時に使用者がタブテープTをより摘みやすい構成となり、開封時の利便性を向上させることができる。
In the package 10, the positional relationship between the tab tape T and the first squeezing area 4 and the second squeezing area 2 is defined as follows, so that the user can more easily pick the tab tape T at the time of opening, which is convenient at the time of opening. The sex can be improved.
[第1圧搾領域及び第2圧搾領域とタブテープとの位置関係]
図12及び図13に示すように、第1圧搾領域4又は第2圧搾領域2の少なくとも一方は、開封補助圧搾領域Pとして、包装体10の厚み方向Zから見た平面視において、固定部T1と重なるか、又は近傍に位置する。
図12及び図13に示す例では、第1圧搾領域4が開封補助圧搾領域Pとして、包装体10の厚み方向Zから見た平面視において固定部T1の近傍に位置する。なお、開封補助圧搾領域Pは、第1圧搾領域4及び第2圧搾領域2の双方でもよい。 [Positional relationship between the first and second squeezed areas and the tab tape]
As shown in FIGS. 12 and 13, at least one of the first squeezedregion 4 and the second squeezed region 2 is the opening auxiliary squeezed region P, and the fixed portion T1 is viewed from the thickness direction Z of the package 10. It overlaps with or is located near.
In the examples shown in FIGS. 12 and 13, the first squeezingregion 4 is located in the vicinity of the fixing portion T1 as the opening auxiliary squeezing region P in a plan view seen from the thickness direction Z of the package 10. The opening auxiliary pressing region P may be both the first pressing region 4 and the second pressing region 2.
図12及び図13に示すように、第1圧搾領域4又は第2圧搾領域2の少なくとも一方は、開封補助圧搾領域Pとして、包装体10の厚み方向Zから見た平面視において、固定部T1と重なるか、又は近傍に位置する。
図12及び図13に示す例では、第1圧搾領域4が開封補助圧搾領域Pとして、包装体10の厚み方向Zから見た平面視において固定部T1の近傍に位置する。なお、開封補助圧搾領域Pは、第1圧搾領域4及び第2圧搾領域2の双方でもよい。 [Positional relationship between the first and second squeezed areas and the tab tape]
As shown in FIGS. 12 and 13, at least one of the first squeezed
In the examples shown in FIGS. 12 and 13, the first squeezing
「開封補助圧搾領域Pが包装体10の厚み方向Zから見た平面視において固定部T1と重なる」とは、開封補助圧搾領域Pと固定部T1とが上記平面視において少なくとも一部で重なっていることをいう。
また、「開封補助圧搾領域Pが上記平面視において固定部T1の近傍に位置する」とは、上記平面視において、固定部T1と開封補助圧搾領域Pとの間の最も狭い部分の距離が25mm以内に位置することをいう。これにより、固定部T1上を使用者が親指で押圧する際に、当該親指が上記平面視において開封補助圧搾領域Pと重なる位置に配置され得るため、下記に説明する効果を発揮させることができる。
なお、「開封補助圧搾領域Pが上記平面視において固定部T1と重なるか、又は近傍に位置する」態様には、開封補助圧搾領域Pが厚み方向Zに吸収体11を挟んで重なっている態様は含まないものとする。 "The opening auxiliary pressing region P overlaps with the fixed portion T1 in the plan view from the thickness direction Z of thepackage 10" means that the opening auxiliary pressing region P and the fixed portion T1 overlap at least a part in the plan view. To say that you are.
Further, "the opening auxiliary pressing area P is located in the vicinity of the fixed portion T1 in the plan view" means that the distance between the fixed portion T1 and the opening auxiliary pressing area P in the plan view is 25 mm. It means to be located within. As a result, when the user presses the fixed portion T1 with the thumb, the thumb can be arranged at a position overlapping the opening auxiliary pressing region P in the plan view, so that the effect described below can be exhibited. ..
In the embodiment in which the opening auxiliary pressing region P overlaps with or is located in the vicinity of the fixed portion T1 in the plan view, the opening auxiliary pressing region P overlaps with theabsorber 11 sandwiched in the thickness direction Z. Is not included.
また、「開封補助圧搾領域Pが上記平面視において固定部T1の近傍に位置する」とは、上記平面視において、固定部T1と開封補助圧搾領域Pとの間の最も狭い部分の距離が25mm以内に位置することをいう。これにより、固定部T1上を使用者が親指で押圧する際に、当該親指が上記平面視において開封補助圧搾領域Pと重なる位置に配置され得るため、下記に説明する効果を発揮させることができる。
なお、「開封補助圧搾領域Pが上記平面視において固定部T1と重なるか、又は近傍に位置する」態様には、開封補助圧搾領域Pが厚み方向Zに吸収体11を挟んで重なっている態様は含まないものとする。 "The opening auxiliary pressing region P overlaps with the fixed portion T1 in the plan view from the thickness direction Z of the
Further, "the opening auxiliary pressing area P is located in the vicinity of the fixed portion T1 in the plan view" means that the distance between the fixed portion T1 and the opening auxiliary pressing area P in the plan view is 25 mm. It means to be located within. As a result, when the user presses the fixed portion T1 with the thumb, the thumb can be arranged at a position overlapping the opening auxiliary pressing region P in the plan view, so that the effect described below can be exhibited. ..
In the embodiment in which the opening auxiliary pressing region P overlaps with or is located in the vicinity of the fixed portion T1 in the plan view, the opening auxiliary pressing region P overlaps with the
第1圧搾領域4及び第2圧搾領域2は、圧縮されて陥凹した構成となるため、周囲との境界部分に段差を形成する。上記構成では、突出部T2を摘む際に、使用者が固定部T1近傍を指等によって押圧することで、押圧された外装材16が、開封補助圧搾領域Pにより形成された段差によって下方に沈み込む。これにより、タブテープTの突出部T2が上方に浮き、使用者が突出部T2を摘みやすくなり、包装体10を容易に開封することができる。また、開封補助圧搾領域Pは周囲と比較して剛性が高いため、周囲との感触の違いからこの近傍を使用者が押し込みやすい構成となり、突出部T2の浮きを促進させる。
したがって、上記構成により、タブテープTの突出部T2が掴みやすくなり、ナプキン1の包装体10が簡便に開封される。 Since the first squeezedregion 4 and the second squeezed region 2 have a compressed and recessed structure, a step is formed at the boundary portion with the surroundings. In the above configuration, when the protruding portion T2 is picked up, the user presses the vicinity of the fixed portion T1 with a finger or the like, and the pressed exterior material 16 sinks downward due to the step formed by the opening auxiliary pressing region P. Include. As a result, the protruding portion T2 of the tab tape T floats upward, the user can easily pick the protruding portion T2, and the package 10 can be easily opened. Further, since the opening auxiliary squeezing region P has a higher rigidity than the surroundings, the user can easily push in the vicinity thereof due to the difference in feel from the surroundings, and the protrusion T2 is promoted to float.
Therefore, with the above configuration, the protruding portion T2 of the tab tape T can be easily grasped, and thepackage 10 of the napkin 1 can be easily opened.
したがって、上記構成により、タブテープTの突出部T2が掴みやすくなり、ナプキン1の包装体10が簡便に開封される。 Since the first squeezed
Therefore, with the above configuration, the protruding portion T2 of the tab tape T can be easily grasped, and the
上記作用効果をより具体的に説明する。包装体10は、ある程度弾性のある吸収体11を折り畳んでいるため、第2折り領域R2及び第1折り領域R1には、常に厚み方向Z上方に開く方向の力が作用している。つまり、包装体10では、この力に抗して各折り領域を側部封止部S及びタブテープTによって封止し、3つ折り形状を維持している。このため、包装体10は、密な積層構造ではなく、内部に各構成の段差に起因する隙間を残している。これにより、包装体10の内部には、第1圧搾領域4の上側及び下側、並びに第2圧搾領域2の下側の領域に、上記段差に起因する厚み方向Zの隙間が形成される。この隙間が固定部T1近傍を押圧した際の沈み込みに寄与し、タブテープTの突出部T2が上方に浮き上がりやすい構成となる。
The above-mentioned action and effect will be explained more specifically. Since the package 10 folds the absorber 11 having some elasticity, a force in the direction of opening upward in the thickness direction Z always acts on the second folding region R2 and the first folding region R1. That is, in the package 10, each folded region is sealed by the side sealing portion S and the tab tape T against this force to maintain the tri-fold shape. For this reason, the package 10 does not have a dense laminated structure, but leaves a gap inside due to a step in each configuration. As a result, in the inside of the package 10, a gap in the thickness direction Z due to the step is formed in the upper and lower sides of the first squeezing region 4 and the lower region of the second squeezing region 2. This gap contributes to the sinking when the vicinity of the fixed portion T1 is pressed, and the protruding portion T2 of the tab tape T is easily lifted upward.
[開封補助圧搾領域とタブテープとの配置]
図12に示すように、開封補助圧搾領域PとタブテープTとは、いずれも、包装体10の横方向Yにおける中央部64に位置する。
「包装体10の横方向Yにおける中央部64」は、包装体10を横方向Yに3等分した場合の中央の領域とする。 [Arrangement of opening auxiliary pressing area and tab tape]
As shown in FIG. 12, both the opening auxiliary pressing region P and the tab tape T are located at thecentral portion 64 in the lateral direction Y of the package 10.
The "central portion 64 in the lateral direction Y of the package 10" is a central region when the package 10 is divided into three equal parts in the lateral direction Y.
図12に示すように、開封補助圧搾領域PとタブテープTとは、いずれも、包装体10の横方向Yにおける中央部64に位置する。
「包装体10の横方向Yにおける中央部64」は、包装体10を横方向Yに3等分した場合の中央の領域とする。 [Arrangement of opening auxiliary pressing area and tab tape]
As shown in FIG. 12, both the opening auxiliary pressing region P and the tab tape T are located at the
The "
この構成により、縦方向Xに対して斜めの方向や、横方向YからタブテープTを摘んで開封しようとする場合にも、摘まれたタブテープTによって外装材16に作用する張力の影響が、外装材16の横方向Yの両側部まで及びやすくなる。これにより、第1折り領域R1から第2折り領域R2を引き剥がしやすくなり、包装体10の開封をより簡便に行うことができる。
With this configuration, even when the tab tape T is picked and opened from an oblique direction with respect to the vertical direction X or from the horizontal direction Y, the influence of the tension acting on the exterior material 16 by the picked tab tape T affects the exterior. It becomes easy to extend to both sides of the material 16 in the lateral direction Y. As a result, the second folding region R2 can be easily peeled off from the first folding region R1, and the package 10 can be opened more easily.
上記作用効果をより具体的に説明する。タブテープT及び開封補助圧搾領域Pが中央部64に配置されることで、タブテープTを掴んで上方へ持ち上げる際に、タブテープTの固定部T1から、外装材16を介して左右の側部封止部Sに、より均等に張力が作用しやすくなる。このため、上述のような縦方向Xに対して斜めの方向や、横方向Yなどの、縦方向X以外の方向からタブテープTを掴んだ場合にも、左右の側部封止部Sを開封しやすくなり、開封の簡便性を向上させることができる。
The above-mentioned action and effect will be explained more specifically. By arranging the tab tape T and the opening auxiliary pressing area P in the central portion 64, when the tab tape T is grasped and lifted upward, the left and right side portions are sealed from the fixing portion T1 of the tab tape T via the exterior material 16. Tension is more likely to act on the portion S more evenly. Therefore, even when the tab tape T is gripped from a direction other than the vertical direction X, such as an oblique direction with respect to the vertical direction X or the horizontal direction Y as described above, the left and right side sealing portions S are opened. It becomes easier to open, and the convenience of opening can be improved.
[開封補助圧搾領域の詳細な構成]
図11及び図12に示すように、第1圧搾領域4及び第2圧搾領域2の少なくとも一方である開封補助圧搾領域Pは、縦方向Xに延び、互いに離間して配置された線状の複数の圧搾溝3を含む。包装体10では、第1圧搾領域4及び第2圧搾領域2の双方が、それぞれ、上記構成の複数の圧搾溝5及び圧搾溝3を含む。 [Detailed configuration of opening auxiliary squeezing area]
As shown in FIGS. 11 and 12, the opening auxiliary squeezing region P, which is at least one of the first squeezingregion 4 and the second squeezing region 2, extends in the vertical direction X, and a plurality of linear lines arranged apart from each other. Includes the squeeze groove 3 of. In the package 10, both the first squeezing region 4 and the second squeezing region 2 include a plurality of squeezing grooves 5 and squeezing grooves 3 having the above configurations, respectively.
図11及び図12に示すように、第1圧搾領域4及び第2圧搾領域2の少なくとも一方である開封補助圧搾領域Pは、縦方向Xに延び、互いに離間して配置された線状の複数の圧搾溝3を含む。包装体10では、第1圧搾領域4及び第2圧搾領域2の双方が、それぞれ、上記構成の複数の圧搾溝5及び圧搾溝3を含む。 [Detailed configuration of opening auxiliary squeezing area]
As shown in FIGS. 11 and 12, the opening auxiliary squeezing region P, which is at least one of the first squeezing
圧搾溝3は、吸収体11の吸収性コア20及びコアラップシート7が厚み方向Zに圧縮されて圧密化された、剛性の高い部分である。一方で、隣り合う圧搾溝3間の領域は、圧搾溝3の影響で多少圧密化されているものの、剛性は圧搾溝3よりも小さい。このため、固定部T1が押圧される際、開封補助圧搾領域Pの圧搾溝3間の領域が厚み方向Zに圧縮されやすくなり、固定部T1がより下方へ押し込まれやすくなる。したがって、タブテープTの突出部T2が上方へ浮きやすくなり、包装体10の開封をより簡便に行うことができる。
The squeezing groove 3 is a highly rigid portion in which the absorbent core 20 and the core wrap sheet 7 of the absorber 11 are compressed and compacted in the thickness direction Z. On the other hand, the region between the adjacent squeezing grooves 3 is somewhat compacted due to the influence of the squeezing grooves 3, but the rigidity is smaller than that of the squeezing grooves 3. Therefore, when the fixing portion T1 is pressed, the region between the pressing grooves 3 of the opening auxiliary pressing region P is easily compressed in the thickness direction Z, and the fixing portion T1 is easily pushed downward. Therefore, the protruding portion T2 of the tab tape T tends to float upward, and the package 10 can be opened more easily.
また、本実施形態のナプキン1においては、香料配置領域Kと第1圧搾領域4、第2圧搾領域2とは、厚み方向Zから見た平面視において、少なくとも一部が重なって配置される。これにより、タブテープTを剥がす作業において、着用者が固定部T1を下方へ押しこむことによって第1圧搾領域4又はその近傍領域が押され、香料配置領域Kの香料がポンプ効果で外部に放出されやすくなり、排泄物由来の匂いが認識されにくくなり、着用中の不快感を軽減できる。
Further, in the napkin 1 of the present embodiment, at least a part of the fragrance arrangement region K, the first squeezing region 4, and the second squeezing region 2 are arranged so as to overlap in a plan view seen from the thickness direction Z. As a result, in the work of peeling off the tab tape T, the wearer pushes the fixed portion T1 downward to push the first squeezed region 4 or a region in the vicinity thereof, and the fragrance in the fragrance arrangement region K is released to the outside by the pump effect. It becomes easier to recognize the odor derived from excrement, and the discomfort during wearing can be reduced.
[タブテープと第1圧搾領域との位置関係]
図12に示すように、タブテープTの突出部T2は、接着領域T3と、非接着領域T4と、を含む。第1圧搾領域4は、包装体10の厚み方向Zから見た平面視において、非接着領域T4と重ならないように構成される。つまり、非接着領域T4の下方に第1圧搾領域4が位置しない構成となる。 [Positional relationship between tab tape and first squeezed area]
As shown in FIG. 12, the protruding portion T2 of the tab tape T includes an adhesive region T3 and a non-adhesive region T4. The first squeezedregion 4 is configured so as not to overlap the non-adhesive region T4 in a plan view of the package 10 when viewed from the thickness direction Z. That is, the first squeezed region 4 is not located below the non-adhesive region T4.
図12に示すように、タブテープTの突出部T2は、接着領域T3と、非接着領域T4と、を含む。第1圧搾領域4は、包装体10の厚み方向Zから見た平面視において、非接着領域T4と重ならないように構成される。つまり、非接着領域T4の下方に第1圧搾領域4が位置しない構成となる。 [Positional relationship between tab tape and first squeezed area]
As shown in FIG. 12, the protruding portion T2 of the tab tape T includes an adhesive region T3 and a non-adhesive region T4. The first squeezed
これにより、非接着領域T4が、第1圧搾領域4に起因する段差によって下方に沈み込まない構成となる。したがって、非接着領域T4がほぼ平坦な面上に配置されることとなり、固定部T1を押圧した際に非接着領域T4が容易に浮き上がり、包装体10がより開封しやすくなる。
As a result, the non-adhesive region T4 is configured so as not to sink downward due to the step caused by the first squeezed region 4. Therefore, the non-adhesive region T4 is arranged on a substantially flat surface, and when the fixed portion T1 is pressed, the non-adhesive region T4 is easily lifted, and the package 10 is more easily opened.
[折り領域の縦方向周縁部と圧搾領域との位置関係]
図11、12及び13に示すように、第1折り領域R1は、吸収体11の存在しない第1縦方向周縁部E1を含む。同様に、第2折り領域R2は、吸収体11の存在しない第2縦方向周縁部E2を含む。 [Positional relationship between the vertical peripheral edge of the folded area and the pressed area]
As shown in FIGS. 11, 12 and 13, the first folding region R1 includes the first longitudinal peripheral edge portion E1 in which theabsorber 11 is absent. Similarly, the second folding region R2 includes a second longitudinal peripheral edge E2 in which the absorber 11 is absent.
図11、12及び13に示すように、第1折り領域R1は、吸収体11の存在しない第1縦方向周縁部E1を含む。同様に、第2折り領域R2は、吸収体11の存在しない第2縦方向周縁部E2を含む。 [Positional relationship between the vertical peripheral edge of the folded area and the pressed area]
As shown in FIGS. 11, 12 and 13, the first folding region R1 includes the first longitudinal peripheral edge portion E1 in which the
図11に示すように、第1縦方向周縁部E1は、第1折り領域R1のうち、吸収体11の後端部11bよりもさらに後方に位置する領域である。第1縦方向周縁部E1は、ナプキン1が存在している領域とナプキン1が存在していない領域とを含む。ナプキン1が存在している領域は、例えば表面シート12及び裏面シート13により構成されたナプキン1の後端部と、外装材16と、の積層体からなる。ナプキン1が存在していない領域は、外装材16のみからなる。
第2縦方向周縁部E2も、同様に、第2折り領域R2のうち、吸収体11の前端部11aよりもさらに前方に位置する領域である。第2縦方向周縁部E2は、ナプキン1が存在している領域とナプキン1が存在していない領域とを含む。ナプキン1が存在している領域は、例えば表面シート12及び裏面シート13により構成されたナプキン1の前端部と、外装材16と、の積層体からなる。ナプキン1が存在していない領域は、外装材16のみからなる。
このように、第1縦方向周縁部E1及び第2縦方向周縁部E2は、第1折り領域R1及び第2折り領域R2において、第1圧搾領域4及び第2圧搾領域2が存在する領域よりもさらに厚みの薄い領域となる。 As shown in FIG. 11, the first longitudinal peripheral portion E1 is a region of the first folding region R1 located further behind therear end portion 11b of the absorber 11. The first longitudinal peripheral edge E1 includes a region in which the napkin 1 is present and a region in which the napkin 1 is not present. The region where the napkin 1 exists is composed of, for example, a laminated body of the rear end portion of the napkin 1 composed of the front surface sheet 12 and the back surface sheet 13 and the exterior material 16. The area where the napkin 1 does not exist consists of only the exterior material 16.
Similarly, the second longitudinal peripheral portion E2 is also a region of the second folding region R2 that is located further in front of thefront end portion 11a of the absorber 11. The second longitudinal peripheral edge E2 includes a region in which the napkin 1 is present and a region in which the napkin 1 is not present. The region where the napkin 1 exists is composed of, for example, a laminated body of the front end portion of the napkin 1 composed of the front surface sheet 12 and the back surface sheet 13 and the exterior material 16. The area where the napkin 1 does not exist consists of only the exterior material 16.
As described above, the first longitudinal peripheral edge E1 and the second longitudinal peripheral edge E2 are located in the first folding region R1 and the second folding region R2 from the regions where the first squeezingregion 4 and the second squeezing region 2 exist. Is an even thinner area.
第2縦方向周縁部E2も、同様に、第2折り領域R2のうち、吸収体11の前端部11aよりもさらに前方に位置する領域である。第2縦方向周縁部E2は、ナプキン1が存在している領域とナプキン1が存在していない領域とを含む。ナプキン1が存在している領域は、例えば表面シート12及び裏面シート13により構成されたナプキン1の前端部と、外装材16と、の積層体からなる。ナプキン1が存在していない領域は、外装材16のみからなる。
このように、第1縦方向周縁部E1及び第2縦方向周縁部E2は、第1折り領域R1及び第2折り領域R2において、第1圧搾領域4及び第2圧搾領域2が存在する領域よりもさらに厚みの薄い領域となる。 As shown in FIG. 11, the first longitudinal peripheral portion E1 is a region of the first folding region R1 located further behind the
Similarly, the second longitudinal peripheral portion E2 is also a region of the second folding region R2 that is located further in front of the
As described above, the first longitudinal peripheral edge E1 and the second longitudinal peripheral edge E2 are located in the first folding region R1 and the second folding region R2 from the regions where the first squeezing
図12及び13に示すように、包装体10として折り畳まれた際、第1縦方向周縁部E1は、第2折り端部RE2に向かって延びる。第1縦方向周縁部E1の端部は、上述の第1縦方向端部E11であり、第2折り端部RE2の近傍に位置する。
一方、第2縦方向周縁部E2は、第1折り端部RE1に向かって延びる。第2縦方向周縁部E2の端部は、タブテープTが配置された、上述の第2縦方向端部E21である。 As shown in FIGS. 12 and 13, when thepackage 10 is folded, the first longitudinal peripheral edge portion E1 extends toward the second folded end portion RE2. The end portion of the first vertical peripheral portion E1 is the above-mentioned first vertical end portion E11, and is located in the vicinity of the second folded end portion RE2.
On the other hand, the second longitudinal peripheral edge portion E2 extends toward the first folded end portion RE1. The end of the second vertical peripheral edge E2 is the above-mentioned second vertical end E21 on which the tab tape T is arranged.
一方、第2縦方向周縁部E2は、第1折り端部RE1に向かって延びる。第2縦方向周縁部E2の端部は、タブテープTが配置された、上述の第2縦方向端部E21である。 As shown in FIGS. 12 and 13, when the
On the other hand, the second longitudinal peripheral edge portion E2 extends toward the first folded end portion RE1. The end of the second vertical peripheral edge E2 is the above-mentioned second vertical end E21 on which the tab tape T is arranged.
図12及び13に示すように、第2圧搾領域2は、包装体10の厚み方向Zから見た平面視において、第1圧搾領域4よりも第1縦方向周縁部E1の端部(第1縦方向端部)E11側に位置する。
第1圧搾領域4及び第2圧搾領域2の間には、包装体10の厚み方向Zから見た平面視において、第1縦方向周縁部E1及び第2縦方向周縁部E2の少なくとも一部が重なって位置する。つまり、上記平面視における第1圧搾領域4及び第2圧搾領域2の間には、第1折り領域R1及び第2折り領域R2のうち、第1圧搾領域4及び第2圧搾領域2が存在する領域よりもさらに厚みが薄い部分が配置される。 As shown in FIGS. 12 and 13, the second squeezedregion 2 is an end portion (first) of the first longitudinal peripheral portion E1 than the first squeezed region 4 in a plan view seen from the thickness direction Z of the package 10. Vertical end) Located on the E11 side.
Between the first squeezedregion 4 and the second squeezed region 2, at least a part of the first longitudinal peripheral edge E1 and the second longitudinal peripheral edge E2 is located in a plan view of the package 10 when viewed from the thickness direction Z. Located on top of each other. That is, among the first fold region R1 and the second fold region R2, the first squeeze region 4 and the second squeeze region 2 exist between the first squeeze region 4 and the second squeeze region 2 in the plan view. A portion thinner than the region is arranged.
第1圧搾領域4及び第2圧搾領域2の間には、包装体10の厚み方向Zから見た平面視において、第1縦方向周縁部E1及び第2縦方向周縁部E2の少なくとも一部が重なって位置する。つまり、上記平面視における第1圧搾領域4及び第2圧搾領域2の間には、第1折り領域R1及び第2折り領域R2のうち、第1圧搾領域4及び第2圧搾領域2が存在する領域よりもさらに厚みが薄い部分が配置される。 As shown in FIGS. 12 and 13, the second squeezed
Between the first squeezed
上述のように、包装体10は、密な積層構造ではなく、内部に各構成の段差に起因する隙間を残している。このため、包装体10の内部の第1縦方向周縁部E1の上側及び下側、並びに第2縦方向周縁部E2の下側の領域に、これらの周縁部の厚みが薄いことに起因する隙間が形成される。この隙間は、上記平面視における第1圧搾領域4及び第2圧搾領域2の間、つまり、開封補助圧搾領域Pの近傍に位置する。したがって、固定部T1を押圧する指の一部がこの隙間の上方に位置することになり、押圧によって指がこの隙間に入り込んでより下方に沈みやすくなる。したがって、タブテープTの突出部T2がより浮きやすくなり、包装体10の開封をより簡便に行うことができる。
As described above, the package 10 does not have a dense laminated structure, but has a gap inside due to a step in each configuration. Therefore, there are gaps in the upper and lower sides of the first longitudinal peripheral edge E1 inside the package 10 and the lower regions of the second longitudinal peripheral edge E2 due to the thin thickness of these peripheral edges. Is formed. This gap is located between the first squeezing region 4 and the second squeezing region 2 in the plan view, that is, in the vicinity of the opening auxiliary squeezing region P. Therefore, a part of the finger pressing the fixed portion T1 is located above this gap, and the finger enters this gap due to the pressing and tends to sink further downward. Therefore, the protruding portion T2 of the tab tape T becomes easier to float, and the package 10 can be opened more easily.
[包装体における高坪量部と圧搾領域との位置関係]
図11及び図13に示すように、包装体10において、高坪量部24は、第3折り領域R3に位置する。高坪量部24の横方向Y両側には低坪量部28が位置している。
開封後のナプキン1をX-Y平面上に引き伸ばした態様の包装体10では、高坪量部24が厚み方向Zで最も厚い領域となっている。第1圧搾領域4及び第2圧搾領域2の横方向Yの長さは、高坪量部24の横方向Yにおける最大長さD1以上、本実施形態では、最大長さD1と同じ長さとなっている。このため、折り畳まれた状態の包装体10において、第1圧搾領域4及び第2圧搾領域2と高坪量部24とは平面視で重なっている。
折り畳まれた状態の包装体10において、厚みが厚くクッション性のある高坪量部24が存在することによって、第1圧搾領域4又はその近傍領域がクッション性を有するようになる。これにより、開封時、タブテープTの固定部T1を押圧したときの押し込み深さが大きくなって固定部T1が下方に沈みやすくなる。したがって、タブテープTの突出部T2がより浮きやすくなり、包装体10の開封をより簡便に行うことができる。 [Positional relationship between high basis weight and pressed area in the package]
As shown in FIGS. 11 and 13, in thepackage 10, the high basis weight portion 24 is located in the third folding region R3. The low basis weight portions 28 are located on both sides of the high basis weight portion 24 in the lateral direction Y.
In thepackage 10 in which the napkin 1 after opening is stretched on an XY plane, the high basis weight portion 24 is the thickest region in the thickness direction Z. The length of the first squeezed region 4 and the second squeezed region 2 in the lateral direction Y is equal to or more than the maximum length D1 in the lateral direction Y of the high basis weight portion 24, and is the same length as the maximum length D1 in the present embodiment. ing. Therefore, in the folded package 10, the first squeezed region 4 and the second squeezed region 2 and the high basis weight portion 24 overlap in a plan view.
In thepackage 10 in the folded state, the presence of the high basis weight portion 24 having a large thickness and cushioning property makes the first squeezing region 4 or a region in the vicinity thereof having cushioning property. As a result, at the time of opening, the pushing depth when the fixing portion T1 of the tab tape T is pressed becomes large, and the fixing portion T1 easily sinks downward. Therefore, the protruding portion T2 of the tab tape T becomes easier to float, and the package 10 can be opened more easily.
図11及び図13に示すように、包装体10において、高坪量部24は、第3折り領域R3に位置する。高坪量部24の横方向Y両側には低坪量部28が位置している。
開封後のナプキン1をX-Y平面上に引き伸ばした態様の包装体10では、高坪量部24が厚み方向Zで最も厚い領域となっている。第1圧搾領域4及び第2圧搾領域2の横方向Yの長さは、高坪量部24の横方向Yにおける最大長さD1以上、本実施形態では、最大長さD1と同じ長さとなっている。このため、折り畳まれた状態の包装体10において、第1圧搾領域4及び第2圧搾領域2と高坪量部24とは平面視で重なっている。
折り畳まれた状態の包装体10において、厚みが厚くクッション性のある高坪量部24が存在することによって、第1圧搾領域4又はその近傍領域がクッション性を有するようになる。これにより、開封時、タブテープTの固定部T1を押圧したときの押し込み深さが大きくなって固定部T1が下方に沈みやすくなる。したがって、タブテープTの突出部T2がより浮きやすくなり、包装体10の開封をより簡便に行うことができる。 [Positional relationship between high basis weight and pressed area in the package]
As shown in FIGS. 11 and 13, in the
In the
In the
<各構成の寸法実施例>
以下、各構成の寸法例について説明するが、これらの数値は一例であってこれらに限定されるものではない。
本実施形態において、ナプキン1の縦方向Xの長さは250mm、本体Mの横方向Yの長さは73mmである。
前方圧搾領域2の横方向Yにおける長さaは35mm、縦方向Xにおける長さbは12.5mmである。後方圧搾領域4の横方向Yにおける長さcは35mm、縦方向Xにおける長さdは5mmである。
高坪量部24の横方向Yにおける最大長さD1は35mmである。
ここでは、前方圧搾領域2の横方向Yの長さa及び後方圧搾領域4の横方向Yの長さcは、長さD1と同じとなっている。前方圧搾領域2の横方向Yの長さa及び後方圧搾領域4の横方向Yの長さcはD1以上であることが好ましい。 <Example of dimensions of each configuration>
Hereinafter, dimensional examples of each configuration will be described, but these numerical values are merely examples and are not limited thereto.
In the present embodiment, the length of thenapkin 1 in the vertical direction X is 250 mm, and the length of the main body M in the horizontal direction Y is 73 mm.
The length a of the forwardpressing region 2 in the lateral direction Y is 35 mm, and the length b in the vertical direction X is 12.5 mm. The length c of the rear compression region 4 in the lateral direction Y is 35 mm, and the length d in the longitudinal direction X is 5 mm.
The maximum length D1 of the highbasis weight portion 24 in the lateral direction Y is 35 mm.
Here, the length a of thefront compression region 2 in the lateral direction Y and the length c of the rear compression region 4 in the lateral direction Y are the same as the length D1. It is preferable that the length a of the anterior compression region 2 in the lateral direction Y and the length c of the posterior compression region 4 in the lateral direction Y are D1 or more.
以下、各構成の寸法例について説明するが、これらの数値は一例であってこれらに限定されるものではない。
本実施形態において、ナプキン1の縦方向Xの長さは250mm、本体Mの横方向Yの長さは73mmである。
前方圧搾領域2の横方向Yにおける長さaは35mm、縦方向Xにおける長さbは12.5mmである。後方圧搾領域4の横方向Yにおける長さcは35mm、縦方向Xにおける長さdは5mmである。
高坪量部24の横方向Yにおける最大長さD1は35mmである。
ここでは、前方圧搾領域2の横方向Yの長さa及び後方圧搾領域4の横方向Yの長さcは、長さD1と同じとなっている。前方圧搾領域2の横方向Yの長さa及び後方圧搾領域4の横方向Yの長さcはD1以上であることが好ましい。 <Example of dimensions of each configuration>
Hereinafter, dimensional examples of each configuration will be described, but these numerical values are merely examples and are not limited thereto.
In the present embodiment, the length of the
The length a of the forward
The maximum length D1 of the high
Here, the length a of the
高坪量部24の横方向Yの最大長さD1は、排泄部からの排泄物を効率よく吸収する面の確保の観点から、好ましくは25mm以上、より好ましくは30mm以上、そして好ましくは50mm以下、より好ましくは45mm以下である。
一対の防漏縦溝19a、19a間の横方向Yの最大長さは、好ましくは30mm以上、より好ましくは35mm以上、そして好ましくは70mm以下、より好ましくは65mm以下である。 The maximum length D1 of the highbasis weight portion 24 in the lateral direction Y is preferably 25 mm or more, more preferably 30 mm or more, and preferably 50 mm or less from the viewpoint of ensuring a surface that efficiently absorbs excrement from the excretion part. , More preferably 45 mm or less.
The maximum length in the lateral direction Y between the pair of leak- proof flutes 19a, 19a is preferably 30 mm or more, more preferably 35 mm or more, and preferably 70 mm or less, more preferably 65 mm or less.
一対の防漏縦溝19a、19a間の横方向Yの最大長さは、好ましくは30mm以上、より好ましくは35mm以上、そして好ましくは70mm以下、より好ましくは65mm以下である。 The maximum length D1 of the high
The maximum length in the lateral direction Y between the pair of leak-
前方圧搾領域(第2圧搾領域)2及び後方圧搾領域(第1圧搾領域)4それぞれの横方向Yにおける長さは、高坪量部24の横方向Yの長さD1に応じて適宜設定される。
例えば、前方圧搾領域2の横方向Yにおける長さaは、好ましくは15mm以上、より好ましくは20mm以上、そして好ましくは55mm以下、より好ましくは50mm以下である。
後方圧搾領域4の横方向Yにおける長さcは、好ましくは15mm以上、より好ましくは20mm以上、そして好ましくは55mm以下、より好ましくは50mm以下である。
前方圧搾領域2(後方圧搾領域4)の横方向Yにおける長さa(長さc)は、前方圧搾領域2(後方圧搾領域4)の最も横方向Y外方に位置する一対の圧搾溝3(一対の圧搾溝5)の外側縁間の距離とする。
長さa及び長さcの下限値をこのように設定することで、包装体10において、前方圧搾領域2、後方圧搾領域4がタブテープTと重なり、又は近傍に位置しやすくなる。また、長さa及び長さcの上限値をこのように設定することで、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4に起因する隙間が包装体10の内部に確実に形成され、固定部T1を押圧してタブテープTを掴みやすくする効果が発揮されやすくなる。 The length of each of the front squeezing region (second squeezing region) 2 and the rear squeezing region (first squeezing region) 4 in the lateral direction Y is appropriately set according to the length D1 of the highbasis weight portion 24 in the lateral direction Y. To.
For example, the length a of theanterior compression region 2 in the lateral direction Y is preferably 15 mm or more, more preferably 20 mm or more, and preferably 55 mm or less, more preferably 50 mm or less.
The length c of therear compression region 4 in the lateral direction Y is preferably 15 mm or more, more preferably 20 mm or more, and preferably 55 mm or less, more preferably 50 mm or less.
The length a (length c) in the lateral direction Y of the anterior compression region 2 (rear compression region 4) is a pair ofcompression grooves 3 located most laterally in the lateral direction Y of the anterior compression region 2 (rear compression region 4). The distance between the outer edges of (a pair of squeezing grooves 5).
By setting the lower limit values of the length a and the length c in this way, thefront squeezing region 2 and the rear squeezing region 4 are likely to be overlapped with or in the vicinity of the tab tape T in the package 10. Further, by setting the upper limit values of the length a and the length c in this way, a gap due to the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4 is surely formed inside the package 10, and the fixing portion T1 is formed. The effect of pressing the tab tape T to make it easier to grasp is easily exhibited.
例えば、前方圧搾領域2の横方向Yにおける長さaは、好ましくは15mm以上、より好ましくは20mm以上、そして好ましくは55mm以下、より好ましくは50mm以下である。
後方圧搾領域4の横方向Yにおける長さcは、好ましくは15mm以上、より好ましくは20mm以上、そして好ましくは55mm以下、より好ましくは50mm以下である。
前方圧搾領域2(後方圧搾領域4)の横方向Yにおける長さa(長さc)は、前方圧搾領域2(後方圧搾領域4)の最も横方向Y外方に位置する一対の圧搾溝3(一対の圧搾溝5)の外側縁間の距離とする。
長さa及び長さcの下限値をこのように設定することで、包装体10において、前方圧搾領域2、後方圧搾領域4がタブテープTと重なり、又は近傍に位置しやすくなる。また、長さa及び長さcの上限値をこのように設定することで、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4に起因する隙間が包装体10の内部に確実に形成され、固定部T1を押圧してタブテープTを掴みやすくする効果が発揮されやすくなる。 The length of each of the front squeezing region (second squeezing region) 2 and the rear squeezing region (first squeezing region) 4 in the lateral direction Y is appropriately set according to the length D1 of the high
For example, the length a of the
The length c of the
The length a (length c) in the lateral direction Y of the anterior compression region 2 (rear compression region 4) is a pair of
By setting the lower limit values of the length a and the length c in this way, the
ここで、ナプキン1において、一対の防漏縦溝19a、19aと、高坪量部24の一対の側縁部24aは、ナプキン1が横方向Yから外力を受けた場合に好ましい変形となりやすい弾性変形の基点として機能する。ナプキン1において、高坪量部24の一対の側縁部24aは、中心線33に最も近く位置する弾性変形の起点となる部分である。一対の側縁部24aにより挟まれる領域、すなわち高坪量部24は、着用者からの排泄物が多く吸収される領域である。
上述したように、ナプキン1において、前方圧搾領域2の横方向Yにおける長さa及び後方圧搾領域4の横方向Yにおける長さcは、弾性変形の起点となる中心線33に最も近い一対の側縁部24aの横方向Yにおける最広部の長さD1以上であることが好ましい。また、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4の横方向Yにおける長さを、一対の防漏縦溝19a、19aの横方向Yの最広部の長さ以下とすることがより好ましい。 Here, in thenapkin 1, the pair of leak- proof flutes 19a and 19a and the pair of side edge portions 24a of the high basis weight portion 24 are elastically likely to be deformed favorably when the napkin 1 receives an external force from the lateral direction Y. It functions as the base point of deformation. In the napkin 1, the pair of side edge portions 24a of the high basis weight portion 24 is a portion that is located closest to the center line 33 and is the starting point of elastic deformation. The region sandwiched by the pair of side edge portions 24a, that is, the high basis weight portion 24 is a region in which a large amount of excrement from the wearer is absorbed.
As described above, in thenapkin 1, the length a in the lateral direction Y of the front compression region 2 and the length c in the lateral direction Y of the rear compression region 4 are the pair closest to the center line 33 which is the starting point of the elastic deformation. The length of the widest portion of the side edge portion 24a in the lateral direction Y is preferably D1 or more. Further, it is more preferable that the length of the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4 in the lateral direction Y is equal to or less than the length of the widest portion of the pair of leak-proof vertical grooves 19a and 19a in the lateral direction Y.
上述したように、ナプキン1において、前方圧搾領域2の横方向Yにおける長さa及び後方圧搾領域4の横方向Yにおける長さcは、弾性変形の起点となる中心線33に最も近い一対の側縁部24aの横方向Yにおける最広部の長さD1以上であることが好ましい。また、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4の横方向Yにおける長さを、一対の防漏縦溝19a、19aの横方向Yの最広部の長さ以下とすることがより好ましい。 Here, in the
As described above, in the
前方圧搾領域(第2圧搾領域)2及び後方圧搾領域(第1圧搾領域)4それぞれの縦方向Xにおける長さは、ナプキンの縦方向Xの長さ、防漏溝の位置等に応じて適宜設定される。
The length of each of the front squeezing area (second squeezing area) 2 and the rear squeezing area (first squeezing area) 4 in the vertical direction X is appropriately determined according to the length of the napkin in the vertical direction X, the position of the leak-proof groove, and the like. Set.
前方圧搾領域(第2圧搾領域)2の縦方向Xにおける長さbは、好ましくは5mm以上、より好ましくは7mm以上であり、そして好ましくは25mm以下、より好ましくは20mm以下である。
前方圧搾領域(第2圧搾領域)2の縦方向Xにおける長さbの下限値をこのように設定することで、包装体10において、前方圧搾領域(第2圧搾領域)2がタブテープTと重なり、又は近傍に位置した場合に、固定部T1の押圧によって突出部T2をより確実に浮かせることができる。また前方圧搾領域2の縦方向Xにおける長さbの上限値をこのように設定することで、前方圧搾領域2に起因する隙間が包装体10の内部に確実に形成され、固定部T1を押圧してタブテープTを掴みやすくする効果が発揮されやすくなる。
なお、前方圧搾領域2における各圧搾溝3の縦方向Xの長さは異なっていてもよく、この場合の長さbは、前方圧搾領域2において最も長い圧搾溝3の長さとする。 The length b of the anterior compression region (second compression region) 2 in the longitudinal direction X is preferably 5 mm or more, more preferably 7 mm or more, and preferably 25 mm or less, more preferably 20 mm or less.
By setting the lower limit value of the length b of the front compression region (second compression region) 2 in the longitudinal direction X in this way, the front compression region (second compression region) 2 overlaps with the tab tape T in thepackage 10. Or, when it is located in the vicinity, the protruding portion T2 can be more reliably floated by pressing the fixed portion T1. Further, by setting the upper limit value of the length b of the front pressing region 2 in the vertical direction X in this way, a gap due to the front pressing region 2 is surely formed inside the package 10, and the fixed portion T1 is pressed. As a result, the effect of making the tab tape T easier to grasp is easily exerted.
The length X in the vertical direction of each of the squeezinggrooves 3 in the front squeezing region 2 may be different, and the length b in this case is the length of the longest squeezing groove 3 in the front squeezing region 2.
前方圧搾領域(第2圧搾領域)2の縦方向Xにおける長さbの下限値をこのように設定することで、包装体10において、前方圧搾領域(第2圧搾領域)2がタブテープTと重なり、又は近傍に位置した場合に、固定部T1の押圧によって突出部T2をより確実に浮かせることができる。また前方圧搾領域2の縦方向Xにおける長さbの上限値をこのように設定することで、前方圧搾領域2に起因する隙間が包装体10の内部に確実に形成され、固定部T1を押圧してタブテープTを掴みやすくする効果が発揮されやすくなる。
なお、前方圧搾領域2における各圧搾溝3の縦方向Xの長さは異なっていてもよく、この場合の長さbは、前方圧搾領域2において最も長い圧搾溝3の長さとする。 The length b of the anterior compression region (second compression region) 2 in the longitudinal direction X is preferably 5 mm or more, more preferably 7 mm or more, and preferably 25 mm or less, more preferably 20 mm or less.
By setting the lower limit value of the length b of the front compression region (second compression region) 2 in the longitudinal direction X in this way, the front compression region (second compression region) 2 overlaps with the tab tape T in the
The length X in the vertical direction of each of the squeezing
後方圧搾領域(第1圧搾領域)4の縦方向Xにおける長さdは、好ましくは2mm以上、より好ましくは5mm以上であり、そして好ましくは20mm以下、より好ましくは15mm以下である。
後方圧搾領域(第1圧搾領域)4の縦方向Xにおける長さの下限値をこのように設定することで、包装体10において、後方圧搾領域(第1圧搾領域)4がタブテープTと重なり、又は近傍に位置した場合に、固定部T1の押圧によって突出部T2をより確実に浮かせることができる。また、後方圧搾領域(第1圧搾領域)4の長さcの上限値をこのように設定することで、後方圧搾領域(第1圧搾領域)4に起因する隙間が包装体10の内部に確実に形成され、固定部T1を押圧してタブテープTを掴みやすくする効果が発揮されやすくなる。
なお、後方圧搾領域(第1圧搾領域)4における各圧搾溝5の縦方向Xの長さは異なっていてもよく、この場合の長さdは、後方圧搾領域(第1圧搾領域)4において最も長い圧搾溝5の長さとする。 The length d of the posterior squeezing region (first squeezing region) 4 in the longitudinal direction X is preferably 2 mm or more, more preferably 5 mm or more, and preferably 20 mm or less, more preferably 15 mm or less.
By setting the lower limit of the length of the rear compression region (first compression region) 4 in the vertical direction X in this way, the rear compression region (first compression region) 4 overlaps with the tab tape T in thepackage 10. Alternatively, when it is located in the vicinity, the protruding portion T2 can be more reliably floated by pressing the fixed portion T1. Further, by setting the upper limit value of the length c of the rear compression region (first compression region) 4 in this way, the gap caused by the rear compression region (first compression region) 4 is surely inside the package 10. The effect of pressing the fixed portion T1 to make it easier to grasp the tab tape T is easily exerted.
The length X of each squeezinggroove 5 in the rear squeezing region (first squeezing region) 4 may be different, and the length d in this case is the rear squeezing region (first squeezing region) 4. The length of the longest pressing groove 5 is assumed.
後方圧搾領域(第1圧搾領域)4の縦方向Xにおける長さの下限値をこのように設定することで、包装体10において、後方圧搾領域(第1圧搾領域)4がタブテープTと重なり、又は近傍に位置した場合に、固定部T1の押圧によって突出部T2をより確実に浮かせることができる。また、後方圧搾領域(第1圧搾領域)4の長さcの上限値をこのように設定することで、後方圧搾領域(第1圧搾領域)4に起因する隙間が包装体10の内部に確実に形成され、固定部T1を押圧してタブテープTを掴みやすくする効果が発揮されやすくなる。
なお、後方圧搾領域(第1圧搾領域)4における各圧搾溝5の縦方向Xの長さは異なっていてもよく、この場合の長さdは、後方圧搾領域(第1圧搾領域)4において最も長い圧搾溝5の長さとする。 The length d of the posterior squeezing region (first squeezing region) 4 in the longitudinal direction X is preferably 2 mm or more, more preferably 5 mm or more, and preferably 20 mm or less, more preferably 15 mm or less.
By setting the lower limit of the length of the rear compression region (first compression region) 4 in the vertical direction X in this way, the rear compression region (first compression region) 4 overlaps with the tab tape T in the
The length X of each squeezing
包装体10において、圧搾溝3及び圧搾溝5の厚み方向Zの深さは、前方圧搾領域(第2圧搾領域)2及び後方圧搾領域(第1圧搾領域)4の境界部分に十分段差及び剛性差を形成する観点から、好ましくは0.3mm以上、より好ましくは0.5mm以上であり、そして好ましくは3.0mm以下、より好ましくは2.0mm以下である。
圧搾溝3及び圧搾溝5の溝幅は、好ましくは0.5mm以上、より好ましくは1.0mm以上であり、そして好ましくは3.0mm以下、より好ましくは2.0mm以下である。
隣り合う圧搾溝3及び圧搾溝5の横方向Yに沿った間隔は、圧搾溝3よりも剛性の低い領域を十分に確保する観点から、好ましくは0.5mm以上、より好ましくは1.0mm以上であり、そして好ましくは3.0mm以下、より好ましくは2.0mm以下である。
ナプキン1及び包装体10において、前方圧搾領域(第2圧搾領域)2及び後方圧搾領域(第1圧搾領域)4それぞれにおける圧搾溝3及び圧搾溝5の本数は、図示の例に限定されず、好ましくは2本以上、より好ましくは5本以上であり、そして好ましくは25本以下、より好ましくは20本以下である。 In thepackage 10, the depth of the squeezing groove 3 and the squeezing groove 5 in the thickness direction Z is sufficiently stepped and rigid at the boundary between the front squeezing region (second squeezing region) 2 and the rear squeezing region (first squeezing region) 4. From the viewpoint of forming a difference, it is preferably 0.3 mm or more, more preferably 0.5 mm or more, and preferably 3.0 mm or less, more preferably 2.0 mm or less.
The groove widths of the squeezinggroove 3 and the squeezing groove 5 are preferably 0.5 mm or more, more preferably 1.0 mm or more, and preferably 3.0 mm or less, more preferably 2.0 mm or less.
The distance between the adjacentpressing grooves 3 and the pressing grooves 5 along the lateral direction Y is preferably 0.5 mm or more, more preferably 1.0 mm or more, from the viewpoint of sufficiently securing a region having a lower rigidity than the pressing groove 3. And preferably 3.0 mm or less, more preferably 2.0 mm or less.
In thenapkin 1 and the package 10, the number of the squeezing grooves 3 and the squeezing grooves 5 in each of the front squeezing region (second squeezing region) 2 and the rear squeezing region (first squeezing region) 4 is not limited to the illustrated example. It is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 5 or more, and preferably 25 or less, more preferably 20 or less.
圧搾溝3及び圧搾溝5の溝幅は、好ましくは0.5mm以上、より好ましくは1.0mm以上であり、そして好ましくは3.0mm以下、より好ましくは2.0mm以下である。
隣り合う圧搾溝3及び圧搾溝5の横方向Yに沿った間隔は、圧搾溝3よりも剛性の低い領域を十分に確保する観点から、好ましくは0.5mm以上、より好ましくは1.0mm以上であり、そして好ましくは3.0mm以下、より好ましくは2.0mm以下である。
ナプキン1及び包装体10において、前方圧搾領域(第2圧搾領域)2及び後方圧搾領域(第1圧搾領域)4それぞれにおける圧搾溝3及び圧搾溝5の本数は、図示の例に限定されず、好ましくは2本以上、より好ましくは5本以上であり、そして好ましくは25本以下、より好ましくは20本以下である。 In the
The groove widths of the squeezing
The distance between the adjacent
In the
図12を参照し、タブテープTの横方向Yにおける幅mは、好ましくは5mm以上、より好ましくは8mm以上であり、好ましくは35mm以下、より好ましくは20mm以下である。タブテープTの幅mの下限値をこのように設定することで、タブテープTが指で掴みやすくなり、開封性を向上させることができる。タブテープTの幅mの上限値をこのように設定することで、幅mを開封補助圧搾領域Pの横方向Yにおける長さc以下とし、固定部T1を押圧した際に突出部T2が浮きやすくする。
With reference to FIG. 12, the width m of the tab tape T in the lateral direction Y is preferably 5 mm or more, more preferably 8 mm or more, preferably 35 mm or less, and more preferably 20 mm or less. By setting the lower limit of the width m of the tab tape T in this way, the tab tape T can be easily grasped by a finger, and the openability can be improved. By setting the upper limit value of the width m of the tab tape T in this way, the width m is set to the length c or less in the lateral direction Y of the opening auxiliary pressing region P, and the protruding portion T2 easily floats when the fixed portion T1 is pressed. To do.
図12を参照し、タブテープTの固定部T1の縦方向Xの長さeは、タブテープTを外装材16に確実に固定するとともに、使用者に指で押圧する位置を明確に示す観点から、好ましくは5mm以上、より好ましくは10mm以上であり、そして好ましくは25mm以下、より好ましくは20mm以下である。
タブテープTの突出部T2の縦方向Xの長さfは、タブテープTを掴みやすくし、かつ包装体10を開封しやすくする観点から、好ましくは5mm以上、より好ましくは10mm以上であり、そして好ましくは25mm以下、より好ましくは20mm以下である。
タブテープTの接着領域T3の縦方向Xの長さgは、タブテープTを第1折り領域R1に確実に粘着させ、かつ包装体10を開封しやすくする観点から、好ましくは5mm以上、より好ましくは8mm以上であり、そして好ましくは18mm以下、より好ましくは16mm以下である。
タブテープTの非接着領域T4の縦方向Xの長さhは、非接着領域T4を掴みやすくし、かつ接着領域T3も適切に確保する観点から、好ましくは2mm以上、より好ましくは4mm以上であり、そして好ましくは9mm以下、より好ましくは7mm以下である。
包装体10の厚み方向Zから見た平面視における、タブテープTの非接着領域T4の端部から第1折り線L1により形成された包装体10の端部までの縦方向Xにおける距離jは、好ましくは4mm以上、より好ましくは6mm以上であり、そして好ましくは30mm以下、より好ましくは25mm以下である。 With reference to FIG. 12, the length e of the fixing portion T1 of the tab tape T in the vertical direction X is from the viewpoint of securely fixing the tab tape T to theexterior material 16 and clearly indicating the position of pressing with a finger to the user. It is preferably 5 mm or more, more preferably 10 mm or more, and preferably 25 mm or less, more preferably 20 mm or less.
The length f of the protruding portion T2 of the tab tape T in the vertical direction X is preferably 5 mm or more, more preferably 10 mm or more, and preferably 10 mm or more, from the viewpoint of making it easy to grasp the tab tape T and opening thepackage 10. Is 25 mm or less, more preferably 20 mm or less.
The length g of the adhesive region T3 of the tab tape T in the vertical direction X is preferably 5 mm or more, more preferably 5 mm or more, from the viewpoint of reliably adhering the tab tape T to the first folding region R1 and facilitating the opening of thepackage 10. It is 8 mm or more, and preferably 18 mm or less, more preferably 16 mm or less.
The length h of the non-adhesive region T4 of the tab tape T in the vertical direction is preferably 2 mm or more, more preferably 4 mm or more, from the viewpoint of making it easy to grip the non-adhesive region T4 and appropriately securing the adhesive region T3. , And preferably 9 mm or less, more preferably 7 mm or less.
The distance j in the vertical direction X from the end of the non-adhesive region T4 of the tab tape T to the end of thepackage 10 formed by the first folding line L1 in the plan view from the thickness direction Z of the package 10 is It is preferably 4 mm or more, more preferably 6 mm or more, and preferably 30 mm or less, more preferably 25 mm or less.
タブテープTの突出部T2の縦方向Xの長さfは、タブテープTを掴みやすくし、かつ包装体10を開封しやすくする観点から、好ましくは5mm以上、より好ましくは10mm以上であり、そして好ましくは25mm以下、より好ましくは20mm以下である。
タブテープTの接着領域T3の縦方向Xの長さgは、タブテープTを第1折り領域R1に確実に粘着させ、かつ包装体10を開封しやすくする観点から、好ましくは5mm以上、より好ましくは8mm以上であり、そして好ましくは18mm以下、より好ましくは16mm以下である。
タブテープTの非接着領域T4の縦方向Xの長さhは、非接着領域T4を掴みやすくし、かつ接着領域T3も適切に確保する観点から、好ましくは2mm以上、より好ましくは4mm以上であり、そして好ましくは9mm以下、より好ましくは7mm以下である。
包装体10の厚み方向Zから見た平面視における、タブテープTの非接着領域T4の端部から第1折り線L1により形成された包装体10の端部までの縦方向Xにおける距離jは、好ましくは4mm以上、より好ましくは6mm以上であり、そして好ましくは30mm以下、より好ましくは25mm以下である。 With reference to FIG. 12, the length e of the fixing portion T1 of the tab tape T in the vertical direction X is from the viewpoint of securely fixing the tab tape T to the
The length f of the protruding portion T2 of the tab tape T in the vertical direction X is preferably 5 mm or more, more preferably 10 mm or more, and preferably 10 mm or more, from the viewpoint of making it easy to grasp the tab tape T and opening the
The length g of the adhesive region T3 of the tab tape T in the vertical direction X is preferably 5 mm or more, more preferably 5 mm or more, from the viewpoint of reliably adhering the tab tape T to the first folding region R1 and facilitating the opening of the
The length h of the non-adhesive region T4 of the tab tape T in the vertical direction is preferably 2 mm or more, more preferably 4 mm or more, from the viewpoint of making it easy to grip the non-adhesive region T4 and appropriately securing the adhesive region T3. , And preferably 9 mm or less, more preferably 7 mm or less.
The distance j in the vertical direction X from the end of the non-adhesive region T4 of the tab tape T to the end of the
図12を参照し、第1圧搾領域4が開封補助圧搾領域Pとして構成される場合、固定部T1と第1圧搾領域4との縦方向Xにおける距離kは、好ましくは3mm以下である。これにより、第1圧搾領域4が固定部T1の近傍又は重なって配置され、第1圧搾領域4の段差の作用により、固定部T1を押圧した際に突出部T2を良好に浮き上がらせることができる。
なお、固定部T1と第1圧搾領域4との縦方向Xにおける距離kは、包装体10の厚み方向Zから見た平面視における、固定部T1の第2折り端部RE2側の縦方向X端部から、第1圧搾領域4の最も第1折り端部RE1寄りの部分までの縦方向Xにおける距離とする。 With reference to FIG. 12, when the first squeezingregion 4 is configured as the opening auxiliary squeezing region P, the distance k between the fixing portion T1 and the first squeezing region 4 in the vertical direction X is preferably 3 mm or less. As a result, the first squeezed region 4 is arranged near or overlapped with the fixed portion T1, and the protruding portion T2 can be satisfactorily raised when the fixed portion T1 is pressed by the action of the step of the first squeezed region 4. ..
The distance k between the fixed portion T1 and the first squeezedregion 4 in the vertical direction X is the vertical direction X on the second folded end portion RE2 side of the fixed portion T1 in the plan view seen from the thickness direction Z of the package 10. It is the distance in the vertical direction X from the end portion to the portion of the first squeezed region 4 closest to the first folded end portion RE1.
なお、固定部T1と第1圧搾領域4との縦方向Xにおける距離kは、包装体10の厚み方向Zから見た平面視における、固定部T1の第2折り端部RE2側の縦方向X端部から、第1圧搾領域4の最も第1折り端部RE1寄りの部分までの縦方向Xにおける距離とする。 With reference to FIG. 12, when the first squeezing
The distance k between the fixed portion T1 and the first squeezed
<その他の構成例>
上記コアラップシート7は、典型的には、親水性繊維を主体とする不織布、紙などのシート状物である。コアラップシート7に含まれる親水性繊維としては、針葉樹パルプや広葉樹パルプ等の木材パルプ、綿パルプや麻パルプ等の非木材パルプ等の天然繊維;カチオン化パルプ、マーセル化パルプ等の変性パルプ;キュプラ、レーヨン等の再生繊維;アセテート等の半合成繊維;ポリビニルアルコール繊維、ポリアクリロニトリル繊維等の親水性合成繊維;ポリエチレンテレフタレート繊維、ポリエチレン繊維、ポリプロピレン繊維、ポリエステル繊維等の合成繊維に親水化処理を施した繊維等が挙げられ、これらの1種を単独で又は2種以上を混合して用いることができる。コアラップシート7における親水性繊維の典型的なものは、天然繊維、セルロース系の再生繊維又は半合成繊維である。コアラップシート7は、親水性繊維に加えてさらに、合成繊維(疎水性繊維)、例えば熱可塑性繊維を含んでもよい。熱可塑性繊維としては、例えばポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、ポリエステル、ポリウレタン等の単一の合成樹脂を用いて形成された単一繊維、あるいは、これら2種以上の複合体等の合成樹脂を用いて形成された複合繊維、例えば、2種以上の合成樹脂を用いて形成した芯鞘型、サイドバイサイド型等の複合繊維を用いることもできる。 <Other configuration examples>
Thecore wrap sheet 7 is typically a sheet-like material such as a non-woven fabric or paper mainly composed of hydrophilic fibers. The hydrophilic fibers contained in the core wrap sheet 7 include wood pulps such as coniferous pulp and broadleaf pulp, natural fibers such as non-wood pulp such as cotton pulp and hemp pulp; and modified pulp such as cationized pulp and marcelled pulp; Regenerated fibers such as cupra and rayon; Semi-synthetic fibers such as acetate; Hydrophilic synthetic fibers such as polyvinyl alcohol fiber and polyacrylonitrile fiber; Hydrophilization treatment of synthetic fibers such as polyethylene terephthalate fiber, polyethylene fiber, polypropylene fiber and polyester fiber Examples thereof include applied fibers, and one of these can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Typical of the hydrophilic fibers in the core wrap sheet 7 are natural fibers, cellulosic regenerated fibers or semi-synthetic fibers. The core wrap sheet 7 may further contain synthetic fibers (hydrophobic fibers), for example, thermoplastic fibers, in addition to the hydrophilic fibers. As the thermoplastic fiber, for example, a single fiber formed by using a single synthetic resin such as polyethylene, polypropylene, polyester, polyurethane, or a synthetic resin such as a composite of two or more kinds thereof was formed. Composite fibers such as core-sheath type and side-by-side type formed by using two or more kinds of synthetic resins can also be used.
上記コアラップシート7は、典型的には、親水性繊維を主体とする不織布、紙などのシート状物である。コアラップシート7に含まれる親水性繊維としては、針葉樹パルプや広葉樹パルプ等の木材パルプ、綿パルプや麻パルプ等の非木材パルプ等の天然繊維;カチオン化パルプ、マーセル化パルプ等の変性パルプ;キュプラ、レーヨン等の再生繊維;アセテート等の半合成繊維;ポリビニルアルコール繊維、ポリアクリロニトリル繊維等の親水性合成繊維;ポリエチレンテレフタレート繊維、ポリエチレン繊維、ポリプロピレン繊維、ポリエステル繊維等の合成繊維に親水化処理を施した繊維等が挙げられ、これらの1種を単独で又は2種以上を混合して用いることができる。コアラップシート7における親水性繊維の典型的なものは、天然繊維、セルロース系の再生繊維又は半合成繊維である。コアラップシート7は、親水性繊維に加えてさらに、合成繊維(疎水性繊維)、例えば熱可塑性繊維を含んでもよい。熱可塑性繊維としては、例えばポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、ポリエステル、ポリウレタン等の単一の合成樹脂を用いて形成された単一繊維、あるいは、これら2種以上の複合体等の合成樹脂を用いて形成された複合繊維、例えば、2種以上の合成樹脂を用いて形成した芯鞘型、サイドバイサイド型等の複合繊維を用いることもできる。 <Other configuration examples>
The
吸収体11は機能剤を含んでいていてもよい。機能剤は、吸収性コア20及びコアラップシート7の少なくとも一方に含まれる。機能剤は、コアラップシート7全面に配置されていてもよいし、コアラップシート7の一部に含有されていてもよい。また、機能剤は、コアラップシート7のみに含まれていてもよいし、吸収性コア20のみに含まれていてもよいし、コアラップシート7及び吸収性コア20の双方に含まれていても良い。ここでは、コアラップシート7に機能剤が含まれる例をあげる。
機能剤には、香料、抗菌剤、消臭剤、冷感剤等が含まれる。これらの各種機能剤から選択される1種又は2種以上の機能剤をコアラップシート7に含有することができる。 Theabsorber 11 may contain a functional agent. The functional agent is contained in at least one of the absorbent core 20 and the core wrap sheet 7. The functional agent may be arranged on the entire surface of the core wrap sheet 7, or may be contained in a part of the core wrap sheet 7. Further, the functional agent may be contained only in the core wrap sheet 7, may be contained only in the absorbent core 20, or may be contained in both the core wrap sheet 7 and the absorbent core 20. Is also good. Here, an example in which the core wrap sheet 7 contains a functional agent will be given.
Functional agents include fragrances, antibacterial agents, deodorants, cooling agents and the like. One or more functional agents selected from these various functional agents can be contained in thecore wrap sheet 7.
機能剤には、香料、抗菌剤、消臭剤、冷感剤等が含まれる。これらの各種機能剤から選択される1種又は2種以上の機能剤をコアラップシート7に含有することができる。 The
Functional agents include fragrances, antibacterial agents, deodorants, cooling agents and the like. One or more functional agents selected from these various functional agents can be contained in the
香料として用いられる高揮発性香料成分としては、例えばアニソール、ベンズアルデヒド、酢酸ベンジル、ベンジルアルコール、ギ酸ベンジル、酢酸イソボルニル、シトロネラール、シトロネロール、酢酸シトロネリル、パラシメン、デカナール、ジヒドロリナロール、ジヒドロミルセノール、ジメチルフェニルカルビノール、ユーカリプトール、1-カルボン、ゲラニアール、ゲラニオール、酢酸ゲラニル、ゲラニルニトリル、酢酸ネリル、酢酸ノニル、リナロール、エチルリナロール、酢酸リナリル、フェニルエチルアルコール、α-ピネン、β-ピネン、γ-ピネン、α-ヨノン、β-ヨノン、γ-ヨノン、α-テルピネオール、β-テルピネオール、酢酸テルピニル、テンタローム等が挙げられ、これらの1種を単独で又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。
Highly volatile fragrance components used as fragrances include, for example, anisole, benzaldehyde, benzyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl formate, isobornyl acetate, citronellal, citronellol, citronellyl acetate, paracimen, decanal, dihydrolinalool, dihydromilsenol, dimethylphenyl. Carbinol, Eucalyptor, 1-Carbon, Geranyl, Geraniol, Geranyl Acetate, Geranyl nitrile, Neryl Acetate, Nonyl Acetate, Linalool, Ethyllinalol, Linalool Acetate, Phenylethyl Alcohol, α-Pinene, β-Pinene, γ-Pinene , Α-Yonone, β-Yonone, γ-Yonone, α-terpineol, β-terpineol, terpinyl acetate, tentalome and the like, and one of these can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
香料として用いられる中揮発性香料成分としては、例えばアミルシンナムアルデヒド、ジヒドロジャスモン酸メチル、サリチル酸イソアミル、β-カリオフィレン、セドレン、セドリルメチルエーテル、桂皮アルコール、クマリン、ジメチルベンジルカルビニルアセテート、イソオイゲノール、γ-メチルヨノン、ヘリオトロピン、サリチル酸ヘキシル、サリチル酸シス-3-ヘキセニル、フェニルヘキサノール、ペンタライド等が挙げられ、これらの1種を単独で又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。
Medium volatile fragrance components used as fragrances include, for example, amycinnamaldehyde, methyl dihydrojasmonate, isoamyl salicylate, β-cariophyllene, sedrene, sedrill methyl ether, cinnamon alcohol, coumarin, dimethylbenzyl carvinyl acetate, isooigenol, etc. Examples thereof include γ-methylyonone, heliotropin, hexyl salicylate, cis-3-hexenyl salicylate, phenylhexanol, pentalide and the like, and one of these can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
香料として、上述の高揮発性及び中揮発性香料成分以外に、あるいはこれら香料成分に加えてさらに、バラ香調、ラベンダー香調、ジャスミン香調、イランイラン香調を有する香料を含有した香料組成物を用いることもできる。このような香料組成物としては、例えば、ネロール、ラバンジュロール、ジャスマール、シクロピデン等が挙げられ、これらの1種を単独で又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。香料には、上述した香料素材単体、及び天然精油や調合ベースのように、「複数の香料によって構成される香料素材が組み合わされたもの(香料組成物)で、溶剤によって希釈・調整されたもの」が含まれる。例えば、香料として、バラ、ラベンダー、ジャスミン、イランイラン様香気を有する香料を含有する香料組成物を用いることができる。
As a fragrance, a fragrance composition containing, in addition to the above-mentioned highly volatile and medium volatile fragrance components, or in addition to these fragrance components, fragrances having rose fragrance, lavender fragrance, jasmine fragrance, and Iran-Iran fragrance. You can also use things. Examples of such a fragrance composition include nerol, lavandulol, jasmar, cyclopidene and the like, and one of these can be used alone or in combination of two or more. The fragrance includes the above-mentioned fragrance material alone, and a combination of fragrance materials composed of a plurality of fragrances (fragrance composition), such as natural essential oils and compounding bases, diluted and adjusted with a solvent. "Is included. For example, as the fragrance, a fragrance composition containing a fragrance having a rose, lavender, jasminum, or Iran-Iran-like fragrance can be used.
抗菌剤を、コアラップシート7に含有することにより、悪臭の主な発生原因である吸収性コア20の内部での菌の繁殖を効果的に防止することができる。抗菌剤は、ナプキン1の少なくとも中間領域Cにおける横方向Yの中央部の吸収体11に含まれることが好ましく、悪臭の主な発生原因である吸収性コア20の内部での菌の繁殖を効果的に防止することができる。
抗菌剤には既知のものを用いることができる。抗菌剤としては、有機性の抗菌剤を用いることが好ましい。有機性の抗菌剤は、排泄物中の匂い発生原因物質が有機性である場合、匂い発生原因物質との良好な親和性から高い抗菌・消臭性が気体できる。有機性の匂い原因物質や菌との親和性の観点から、有機性のカチオン性抗菌剤が特に好ましい。カチオン性抗菌剤は、悪臭産生の制御として強い腐敗臭の発生を抑えることができる。
カチオン性抗菌剤は、有機化合物系の抗菌剤で、銀、亜鉛、銅等の金属イオン系よりも尿等の排泄物への溶出が多く抗菌作用が広範囲である。特に、ジデシルジメチルアンモニウム塩、アルキルピリジニウム塩、ベンゼトニウム塩、ベンザルコニウム塩、モノアルキルトリメチルアンモニウム塩、ジアルキルジメチルアンモニウム塩等の第四級アンモニウム塩が挙げられ、これらからなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含有することが好ましい。これらのカチオン性抗菌剤は1種を単独で用いても良く、2種以上を組み合わせても良い。 By containing the antibacterial agent in thecore wrap sheet 7, it is possible to effectively prevent the growth of bacteria inside the absorbent core 20, which is the main cause of the offensive odor. The antibacterial agent is preferably contained in the absorber 11 in the central portion of the lateral direction Y in at least the intermediate region C of the napkin 1, and is effective in the growth of bacteria inside the absorbent core 20 which is the main cause of the foul odor. Can be prevented.
Known antibacterial agents can be used. As the antibacterial agent, it is preferable to use an organic antibacterial agent. When the odor-generating substance in the excrement is organic, the organic antibacterial agent can have high antibacterial and deodorant properties due to its good affinity with the odor-generating substance. From the viewpoint of affinity with organic odor-causing substances and bacteria, organic cationic antibacterial agents are particularly preferable. Cationic antibacterial agents can suppress the generation of strong putrid odors as a control of malodor production.
Cationic antibacterial agents are organic compound-based antibacterial agents that elute more into excrement such as urine than metal ion-based agents such as silver, zinc, and copper, and have a wide range of antibacterial effects. In particular, quaternary ammonium salts such as didecyldimethylammonium salt, alkylpyridinium salt, benzethonium salt, benzalconium salt, monoalkyltrimethylammonium salt and dialkyldimethylammonium salt are mentioned, and at least one selected from the group consisting of these. It preferably contains seeds. One of these cationic antibacterial agents may be used alone, or two or more thereof may be combined.
抗菌剤には既知のものを用いることができる。抗菌剤としては、有機性の抗菌剤を用いることが好ましい。有機性の抗菌剤は、排泄物中の匂い発生原因物質が有機性である場合、匂い発生原因物質との良好な親和性から高い抗菌・消臭性が気体できる。有機性の匂い原因物質や菌との親和性の観点から、有機性のカチオン性抗菌剤が特に好ましい。カチオン性抗菌剤は、悪臭産生の制御として強い腐敗臭の発生を抑えることができる。
カチオン性抗菌剤は、有機化合物系の抗菌剤で、銀、亜鉛、銅等の金属イオン系よりも尿等の排泄物への溶出が多く抗菌作用が広範囲である。特に、ジデシルジメチルアンモニウム塩、アルキルピリジニウム塩、ベンゼトニウム塩、ベンザルコニウム塩、モノアルキルトリメチルアンモニウム塩、ジアルキルジメチルアンモニウム塩等の第四級アンモニウム塩が挙げられ、これらからなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含有することが好ましい。これらのカチオン性抗菌剤は1種を単独で用いても良く、2種以上を組み合わせても良い。 By containing the antibacterial agent in the
Known antibacterial agents can be used. As the antibacterial agent, it is preferable to use an organic antibacterial agent. When the odor-generating substance in the excrement is organic, the organic antibacterial agent can have high antibacterial and deodorant properties due to its good affinity with the odor-generating substance. From the viewpoint of affinity with organic odor-causing substances and bacteria, organic cationic antibacterial agents are particularly preferable. Cationic antibacterial agents can suppress the generation of strong putrid odors as a control of malodor production.
Cationic antibacterial agents are organic compound-based antibacterial agents that elute more into excrement such as urine than metal ion-based agents such as silver, zinc, and copper, and have a wide range of antibacterial effects. In particular, quaternary ammonium salts such as didecyldimethylammonium salt, alkylpyridinium salt, benzethonium salt, benzalconium salt, monoalkyltrimethylammonium salt and dialkyldimethylammonium salt are mentioned, and at least one selected from the group consisting of these. It preferably contains seeds. One of these cationic antibacterial agents may be used alone, or two or more thereof may be combined.
例えば、抗菌剤を、コアラップシート7に面内でほぼ均一な含有量で含有することができる。このような構成では、吸収体11において、厚み方向にコアラップシート7が3枚存在する多層コアラップシート領域37は、他のコアラップシート7が2枚存在する領域よりも抗菌剤の単位面積当たりの含有量が多く、抗菌効果が高い領域となる。吸収体11の横方向Y中央部31は着用者からの体液が多く吸収される領域となるため、吸収体11の中央部31に抗菌剤の含有量が多い多層コアラップシート領域37が位置することにより効果的に抗菌作用を発現させることができる。
尚、局所的に抗菌剤の含有量が多い領域を有するコアラップシートを用いて、ナプキンとしたときに、局所的に抗菌剤の含有量が多い領域が横方向Y中央部31に位置するように吸収体を構成してもよい。 For example, the antibacterial agent can be contained in thecore wrap sheet 7 in a substantially uniform content in the plane. In such a configuration, in the absorber 11, the multi-layer core wrap sheet region 37 in which three core wrap sheets 7 are present in the thickness direction has a unit area of the antibacterial agent more than the region in which two other core wrap sheets 7 are present. It is a region with a high hit content and a high antibacterial effect. Since the lateral Y central portion 31 of the absorber 11 is a region where a large amount of body fluid from the wearer is absorbed, a multilayer core wrap sheet region 37 having a high content of antibacterial agent is located in the central portion 31 of the absorber 11. Therefore, the antibacterial action can be effectively exhibited.
When a core wrap sheet having a region having a locally high content of antibacterial agent is used as a napkin, the region having a locally high content of antibacterial agent is located in the lateral Ycentral portion 31. May form an absorber.
尚、局所的に抗菌剤の含有量が多い領域を有するコアラップシートを用いて、ナプキンとしたときに、局所的に抗菌剤の含有量が多い領域が横方向Y中央部31に位置するように吸収体を構成してもよい。 For example, the antibacterial agent can be contained in the
When a core wrap sheet having a region having a locally high content of antibacterial agent is used as a napkin, the region having a locally high content of antibacterial agent is located in the lateral Y
消臭剤としては、それ自体が臭気に直接作用して、即ち臭気を吸着、中和、分解等して、消臭効果を発現し得る物質であり、当該技術分野においても消臭用途に汎用されているものを用いることができるが、臭気に対する広い消臭スペクトルを有する点から、多孔性の消臭粒体が好ましい。多孔性の消臭粒体としては、無機消臭粒体や、有機消臭粒体などがある。無機消臭粒体とは無機化合物を主体とする消臭粒体、即ち消臭粒体の骨格となる化合物が無機化合物である消臭粒体のことである。有機消臭粒体とは有機化合物を主体とする消臭粒体、即ち消臭粒体の骨格となる化合物が有機化合物である消臭粒体のことである。
このように、抗菌剤に加え消臭剤を用いることにより、更に悪臭の発生を抑制することができる。 The deodorant is a substance that can directly act on the odor, that is, adsorb, neutralize, decompose, etc., to exert a deodorizing effect, and is also widely used in the technical field for deodorizing applications. However, porous deodorant granules are preferable because they have a wide deodorizing spectrum for odors. Examples of the porous deodorant granules include inorganic deodorant granules and organic deodorant granules. The inorganic deodorant granules are deodorant granules mainly composed of an inorganic compound, that is, deodorant granules in which the compound serving as the skeleton of the deodorant granules is an inorganic compound. The organic deodorant granules are deodorant granules mainly composed of organic compounds, that is, deodorant granules in which the compound forming the skeleton of the deodorant granules is an organic compound.
As described above, by using a deodorant in addition to the antibacterial agent, the generation of bad odor can be further suppressed.
このように、抗菌剤に加え消臭剤を用いることにより、更に悪臭の発生を抑制することができる。 The deodorant is a substance that can directly act on the odor, that is, adsorb, neutralize, decompose, etc., to exert a deodorizing effect, and is also widely used in the technical field for deodorizing applications. However, porous deodorant granules are preferable because they have a wide deodorizing spectrum for odors. Examples of the porous deodorant granules include inorganic deodorant granules and organic deodorant granules. The inorganic deodorant granules are deodorant granules mainly composed of an inorganic compound, that is, deodorant granules in which the compound serving as the skeleton of the deodorant granules is an inorganic compound. The organic deodorant granules are deodorant granules mainly composed of organic compounds, that is, deodorant granules in which the compound forming the skeleton of the deodorant granules is an organic compound.
As described above, by using a deodorant in addition to the antibacterial agent, the generation of bad odor can be further suppressed.
好ましい無機消臭粒体としては、カンクリナイト様鉱物、ゼオライト、モンモリロナイト、活性炭等が挙げられる。これらの中でも極性を有している多孔性消臭粒体が水溶性の臭い原因物質の消臭に適しているので好ましく、更には、カンクリナイト様鉱物とゼオライトが広い消臭スペクトルを有する点から好ましい。なお、活性炭は非極性に属するので、有機性の臭い成分の消臭に有効であり、例えば、椰子殻炭、木炭、暦青炭、泥炭、亜炭等が挙げられる。ただし、有機性の香料成分が吸着されて臭いが変質することを防止する観点から、活性炭は含まれないことが好ましい。
好ましい有機消臭粒体としては、架橋性ビニルモノマー及びヘテロ芳香環を有するビニルモノマーを含むモノマー成分を共重合して得られる粒子が挙げられる。 Preferred inorganic deodorant granules include kanclinite-like minerals, zeolites, montmorillonite, activated carbon and the like. Among these, porous deodorant granules having polarity are preferable because they are suitable for deodorizing water-soluble odor-causing substances, and further, kanclinite-like minerals and zeolites have a wide deodorizing spectrum. preferable. Since activated carbon belongs to non-polarity, it is effective in deodorizing organic odorous components, and examples thereof include coconut shell coal, charcoal, bituminous coal, peat, and lignite. However, it is preferable that activated carbon is not contained from the viewpoint of preventing the organic fragrance component from being adsorbed and deteriorating the odor.
Preferred organic deodorant particles include particles obtained by copolymerizing a monomer component containing a crosslinkable vinyl monomer and a vinyl monomer having a heteroaromatic ring.
好ましい有機消臭粒体としては、架橋性ビニルモノマー及びヘテロ芳香環を有するビニルモノマーを含むモノマー成分を共重合して得られる粒子が挙げられる。 Preferred inorganic deodorant granules include kanclinite-like minerals, zeolites, montmorillonite, activated carbon and the like. Among these, porous deodorant granules having polarity are preferable because they are suitable for deodorizing water-soluble odor-causing substances, and further, kanclinite-like minerals and zeolites have a wide deodorizing spectrum. preferable. Since activated carbon belongs to non-polarity, it is effective in deodorizing organic odorous components, and examples thereof include coconut shell coal, charcoal, bituminous coal, peat, and lignite. However, it is preferable that activated carbon is not contained from the viewpoint of preventing the organic fragrance component from being adsorbed and deteriorating the odor.
Preferred organic deodorant particles include particles obtained by copolymerizing a monomer component containing a crosslinkable vinyl monomer and a vinyl monomer having a heteroaromatic ring.
冷感剤は、着用者の皮膚や粘膜表面の温度受容器を刺激して、皮膚や粘膜表面上の温度を変化させることなしに、着用者に冷感、爽快感を感じさせることができる剤である。
冷感剤として乳酸メンチルやメントール等を用いることができる。 A cooling sensation agent is an agent that stimulates the temperature receptors on the surface of the skin or mucous membrane of the wearer to make the wearer feel cold and refreshing without changing the temperature on the surface of the skin or mucous membrane. Is.
Mentil lactate, menthol, or the like can be used as a cooling sensation agent.
冷感剤として乳酸メンチルやメントール等を用いることができる。 A cooling sensation agent is an agent that stimulates the temperature receptors on the surface of the skin or mucous membrane of the wearer to make the wearer feel cold and refreshing without changing the temperature on the surface of the skin or mucous membrane. Is.
Mentil lactate, menthol, or the like can be used as a cooling sensation agent.
<変形例>
本発明は上述の実施形態にのみ限定されるものではなく種々変更を加え得ることは勿論である。以下、上述の実施形態と同様の構成については同様の符号を付し、説明を省略する。 <Modification example>
It goes without saying that the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiment, and various modifications can be made. Hereinafter, the same configurations as those in the above-described embodiment will be designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.
本発明は上述の実施形態にのみ限定されるものではなく種々変更を加え得ることは勿論である。以下、上述の実施形態と同様の構成については同様の符号を付し、説明を省略する。 <Modification example>
It goes without saying that the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiment, and various modifications can be made. Hereinafter, the same configurations as those in the above-described embodiment will be designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.
例えば、上述の実施形態では、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4の双方を設ける例をあげたが、いずれか一方を設ける形態であってもよく、圧搾領域を設けることによりナプキンの前端部又は後端部のヨレや捲れの発生が抑制される。
また、上述の実施形態においては、ウイング部を備えるナプキンを例にあげて説明したが、ウイング部を有さないナプキンに適用してもよい。
また、上述の実施形態では、高坪量部を有する吸収性コアを備えるナプキンを例にあげたが、高坪量部を有さない吸収性コアを備えるナプキンに適用してもよい。 For example, in the above-described embodiment, both thefront compression region 2 and the rear compression region 4 are provided, but either one may be provided, and the front end portion of the napkin or the front end portion of the napkin may be provided by providing the compression region. The occurrence of twisting and curling at the rear end is suppressed.
Further, in the above-described embodiment, the napkin provided with the wing portion has been described as an example, but the napkin may be applied to the napkin having no wing portion.
Further, in the above-described embodiment, the napkin having an absorbent core having a high basis weight portion is given as an example, but it may be applied to a napkin having an absorbent core having no high basis weight portion.
また、上述の実施形態においては、ウイング部を備えるナプキンを例にあげて説明したが、ウイング部を有さないナプキンに適用してもよい。
また、上述の実施形態では、高坪量部を有する吸収性コアを備えるナプキンを例にあげたが、高坪量部を有さない吸収性コアを備えるナプキンに適用してもよい。 For example, in the above-described embodiment, both the
Further, in the above-described embodiment, the napkin provided with the wing portion has been described as an example, but the napkin may be applied to the napkin having no wing portion.
Further, in the above-described embodiment, the napkin having an absorbent core having a high basis weight portion is given as an example, but it may be applied to a napkin having an absorbent core having no high basis weight portion.
また、上述の実施形態においては、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4が、コアラップシート7の前後端縁まで延びて形成される例をあげたが、コアラップシート7の前後端縁7a、7bまで延びなくてもよく、各々、吸収性コア20の前端縁20a,後端縁20bまで延びていればよい。
Further, in the above-described embodiment, the anterior-compressed region 2 and the posterior-compressed region 4 are formed so as to extend to the front-rear edge of the core wrap sheet 7, but the front-rear edge 7a of the core wrap sheet 7 It does not have to extend to 7b, as long as it extends to the front edge 20a and the trailing edge 20b of the absorbent core 20, respectively.
また、上述の実施形態においては、本体用ずれ止め材15と、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4とが平面視で重ならない構成を例にあげて説明したが、図15(A)に示すナプキン51のように、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4と、本体用ずれ止め材551とが、平面視において、少なくとも一部が重なって構成されてもよい。
Further, in the above-described embodiment, the configuration in which the slip stopper 15 for the main body and the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4 do not overlap in a plan view has been described as an example, but is shown in FIG. 15 (A). Like the napkin 51, the front squeezing region 2 and the rear squeezing region 4 and the main body slip stopper 551 may be formed so that at least a part thereof overlaps in a plan view.
図15(A)に示すように、ナプキン51の裏面シート13には、2つの本体用ずれ止め材551、551からなる本体用ずれ止め材群55が設けられている。2つの本体用ずれ止め材551、551は、縦方向Xに延び、互いに離間して横方向Yに沿って配置される。本体用ずれ止め材551は中心線33上に位置していない。
前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4それぞれは、その一部が、吸収体11の前方部及び後方部にある本体用ずれ止め材551と重ならない非重なり部40に位置し、他の部分が本体用ずれ止め材551と重なって位置する。本体用ずれ止め材群55の横方向Yにおける最端部は、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4の横方向Yにおける最端部よりも横方向Y外側に位置する。つまり、一対の本体用ずれ止め材551からなる本体用ずれ止め材群55の横方向Yにおける最側端を通る縦方向Xに平行に延在する一対の仮想線41、41を引いたときに、一対の仮想線41、41間に前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4が位置している。 As shown in FIG. 15A, theback sheet 13 of the napkin 51 is provided with a main body slip stopper group 55 composed of two main body slip stoppers 551 and 551. The two main body slip stoppers 551 and 551 extend in the vertical direction X and are arranged apart from each other along the horizontal direction Y. The slip stopper 551 for the main body is not located on the center line 33.
A part of each of the frontpressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4 is located in the non-overlapping portion 40 which does not overlap with the slip stopper 551 for the main body in the front portion and the rear portion of the absorber 11, and the other portion is the main body. It is located so as to overlap with the slip stopper 551. The outermost portion of the main body slip stopper group 55 in the lateral direction Y is located outside the laterally Y of the front pressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4 in the lateral direction Y. That is, when a pair of virtual lines 41, 41 extending parallel to the vertical direction X passing through the innermost end in the lateral direction Y of the main body slip stopper group 55 composed of the pair of main body slip stoppers 551 is drawn. , The front compression region 2 and the rear compression region 4 are located between the pair of virtual lines 41, 41.
前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4それぞれは、その一部が、吸収体11の前方部及び後方部にある本体用ずれ止め材551と重ならない非重なり部40に位置し、他の部分が本体用ずれ止め材551と重なって位置する。本体用ずれ止め材群55の横方向Yにおける最端部は、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4の横方向Yにおける最端部よりも横方向Y外側に位置する。つまり、一対の本体用ずれ止め材551からなる本体用ずれ止め材群55の横方向Yにおける最側端を通る縦方向Xに平行に延在する一対の仮想線41、41を引いたときに、一対の仮想線41、41間に前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4が位置している。 As shown in FIG. 15A, the
A part of each of the front
図15(A)に示す例では、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4が平面視で本体用ずれ止め材551と重なっているので、吸収体11において、吸収体11の前端縁から後端縁に亘って縦方向Xに沿って連続して高剛性領域が位置することとなる。
これにより、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4と複数の本体用ずれ止め材551との相乗効果で、吸収体11の前端部11a及び後端部11bのヨレや捲れの発生が抑制されるとともに、吸収体11の形状が維持されやすくなっている。 In the example shown in FIG. 15A, since the frontpressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4 overlap with the slip stopper 551 for the main body in a plan view, in the absorber 11, the front end edge to the rear end edge of the absorber 11 The high-rigidity region is continuously located along the vertical direction X.
As a result, the synergistic effect of the front squeezingregion 2 and the rear squeezing region 4 and the plurality of slip stoppers 551 for the main body suppresses the occurrence of twisting and curling of the front end portion 11a and the rear end portion 11b of the absorber 11. , The shape of the absorber 11 is easily maintained.
これにより、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4と複数の本体用ずれ止め材551との相乗効果で、吸収体11の前端部11a及び後端部11bのヨレや捲れの発生が抑制されるとともに、吸収体11の形状が維持されやすくなっている。 In the example shown in FIG. 15A, since the front
As a result, the synergistic effect of the front squeezing
また、本体用ずれ止め材の更に他の変形例について図15(B)を用いて説明する。
図15(B)に示すナプキン52に形成される本体用ずれ止め材群56は、横方向Yに延び、互いに離間して縦方向Xに配置される複数の本体用ずれ止め材561を有する。本体用ずれ止め材群56の横方向Yにおける最側端を通る縦方向Xに平行に延在する一対の仮想線41、41を引いたときに、一対の仮想線41、41間に前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4が位置している。
このような形状の本体用ずれ止め材としてもよく、上述の他の例と同様に、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4と複数の本体用ずれ止め材561との相乗効果で、吸収体11の前端部11a及び後端部11bのヨレや捲れの発生が抑制される。
また、隣り合う本体用ずれ止め材561間の間欠部562は、ずれ止め材が配置される領域よりも低剛性となる。この横方向Yに延びる複数の間欠部562によって、ナプキン52の前後端からの外力の影響が緩衝され、排泄部対向領域のヨレの発生が抑制される。 Further, another modification of the slip stopper for the main body will be described with reference to FIG. 15 (B).
The main bodyslip stopper group 56 formed on the napkin 52 shown in FIG. 15B has a plurality of main body slip stoppers 561 extending in the lateral direction Y and arranged apart from each other in the vertical direction X. When a pair of virtual lines 41, 41 extending parallel to the vertical direction X passing through the outermost end in the lateral direction Y of the slip stopper group 56 for the main body is drawn, forward pressing is performed between the pair of virtual lines 41, 41. Region 2 and posterior compression region 4 are located.
A slip stopper for the main body having such a shape may be used, and similarly to the other examples described above, theabsorber 11 is produced by the synergistic effect of the front compression region 2 and the rear compression region 4 and the plurality of slip stoppers 561 for the main body. The occurrence of twisting and curling of the front end portion 11a and the rear end portion 11b is suppressed.
Further, theintermittent portion 562 between the adjacent slip stoppers 561 for the main body has lower rigidity than the region where the slip stoppers are arranged. The plurality of intermittent portions 562 extending in the lateral direction cushion the influence of external force from the front and rear ends of the napkin 52, and suppress the occurrence of twisting in the region facing the excretory portion.
図15(B)に示すナプキン52に形成される本体用ずれ止め材群56は、横方向Yに延び、互いに離間して縦方向Xに配置される複数の本体用ずれ止め材561を有する。本体用ずれ止め材群56の横方向Yにおける最側端を通る縦方向Xに平行に延在する一対の仮想線41、41を引いたときに、一対の仮想線41、41間に前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4が位置している。
このような形状の本体用ずれ止め材としてもよく、上述の他の例と同様に、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4と複数の本体用ずれ止め材561との相乗効果で、吸収体11の前端部11a及び後端部11bのヨレや捲れの発生が抑制される。
また、隣り合う本体用ずれ止め材561間の間欠部562は、ずれ止め材が配置される領域よりも低剛性となる。この横方向Yに延びる複数の間欠部562によって、ナプキン52の前後端からの外力の影響が緩衝され、排泄部対向領域のヨレの発生が抑制される。 Further, another modification of the slip stopper for the main body will be described with reference to FIG. 15 (B).
The main body
A slip stopper for the main body having such a shape may be used, and similarly to the other examples described above, the
Further, the
また、上述の実施形態においては、前方圧搾領域2及び後方圧搾領域4の平面形状が略矩形であるが、この形状に限定されない。変形例として図16を用いて説明する。
図16に示す吸収体53は、防漏溝58と、前方圧搾領域62と、後方圧搾領域(図示せず)を有する。防漏溝58は、縦方向Xに延びる防漏縦溝58aと、横方向Yに延びる防漏横溝58bを有する。図16に示すように、吸収体53の前端部53aにおいて、防漏横溝58bと前方圧搾領域62とは互いに離間して配置されており、両者の縦方向Xにおける間隔において、横方向Y側方部での間隔D3よりも横方向Y中央部での間隔D2の方が短くなるように構成されている。
前方圧搾領域62は、縦方向Xに延びる複数の圧搾溝63からなる。各圧搾溝63は縦方向Xの長さが、横方向Yの両側方から中央に向かって徐々に長くなるように形成され、圧搾領域全体で縦方向X内方に向かって凸状となっている。
このように、圧搾領域及び防漏溝は種々の形状を取ることができる。
また、図16に示すように、圧搾領域及び防漏溝との縦方向Xにおける間隔において、横方向Y側方部での間隔よりも横方向Y中央部での間隔の方が相対的に短くなるように構成されていることが好ましい。これにより、吸収体53の前後方向における端部での横方向Y中央部でのヨレの発生が抑制されるとともに、横方向Y側方部のヨレが排泄部対向領域へ伝播しにくくなる。 Further, in the above-described embodiment, the planar shapes of the frontpressing region 2 and the rear pressing region 4 are substantially rectangular, but the shape is not limited to this. A modification will be described with reference to FIG.
Theabsorber 53 shown in FIG. 16 has a leak-proof groove 58, a front squeezing region 62, and a rear squeezing region (not shown). The leak-proof groove 58 has a leak-proof vertical groove 58a extending in the vertical direction X and a leak-proof horizontal groove 58b extending in the horizontal direction Y. As shown in FIG. 16, in the front end portion 53a of the absorber 53, the leak-proof lateral groove 58b and the front squeezing region 62 are arranged so as to be separated from each other, and the distance between the two in the longitudinal direction X is lateral to the lateral direction Y. The distance D2 at the center of the lateral Y is shorter than the distance D3 at the portion.
Theanterior compression region 62 comprises a plurality of compression grooves 63 extending in the longitudinal direction X. Each squeezing groove 63 is formed so that the length in the vertical direction X gradually increases from both sides in the horizontal direction Y toward the center, and the entire squeezing region becomes convex inward in the vertical direction X. There is.
In this way, the squeezed area and the leak-proof groove can take various shapes.
Further, as shown in FIG. 16, in the vertical X distance between the squeezed region and the leak-proof groove, the distance in the horizontal Y central portion is relatively shorter than the distance in the horizontal Y lateral portion. It is preferable that the structure is as follows. As a result, the occurrence of twist in the lateral Y center portion at the end portion in the front-rear direction of theabsorber 53 is suppressed, and the twist in the lateral Y lateral portion is less likely to propagate to the excretion portion facing region.
図16に示す吸収体53は、防漏溝58と、前方圧搾領域62と、後方圧搾領域(図示せず)を有する。防漏溝58は、縦方向Xに延びる防漏縦溝58aと、横方向Yに延びる防漏横溝58bを有する。図16に示すように、吸収体53の前端部53aにおいて、防漏横溝58bと前方圧搾領域62とは互いに離間して配置されており、両者の縦方向Xにおける間隔において、横方向Y側方部での間隔D3よりも横方向Y中央部での間隔D2の方が短くなるように構成されている。
前方圧搾領域62は、縦方向Xに延びる複数の圧搾溝63からなる。各圧搾溝63は縦方向Xの長さが、横方向Yの両側方から中央に向かって徐々に長くなるように形成され、圧搾領域全体で縦方向X内方に向かって凸状となっている。
このように、圧搾領域及び防漏溝は種々の形状を取ることができる。
また、図16に示すように、圧搾領域及び防漏溝との縦方向Xにおける間隔において、横方向Y側方部での間隔よりも横方向Y中央部での間隔の方が相対的に短くなるように構成されていることが好ましい。これにより、吸収体53の前後方向における端部での横方向Y中央部でのヨレの発生が抑制されるとともに、横方向Y側方部のヨレが排泄部対向領域へ伝播しにくくなる。 Further, in the above-described embodiment, the planar shapes of the front
The
The
In this way, the squeezed area and the leak-proof groove can take various shapes.
Further, as shown in FIG. 16, in the vertical X distance between the squeezed region and the leak-proof groove, the distance in the horizontal Y central portion is relatively shorter than the distance in the horizontal Y lateral portion. It is preferable that the structure is as follows. As a result, the occurrence of twist in the lateral Y center portion at the end portion in the front-rear direction of the
また、上述の実施形態においては、防漏縦溝19aと防漏横溝19bとは、連なって1つの略長円形状を形成する例をあげたが、図17に示すナプキン54のように、防漏溝59が、互いに連続していない一対の防漏縦溝59a、59aと一対の防漏横溝59b、59bとから構成されてもよい。
Further, in the above-described embodiment, the leak-proof vertical groove 19a and the leak-proof horizontal groove 19b are connected to form one substantially oval shape, but as in the napkin 54 shown in FIG. The leakage groove 59 may be composed of a pair of leakage-proof vertical grooves 59a and 59a and a pair of leakage-proof horizontal grooves 59b and 59b that are not continuous with each other.
包装体10において、図11~13では、包装体10が2本の折り線によって縦方向Xに折り畳まれ、第1圧搾領域4が開封補助圧搾領域Pとして機能する例について説明したが、これに限定されない。
In the packaging body 10, FIGS. 11 to 13 have described an example in which the packaging body 10 is folded in the vertical direction X by two folding lines and the first squeezing region 4 functions as the opening auxiliary squeezing region P. Not limited.
例えば、包装体が横方向Yに延びる3本の折り線によって縦方向Xに折り畳まれてもよい。この場合、包装体には、第1圧搾領域に近い側から第1折り線、第3折り線、及び第2折り線が配置されているとする。
第1折り線によって区画された第1圧搾領域を含む領域を、第1折り領域とする。第2折り線によって区画された、第2圧搾領域を含む領域を、第2折り領域とする。第1折り領域及び第2折り領域の間に位置する、第3折り線と第2折り線によって区画された領域を、第3折り領域とする。第3折り線と第1折り線によって区画された領域を、第4折り領域とする。
例えば、第1折り領域及び第4折り領域は、ナプキンの、着用時に着用者の排泄部より背側に位置する後方領域を含む領域である。第2折り領域は、ナプキンの、着用時に着用者の排泄部より腹側に位置する前方領域を含む領域である。第3折り領域は、ナプキンの、着用時に着用者の排泄部に対向する排泄部対向領域を含む領域である。 For example, the package may be folded in the vertical direction X by three folding lines extending in the horizontal direction Y. In this case, it is assumed that the first fold line, the third fold line, and the second fold line are arranged on the package from the side closer to the first squeeze area.
The area including the first squeezed area defined by the first fold line is referred to as the first fold area. The area including the second squeezed area, which is partitioned by the second fold line, is referred to as the second fold area. The area partitioned by the third fold line and the second fold line, which is located between the first fold area and the second fold area, is referred to as a third fold area. The area partitioned by the third fold line and the first fold line is referred to as the fourth fold area.
For example, the first fold area and the fourth fold area are areas of the napkin including a posterior area located on the dorsal side of the wearer's excretory part when worn. The second folded region is an region of the napkin that includes an anterior region located ventral to the wearer's excretory portion when worn. The third fold area is an area of the napkin including an area facing the excretion part of the wearer when worn.
第1折り線によって区画された第1圧搾領域を含む領域を、第1折り領域とする。第2折り線によって区画された、第2圧搾領域を含む領域を、第2折り領域とする。第1折り領域及び第2折り領域の間に位置する、第3折り線と第2折り線によって区画された領域を、第3折り領域とする。第3折り線と第1折り線によって区画された領域を、第4折り領域とする。
例えば、第1折り領域及び第4折り領域は、ナプキンの、着用時に着用者の排泄部より背側に位置する後方領域を含む領域である。第2折り領域は、ナプキンの、着用時に着用者の排泄部より腹側に位置する前方領域を含む領域である。第3折り領域は、ナプキンの、着用時に着用者の排泄部に対向する排泄部対向領域を含む領域である。 For example, the package may be folded in the vertical direction X by three folding lines extending in the horizontal direction Y. In this case, it is assumed that the first fold line, the third fold line, and the second fold line are arranged on the package from the side closer to the first squeeze area.
The area including the first squeezed area defined by the first fold line is referred to as the first fold area. The area including the second squeezed area, which is partitioned by the second fold line, is referred to as the second fold area. The area partitioned by the third fold line and the second fold line, which is located between the first fold area and the second fold area, is referred to as a third fold area. The area partitioned by the third fold line and the first fold line is referred to as the fourth fold area.
For example, the first fold area and the fourth fold area are areas of the napkin including a posterior area located on the dorsal side of the wearer's excretory part when worn. The second folded region is an region of the napkin that includes an anterior region located ventral to the wearer's excretory portion when worn. The third fold area is an area of the napkin including an area facing the excretion part of the wearer when worn.
この包装体を折り畳むには、まず、ナプキンと外装材との積層体を、第1折り線を折り軸として第1折り領域を第4折り領域上に折り畳む。次に、第3折り線を折り軸として、折り畳まれた第1折り領域及び第4折り領域を、さらに第3折り領域上に折り重ねる。次に、第2折り線を折り軸として、折り畳まれた第1、第3及び第4折り領域上に、第2折り領域を折り重ねる。そして、第2折り領域に固定されたタブテープが、第4折り領域の外装材に剥離可能に接着される。
To fold this package, first, the laminate of the napkin and the exterior material is folded with the first fold line as the fold axis and the first fold area on the fourth fold area. Next, the folded first fold area and the fourth fold area are further folded on the third fold area with the third fold line as the fold axis. Next, the second folding area is folded over the folded first, third, and fourth folding areas with the second folding line as the folding axis. Then, the tab tape fixed to the second folding region is detachably adhered to the exterior material of the fourth folding region.
この包装体では、第1折り領域に位置する第1圧搾領域とタブテープとの間には、第4折り領域の吸収体が存在する。このため、第1圧搾領域は、上述の「開封補助圧搾領域が包装体の厚み方向から見た平面視において固定部と重なるか、又は近傍に位置する」態様には含まれない。
一方で、第2圧搾領域が上記平面視において固定部の近傍に位置する場合、この第2圧搾領域が開封補助圧搾領域として機能する。したがって、このような4つ折り形状の包装体でも、第2圧搾領域が上記平面視において固定部の近傍に位置すれば、固定部を押圧した際に突出部が上方へ浮き、包装体10の開封を簡便に行うことができる。 In this package, an absorber of the fourth folding region exists between the first pressing region located in the first folding region and the tab tape. Therefore, the first squeezed region is not included in the above-mentioned "opening auxiliary squeezed region overlaps with or is located near the fixed portion in a plan view from the thickness direction of the package".
On the other hand, when the second squeezed region is located in the vicinity of the fixed portion in the plan view, the second squeezed region functions as an opening auxiliary squeezed region. Therefore, even in such a four-fold package, if the second squeezed region is located near the fixed portion in the plan view, the protruding portion floats upward when the fixed portion is pressed, and thepackage 10 is opened. Can be easily performed.
一方で、第2圧搾領域が上記平面視において固定部の近傍に位置する場合、この第2圧搾領域が開封補助圧搾領域として機能する。したがって、このような4つ折り形状の包装体でも、第2圧搾領域が上記平面視において固定部の近傍に位置すれば、固定部を押圧した際に突出部が上方へ浮き、包装体10の開封を簡便に行うことができる。 In this package, an absorber of the fourth folding region exists between the first pressing region located in the first folding region and the tab tape. Therefore, the first squeezed region is not included in the above-mentioned "opening auxiliary squeezed region overlaps with or is located near the fixed portion in a plan view from the thickness direction of the package".
On the other hand, when the second squeezed region is located in the vicinity of the fixed portion in the plan view, the second squeezed region functions as an opening auxiliary squeezed region. Therefore, even in such a four-fold package, if the second squeezed region is located near the fixed portion in the plan view, the protruding portion floats upward when the fixed portion is pressed, and the
また、上述の実施形態においては、第1圧搾領域4及び第2圧搾領域2の平面形状が略矩形である例を示したが、この形状に限定されず、包装体において、少なくとも一方がタブテープTの固定部T1と平面視において重なるか、又は近傍に位置していればよい。
また、包装体10は、上述の構成に限定されず、例えば外装材16とナプキン1との間に剥離シートを備えていてもよい。 Further, in the above-described embodiment, an example is shown in which the planar shapes of the first squeezedregion 4 and the second squeezed region 2 are substantially rectangular, but the shape is not limited to this, and at least one of the tab tapes T is used in the package. It suffices if it overlaps with or is located in the vicinity of the fixed portion T1 in the plan view.
Further, thepackage body 10 is not limited to the above-mentioned configuration, and may include, for example, a release sheet between the exterior material 16 and the napkin 1.
また、包装体10は、上述の構成に限定されず、例えば外装材16とナプキン1との間に剥離シートを備えていてもよい。 Further, in the above-described embodiment, an example is shown in which the planar shapes of the first squeezed
Further, the
以上のように、本発明によれば、吸収性物品の排泄部対向領域での吸収性能を十分に発揮することができる。
As described above, according to the present invention, the absorption performance of the absorbent article in the region facing the excretion portion can be sufficiently exhibited.
Claims (19)
- 表面シートと、裏面シートと、前記表面シートと前記裏面シートの間に配置された吸収体と、前記裏面シートに配置され、平面視で前記吸収体と重なって位置するずれ止め材と、を具備し、着用者の前後方向に対応する縦方向及び前記縦方向に直交する横方向を有する吸収性物品であって、
前記吸収体は、前記縦方向における前端部又は後端部の少なくとも一方に、前記吸収体を厚み方向に圧縮して形成された前記横方向に延在する圧搾領域を有し、
前記ずれ止め材は、平面視で前記圧搾領域と前記横方向で少なくとも一部が重なっている
吸収性物品。 It includes a front surface sheet, a back surface sheet, an absorber arranged between the front surface sheet and the back surface sheet, and a slip stopper arranged on the back surface sheet and positioned so as to overlap the absorber in a plan view. However, it is an absorbent article having a vertical direction corresponding to the front-back direction of the wearer and a horizontal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction.
The absorber has a laterally extending squeezed region formed by compressing the absorber in the thickness direction at at least one of the front end portion and the rear end portion in the longitudinal direction.
The slip stopper is an absorbent article in which at least a part thereof overlaps with the pressed region in the lateral direction in a plan view. - 前記吸収性物品は、前記表面シート及び前記吸収体を一体的に厚み方向に圧縮して形成される防漏溝を有し、
前記防漏溝は、前記吸収体の前記横方向中央部を囲むように配され、前記縦方向における中間領域よりも前方にある前方領域から後方にある後方領域に亘って存在し、平面視で前記ずれ止め材と少なくとも一部が重なり合っている
請求項1に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article has a leak-proof groove formed by integrally compressing the surface sheet and the absorber in the thickness direction.
The leak-proof groove is arranged so as to surround the lateral central portion of the absorber, exists from the front region in front of the intermediate region in the vertical direction to the rear region behind, and is present in a plan view. The absorbent article according to claim 1, wherein at least a part thereof overlaps with the slip stopper. - 前記圧搾領域は、平面視で前記防漏溝と前記縦方向に離間して位置する
請求項2に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to claim 2, wherein the squeezed region is located vertically separated from the leak-proof groove in a plan view. - 前記防漏溝は、吸収性物品を前記横方向に二分する前記縦方向に延びる中心線を介して、前記前方領域から前記後方領域に亘って前記縦方向に延びる一対の防漏縦溝と、前記前方領域及び前記後方領域それぞれに前記中心線を跨いで前記横方向に延びて位置する一対の防漏横溝と、を有し、
前記防漏横溝と前記圧搾領域との前記縦方向における間隔は、横方向側方部よりも横方向中央部の方が短い
請求項2又は3に記載の吸収性物品。 The leak-proof groove includes a pair of leak-proof flutes extending in the vertical direction from the front region to the rear region via a center line extending in the vertical direction that divides the absorbent article into two in the horizontal direction. Each of the front region and the rear region has a pair of leak-proof lateral grooves located so as to extend in the lateral direction across the center line.
The absorbent article according to claim 2 or 3, wherein the distance between the leak-proof lateral groove and the squeezed region in the vertical direction is shorter in the lateral central portion than in the lateral lateral portion. - 前記圧搾領域は、前記縦方向に延び互いに前記横方向に離間して配置された線状の複数の圧搾溝を含む
請求項1~請求項4のいずれか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the squeezed region includes a plurality of linear squeezing grooves extending in the vertical direction and arranged apart from each other in the horizontal direction. - 前記吸収体は、前記前端部及び前記後端部それぞれに前記圧搾領域を有し、
前記前端部に位置する圧搾領域は、前記後端部に位置する圧搾領域よりも前記縦方向における長さが長い
請求項1~請求項5のいずれか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorber has the squeezed region at each of the front end and the rear end.
The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the squeezed region located at the front end portion has a longer length in the vertical direction than the squeezed region located at the rear end portion. - 前記吸収体は、前方部及び後方部の少なくとも一方に前記ずれ止め材と平面視で重ならない非重なり部を有し、
前記圧搾領域は、少なくとも一部が前記非重なり部に配されている
請求項1~請求項6のいずれか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorber has a non-overlapping portion that does not overlap with the slip stopper in a plan view at least one of the front portion and the rear portion.
The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein at least a part of the pressed region is arranged in the non-overlapping portion. - 前記圧搾領域は、その一部が、平面視で前記ずれ止め材と重なって配される
請求項7に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to claim 7, wherein a part of the pressed region is arranged so as to overlap the slip stopper in a plan view. - 前記吸収性物品は、前記縦方向に延び、互いに離間して前記横方向に配置される複数の前記ずれ止め材を具備する
請求項1~請求項8のいずれか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the absorbent article includes a plurality of the slip stoppers extending in the vertical direction and arranged apart from each other in the horizontal direction. .. - 前記ずれ止め材は、前記吸収体を前記横方向に二分する前記縦方向に延びる中心線上に位置していない
請求項9に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to claim 9, wherein the slip stopper is not located on the center line extending in the vertical direction, which divides the absorbent body into two in the horizontal direction. - 前記吸収性物品は、前記横方向に延び、互いに離間して前記縦方向に配置される複数の前記ずれ止め材を具備する
請求項1~請求項8のいずれか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the absorbent article comprises a plurality of the slip stoppers extending in the lateral direction and arranged apart from each other in the vertical direction. .. - 複数の前記ずれ止め材からなるずれ止め材群の前記横方向における最端部は、前記圧搾領域の前記横方向における最端部よりも前記横方向外側に位置する
請求項9~請求項11のいずれか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The 9th to 11th claims, wherein the lateralmost end portion of the slip stopper group composed of the plurality of slip stoppers is located laterally outward from the lateralmost end portion of the compression region in the lateral direction. The absorbent article according to any one item. - 前記吸収性物品は、前記縦方向における前端部又は後端部の少なくとも一方に、前記表面シートと前記裏面シートとが固定された、前記横方向に延びる周縁シール部を有し、
前記周縁シール部と前記圧搾領域とは平面視で離間している
請求項1~請求項12のいずれか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article has, at least one of the front end portion and the rear end portion in the vertical direction, a peripheral edge sealing portion extending in the lateral direction to which the front surface sheet and the back surface sheet are fixed.
The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein the peripheral seal portion and the squeezed region are separated from each other in a plan view. - 前記吸収体は、吸収性コアと、前記吸収性コアの少なくとも一部を被覆するコアラップシートとを有し、
前記コアラップシートは、平面視で前記吸収性コアの前記縦方向における前端縁及び後端縁の少なくとも一方から延在して位置し、
前記圧搾領域は、前記吸収体コアと前記コアラップシートが積層された領域と、前記コアラップシートのみが存在する領域とを跨いで位置する
請求項1~請求項13のいずれか1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorber has an absorbent core and a core wrap sheet that covers at least a portion of the absorbent core.
The core wrap sheet is located in a plan view extending from at least one of the front edge and the trailing edge of the absorbent core in the longitudinal direction.
The one according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the squeezed region is located across a region in which the absorber core and the core wrap sheet are laminated and a region in which only the core wrap sheet exists. Absorbent article. - 前記コアラップシートは、平面視で前記吸収性コアの前記縦方向における前端縁及び後端縁それぞれから延在して位置し、
前記吸収体の前端部及び後端部において、前記コアラップシートのみの領域は、前記吸収体の横方向全幅に亘って位置している
請求項1~請求項14に記載の吸収性物品。 The core wrap sheet is located so as to extend from the front end edge and the rear end edge of the absorbent core in the vertical direction in a plan view.
The absorbent article according to claim 1 to 14, wherein in the front end portion and the rear end portion of the absorber, the region of only the core wrap sheet is located over the entire width in the lateral direction of the absorber. - 請求項1~請求項15のいずれか1項に記載の吸収性物品を、前記横方向に延びる少なくとも2つの折り線に沿って外装材とともに前記縦方向に折り畳み、個別に包装した包装体であって、
前記包装体は、前記折り線のうちの一つによって区画され前記吸収体の前記縦方向一端部を含む第1折り領域と、前記折り線のうちの他の一つによって区画され前記吸収体の前記縦方向他端部を含む第2折り領域と、前記第1折り領域と前記第2折り領域の間に位置する第3折り領域と、を備え、前記第2折り領域が、前記第3折り領域の上に折り畳まれた前記第1折り領域の上にさらに折り重なるように折り畳まれ、
前記吸収体は、前記第1折り領域及び前記第2折り領域それぞれに位置する前記圧搾領域と、を有し、
前記包装体は、前記第2折り領域の前記外装材に固定された固定部と、前記固定部から前記第2折り領域の外方へ突出し前記外装材に剥離可能に接着された突出部と、を有するタブテープをさらに備え、
前記第1折り領域及び前記第2折り領域それぞれに位置する前記圧搾領域の少なくとも一方は、開封補助圧搾領域として、前記包装体の厚み方向から見た平面視において、前記固定部と重なるか、又は近傍に位置する
包装体。 A package in which the absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 15 is vertically folded together with an exterior material along at least two fold lines extending in the lateral direction and individually packaged. hand,
The package is partitioned by one of the fold lines and a first fold region including the longitudinal end of the absorber and by the other one of the fold lines of the absorber. A second fold area including the other end in the vertical direction and a third fold area located between the first fold area and the second fold area are provided, and the second fold area is the third fold. Folded over the first folded area, folded over the first folded area,
The absorber has the squeezed region located in each of the first folded region and the second folded region.
The package includes a fixing portion fixed to the exterior material in the second folding region, a protruding portion protruding outward from the fixing portion to the outside of the second folding region, and a protruding portion detachably adhered to the exterior material. Also equipped with tab tape with
At least one of the squeezed region located in each of the first fold region and the second fold region overlaps with the fixed portion or overlaps with the fixed portion in a plan view seen from the thickness direction of the package as an opening auxiliary squeezed region. A package located in the vicinity. - 前記タブテープの前記突出部は、接着領域と非接着領域を有し、
前記第2折り領域に位置する前記圧搾領域は、前記包装体の厚み方向から見た平面視において、前記タブテープの前記非接着領域と重ならない
請求項16に記載の包装体。 The protrusion of the tab tape has an adhesive region and a non-adhesive region.
The package according to claim 16, wherein the squeezed area located in the second folded area does not overlap with the non-adhesive area of the tab tape in a plan view from the thickness direction of the package. - 前記吸収性物品は、前記吸収体の前記着用者の肌側に位置する肌側面、又は、前記表面シートと前記吸収体との間に、前記縦方向に香料が配置された香料配置領域を有し、
前記圧搾領域と前記香料配置領域とは平面視で重なっている
請求項16又は請求項17に記載の包装体。 The absorbent article has a skin side surface of the absorber located on the skin side of the wearer, or a fragrance arrangement region in which the fragrance is arranged in the vertical direction between the surface sheet and the absorber. And
The package according to claim 16 or 17, wherein the pressed region and the fragrance arrangement region overlap in a plan view. - 前記吸収体は、前記第3折り領域に位置する高坪量部と、前記高坪量部を介して前記横方向両側に位置する前記高坪量部より低坪量の低坪量部とを有し、
前記圧搾領域の前記横方向の長さは、前記高坪量部の前記横方向における最大長さ以上である
請求項16~請求項18のいずれか1項に記載の包装体。 The absorber has a high basis weight portion located in the third folding region and a low basis weight portion having a lower basis weight than the high basis weight portion located on both sides in the lateral direction via the high basis weight portion. Have and
The package according to any one of claims 16 to 18, wherein the length of the squeezed region in the lateral direction is equal to or greater than the maximum length of the high basis weight portion in the lateral direction.
Priority Applications (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2019570161A JP6692508B1 (en) | 2019-05-22 | 2019-05-22 | Absorbent article |
PCT/JP2019/020259 WO2020235042A1 (en) | 2019-05-22 | 2019-05-22 | Absorbent article |
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2019/020259 WO2020235042A1 (en) | 2019-05-22 | 2019-05-22 | Absorbent article |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2020235042A1 true WO2020235042A1 (en) | 2020-11-26 |
Family
ID=70549723
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2019/020259 WO2020235042A1 (en) | 2019-05-22 | 2019-05-22 | Absorbent article |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JP6692508B1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2020235042A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP7291668B2 (en) * | 2020-06-12 | 2023-06-15 | ユニ・チャーム株式会社 | absorbent article |
Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2017221265A (en) * | 2016-06-13 | 2017-12-21 | ユニ・チャーム株式会社 | Absorbent article |
JP2018102826A (en) * | 2016-12-28 | 2018-07-05 | ユニ・チャーム株式会社 | Absorbent article |
JP2018121863A (en) * | 2017-01-31 | 2018-08-09 | ユニ・チャーム株式会社 | Absorbent article |
-
2019
- 2019-05-22 WO PCT/JP2019/020259 patent/WO2020235042A1/en active Application Filing
- 2019-05-22 JP JP2019570161A patent/JP6692508B1/en active Active
Patent Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2017221265A (en) * | 2016-06-13 | 2017-12-21 | ユニ・チャーム株式会社 | Absorbent article |
JP2018102826A (en) * | 2016-12-28 | 2018-07-05 | ユニ・チャーム株式会社 | Absorbent article |
JP2018121863A (en) * | 2017-01-31 | 2018-08-09 | ユニ・チャーム株式会社 | Absorbent article |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
JP6692508B1 (en) | 2020-05-13 |
JPWO2020235042A1 (en) | 2021-06-10 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP4979423B2 (en) | Absorbent articles | |
EP2519204B1 (en) | Absorbent article and absorbent article packaging | |
JP5259576B2 (en) | Multifunctional packaging material | |
WO2006104024A1 (en) | Absorbent article | |
JP3748002B2 (en) | Absorbent articles | |
JP2023018807A (en) | Packaged absorbent article | |
JP4275421B2 (en) | Absorbent articles | |
WO2017217355A1 (en) | Absorbent article | |
WO2020235042A1 (en) | Absorbent article | |
CN103356338B (en) | Absorbent commodity | |
JP2009125407A (en) | Male incontinent pad | |
WO2002062277A1 (en) | Absorbent article | |
JP2020188933A (en) | Absorbent article | |
JP3242253U (en) | absorbent article | |
KR101760515B1 (en) | Absorbent article | |
JP7437198B2 (en) | Packaging for absorbent articles | |
JP4548956B2 (en) | Absorbent articles | |
JP6968133B2 (en) | Absorbent article | |
WO2002062278A1 (en) | Absorbent article | |
JP2020188935A (en) | Absorbent article | |
JP2020188934A (en) | Absorbent article | |
JP4420768B2 (en) | Interlabial pad and method for producing the same | |
JP7285135B2 (en) | Absorbent article package | |
JP2023016251A (en) | Absorbent article package | |
TW202438022A (en) | Individually packaged absorbent articles |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2019570161 Country of ref document: JP Kind code of ref document: A |
|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 19929727 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 19929727 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |